1.
図書
A. Ehrenfeucht, T. Harju, G. Rozenberg
出版情報:
Singapore : World Scientific, c1999 xvi, 290 p. ; 23 cm
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Preface
Preliminaries / Chapter 1：
Notations / 1.1：
Sets and functions / 1.1.1：
Closure operators / 1.1.2：
Relations / 1.1.3：
Equivalence relations / 1.1.4：
Partial orders / 1.2：
Downsets / 1.2.1：
Order embeddings / 1.2.2：
Linear orders / 1.2.3：
Semigroups and groups / 1.3：
Notations for semigroups and monoids / 1.3.1：
Free monoids (with involution) / 1.3.2：
Preliminaries on groups / 1.3.3：
Group actions / 1.3.4：
Free groups, commutators and verbal identities / 1.3.5：
Graph Theoretical Preliminaries / Chapter 2：
Directed and Undirected Graphs / 2.1：
Basic notions / 2.1.1：
Connectivity of graphs / 2.1.2：
Some special graphs / 2.1.3：
Comparability graphs / 2.2：
Transitively oriented graphs / 2.2.1：
Permutation graphs and cographs / 2.2.2：
Construction trees of cographs / 2.2.3：
2-Structures and Their Clans / Chapter 3：
Introduction and representations / 3.1：
Definition of a 2-structure / 3.1.1：
Isomorphic 2-structures / 3.1.2：
Reversibility / 3.1.3：
Substructures and clans / 3.2：
Substructures, clans and factors / 3.2.1：
Refinements and similarity / 3.2.2：
Reversible version / 3.2.3：
Graphs and packed components / 3.2.4：
Some special 2-structures / 3.2.5：
Closure properties of clans / 3.3：
Basic closures / 3.3.1：
Sibas: set theoretic closure properties / 3.3.2：
Clans of factors / 3.3.3：
Prime clans / 3.4：
Prime members in sibas / 3.4.1：
Minimal overlapping clans / 3.4.2：
Quotients and Homomorphisms / Chapter 4：
Quotients / 4.1：
Factorizations and quotients / 4.1.1：
Homomorphisms / 4.1.2：
Natural epimorphisms and decompositions / 4.1.3：
Clans and epimorphisms / 4.2：
Homomorphism theorem / 4.2.1：
Prime clans in quotients / 4.2.2：
Primitive quotients / 4.2.3：
Other operations / 4.3：
Premorphisms / 4.3.1：
Extensions / 4.3.2：
Clan Decomposition / Chapter 5：
The clan decomposition theorem / 5.1：
Maximal prime clans / 5.1.1：
Special sibas and 2-structures / 5.1.2：
The relationship of sibas to 2-structures / 5.1.3：
The shape of a 2-structure / 5.2：
The shape and its representation as a tree / 5.2.1：
Same shapes / 5.2.2：
A construction of prime clans / 5.3：
A construction of clans / 5.3.1：
Primitive 2-Structures / 5.3.2：
Small primitive substructures / 6.1：
Uniformly imprimitive 2-structures / 6.1.1：
Primitive substructures of 3 or 4 nodes / 6.1.2：
Hereditary properties / 6.2：
Local and global nodes / 6.2.1：
Critically primitive 2-structures / 6.2.2：
The parity theorem / 6.3.1：
The list of critically primitive 2-structures / 6.3.2：
Angular 2-Structures / Chapter 7：
Angularity / 7.1：
All-connectivity / 7.1.1：
All-connected skew angular 2-structures / 7.1.2：
T-structures / 7.2：
T-structures and partial orders / 7.2.1：
T[subscript 2]-structures / 7.2.2：
Linear orders and Schroder numbers / 7.3：
Bi-orders and linear orders / 7.3.1：
Uniformly imprimitive linear orders / 7.3.2：
Parenthesis words and Schroder numbers / 7.3.3：
Labelled 2-Structures / Chapter 8：
Introduction to l2-structures / 8.1：
Definitions / 8.1.1：
Substructures, clans and quotients / 8.1.2：
Clan decomposition of l2-structures / 8.2：
Uniqueness of decompositions / 8.2.1：
The shape of an l2-structure / 8.2.2：
Graphs and their representations / 8.2.3：
Graphs as l2-structures / 8.3.1：
On comparability graphs / 8.3.2：
Unstable Labelled 2-Structures / Chapter 9：
Triangle free and unstable l2-structures / 9.1：
Removable edges / 9.1.1：
Internal and external nodes / 9.1.2：
Triangle-free l2-structures / 9.1.3：
Heredity in unstable l2-structures / 9.2：
The partition of nodes / 9.2.1：
Alternating structures / 9.2.2：
Degrees of nodes / 9.2.3：
A composition of unstable l2-structures / 9.3：
A constructive reduction of primitive l2-structures / 9.3.1：
Pendant components / 9.3.2：
Automorphisms of Labelled 2-Structures / Chapter 10：
Label preserving automorphisms / 10.1：
The l-automorphism groups / 10.1.1：
Transitivity / 10.1.2：
Automorphic actions on factors / 10.1.3：
Universality of l-automorphism groups / 10.1.4：
Nonpreserving automorphisms / 10.2：
Connections to l-automorphisms / 10.2.1：
Transitivity and associated permutations / 10.2.2：
Representing labels by automorphisms / 10.2.3：
Switching of Graphs / Chapter 11：
Introduction to switching / 11.1：
The group of graphs / 11.1.1：
Switching classes / 11.1.3：
Structural properties of switching classes / 11.2：
A local characterization / 11.2.1：
Automorphisms / 11.2.2：
Special problems on undirected graphs / 11.3：
Two-graphs / 11.3.1：
Eulerian graphs / 11.3.2：
Pancyclic graphs / 11.3.3：
Trees / 11.3.4：
Labelled Structures over Groups / Chapter 12：
Introduction / 12.1：
Groups and involutions / 12.1.1：
Selectors and switching classes / 12.1.2：
An interpretation in networks / 12.2：
Concurrent behaviour in networks / 12.2.1：
Reducing the actions to groups / 12.2.2：
Introducing reversibility / 12.2.3：
Examples for some special groups / 12.3：
The cyclic groups Z[subscript 3] and Z[subscript 4] / 12.3.1：
The symmetric group S[subscript 3] / 12.3.2：
Clans of Switching Classes / Chapter 13：
Associated groups / 13.1：
The group of selectors / 13.1.1：
The group of abelian switching classes / 13.1.2：
Clans and horizons / 13.2：
Spanning trees / 13.2.1：
Horizons and constant selectors / 13.2.2：
Clans / 13.2.3：
Cardinalities of switching classes / 13.3：
Some special cases / 13.3.1：
Centralizers / 13.3.2：
Some improvements / 13.3.3：
Quotients and Plane Trees / Chapter 14：
Quotients of switching classes / 14.1：
Planes and plane trees / 14.1.1：
Planes / 14.2.1：
Plane trees / 14.2.2：
Bijective correspondence of plane trees / 14.2.3：
Forms / 14.2.4：
Invariants / Chapter 15：
Free invariants / 15.1：
General invariants / 15.1.1：
Edge monoids / 15.1.2：
Variable functions and free invariants / 15.1.3：
Group properties of free invariants / 15.2：
Abelian property / 15.2.1：
Graphs of words / 15.2.2：
Verbal identities / 15.2.3：
Invariants on abelian groups / 15.3：
Independency of free invariants / 15.3.1：
Complete sets of invariants / 15.3.2：
Invariants on nonabelian groups / 15.4：
General observations / 15.4.1：
Central characters / 15.4.2：
A characterization theorem / 15.4.3：
Bibliography
Index
Preface
Preliminaries / Chapter 1：
Notations / 1.1：
2.
図書
Bernhard Westfechtel
目次情報:
続きを見る
Introduction / Part I：
Development Processes / 1：
Management / 1.2：
Definition / 1.2.1：
Managerial and Technical Level / 1.2.2：
Products, Activities, and Resources / 1.2.3：
Tools for Managing Development Processes / 1.3：
Management, System: Structure and Functionality / 1.3.1：
Scope of the Management System / 1.3.2：
Models for Managing Development Processes / 1.4：
Process Models / 1.4.1：
Models as Tool Specifications / 1.4.2：
Dynamics of Development Processes / 1.5：
Comparison to Other Business Domains / 1.5.1：
Dynamics at the Instance Level / 1.5.2：
Dynamics at the Definition Level / 1.5.3：
Approach and Contributions / 1.6：
Overall Approach / 1.6.1：
Context of Research / 1.6.2：
Models / 1.6.3：
Formal Specification / 1.6.4：
Tools / 1.6.5：
Related Work / 1.7：
Overview / 1.7.1：
Management of Development Processes: State of the Art / Part II：
Process Management / 2：
Product Management / 2.1：
Documents and Configurations / 2.1.1：
Version Control / 2.1.2：
Workspace Management / 2.1.3：
Activity Management / 2.2：
Modeling of Activities / 2.2.1：
Functions of Activity Management / 2.2.3：
Tools for Activity Management / 2.2.4：
Resource Management / 2.3：
Human Resources / 2.3.1：
Computer Resources / 2.3.2：
Conclusion / 2.4：
Functions of Product Management / 3：
Models for Product Management / 3.2：
Product Space / 3.2.1：
Version Space / 3.2.2：
Interplay of Product Space and Version Space / 3.2.3：
Construction of Versions / 3.2.4：
Workspaces / 3.2.5：
Tools for Product Management / 3.3：
System Descriptions / 3.3.1：
Universe of Discourse / 3.4：
Functions and Objectives of Process Management. / 4.1.1：
Characterization of Development Processes / 4.1.2：
Models for Activity Management / 4.2：
Conceptual Framework / 4.2.1：
Process Meta Models / 4.2.2：
Product Development / 4.2.3：
Management of Human Resources / 4.3：
Models for Human Resource Management / 5.1.1：
Tools for Human Resource Management / 5.1.2：
Management of Computer Resources / 5.2：
Tool Integration / 5.3：
Tool Integration: Classification and Overview / 6.1：
Tool Integration Technologies / 6.2：
A Management System for Mechanical Engineering / 6.3：
The SUKITS Project / 7：
Overview of the SUKITS Project / 7.1：
Motivation / 7.1.1：
Goals / 7.1.2：
Application Domain / 7.1.3：
Project Structure and Results / 7.1.4：
The SUKITS Approach to Process Management / 7.2：
Contributions / 7.2.1：
Management Models / 7.2.2：
Management Tools / 7.2.3：
Management Model: Informal Description / 7.3：
Product Management Model / 8.1：
Documents, Dependencies, and Configurations / 8.1.1：
Versions and Versioned Objects / 8.1.2：
Version and Configuration Graphs / 8.1.3：
Consistency Control and Data Integration / 8.1.4：
Activity Management Model / 8.2：
Product-Centered Activity Management / 8.2.1：
Process Dynamics / 8.2.2：
Resource Management Model / 8.3：
Integration of Formal and Informal Cooperation / 8.4：
Management Model: Formal Specification / 8.5：
PROGRES at a First Glance / 9.1：
Graph Schema / 9.2：
Graph Transformations / 9.2.2：
Model Adaptation / 9.3：
Adaptation in SUKITS / 9.5.1：
PROGRES Specification of Model Adaptation / 9.5.2：
Discussion / 9.6：
Specification-in-the-Small / 9.6.1：
Specification-in-the-Large / 9.6.2：
Management System / 9.7：
Tools: Functionality and User Interface / 10.1：
Management Environment / 10.1.1：
Modeling Environment / 10.1.2：
Work Environment / 10.1.3：
Realization / 10.2：
Communication and Distribution / 10.2.1：
Applications, Experiences, and Evaluation / 10.3：
SUKITS Prototypes / 11.1：
Demonstration: Development of a Drill / 11.2：
Demo Steps / 11.2.1：
Evaluation / 11.3：
ManagementModel / 11.3.1：
Applications / 11.3.2：
Toward an Adaptable Environment for Modeling and Managing Development Processes / 11.4：
Dimensions of Management / 12：
Model Architecture / 12.1.2：
Limitations of the SUKITS Approach / 12.1.3：
Modeling of Management Configurations / 12.2：
Architectural Issues / 12.2.1：
Models for Managing Products, Activities, and Resources / 12.2.2：
PROGRES Environment / 12.3：
Process Support Environment / 12.3.4：
Dynamic Task Nets / 12.4：
Informal Description / 13.1：
Structure of Task Nets / 13.1.1：
Levels of Modeling / 13.1.2：
Behavior of Task Nets / 13.1.3：
Examples / 13.1.4：
Base Model / 13.2：
Standard Behavior / 13.2.2：
Structural Adaptation / 13.2.3：
Behavioral Adaptation / 13.2.4：
Net-based approaches / 13.2.5：
Rule-based approaches / 13.3.2：
State-based approaches / 13.3.3：
Procedural approaches / 13.3.4：
Unified Multi-Project Resource Management / 13.4：
Features of RESMOD / 14.1：
Resources / 14.1.2：
Resource Configurations / 14.1.3：
Plan and Actual Resources / 14.1.4：
Base and Project Resources / 14.1.5：
Task Assignments / 14.1.6：
Layer 1: Resource Hierarchies / 14.2：
Layer 2: Actual and Required Resources / 14.2.2：
Layer 3: Base and Project Resources / 14.2.3：
Object-Oriented Process Modeling / 14.2.4：
Meta Process / 15.1：
Process Analysis / 15.3：
Process Specification / 15.4：
Structural Modeling / 15.4.1：
Model Structuring / 15.4.2：
Behavioral Modeling / 15.4.3：
Environment Generation / 15.5：
Lessons Learned / 15.6：
Current Status and Future Work / 15.7：
Management Model / 16.1：
Modeling Languages / 16.2：
Glossary / 16.3：
References
Index
Introduction / Part I：
Development Processes / 1：
Management / 1.2：
3.
ＥＢ
Bernhard Westfechtel
出版情報:
SpringerLink Books - AutoHoldings , Springer Berlin Heidelberg, 1999
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Introduction / Part I：
Development Processes / 1：
Management / 1.2：
Definition / 1.2.1：
Managerial and Technical Level / 1.2.2：
Products, Activities, and Resources / 1.2.3：
Tools for Managing Development Processes / 1.3：
Management, System: Structure and Functionality / 1.3.1：
Scope of the Management System / 1.3.2：
Models for Managing Development Processes / 1.4：
Process Models / 1.4.1：
Models as Tool Specifications / 1.4.2：
Dynamics of Development Processes / 1.5：
Comparison to Other Business Domains / 1.5.1：
Dynamics at the Instance Level / 1.5.2：
Dynamics at the Definition Level / 1.5.3：
Approach and Contributions / 1.6：
Overall Approach / 1.6.1：
Context of Research / 1.6.2：
Models / 1.6.3：
Formal Specification / 1.6.4：
Tools / 1.6.5：
Related Work / 1.7：
Overview / 1.7.1：
Management of Development Processes: State of the Art / Part II：
Process Management / 2：
Product Management / 2.1：
Documents and Configurations / 2.1.1：
Version Control / 2.1.2：
Workspace Management / 2.1.3：
Activity Management / 2.2：
Modeling of Activities / 2.2.1：
Functions of Activity Management / 2.2.3：
Tools for Activity Management / 2.2.4：
Resource Management / 2.3：
Human Resources / 2.3.1：
Computer Resources / 2.3.2：
Conclusion / 2.4：
Functions of Product Management / 3：
Models for Product Management / 3.2：
Product Space / 3.2.1：
Version Space / 3.2.2：
Interplay of Product Space and Version Space / 3.2.3：
Construction of Versions / 3.2.4：
Workspaces / 3.2.5：
Tools for Product Management / 3.3：
System Descriptions / 3.3.1：
Universe of Discourse / 3.4：
Functions and Objectives of Process Management. / 4.1.1：
Characterization of Development Processes / 4.1.2：
Models for Activity Management / 4.2：
Conceptual Framework / 4.2.1：
Process Meta Models / 4.2.2：
Product Development / 4.2.3：
Management of Human Resources / 4.3：
Models for Human Resource Management / 5.1.1：
Tools for Human Resource Management / 5.1.2：
Management of Computer Resources / 5.2：
Tool Integration / 5.3：
Tool Integration: Classification and Overview / 6.1：
Tool Integration Technologies / 6.2：
A Management System for Mechanical Engineering / 6.3：
The SUKITS Project / 7：
Overview of the SUKITS Project / 7.1：
Motivation / 7.1.1：
Goals / 7.1.2：
Application Domain / 7.1.3：
Project Structure and Results / 7.1.4：
The SUKITS Approach to Process Management / 7.2：
Contributions / 7.2.1：
Management Models / 7.2.2：
Management Tools / 7.2.3：
Management Model: Informal Description / 7.3：
Product Management Model / 8.1：
Documents, Dependencies, and Configurations / 8.1.1：
Versions and Versioned Objects / 8.1.2：
Version and Configuration Graphs / 8.1.3：
Consistency Control and Data Integration / 8.1.4：
Activity Management Model / 8.2：
Product-Centered Activity Management / 8.2.1：
Process Dynamics / 8.2.2：
Resource Management Model / 8.3：
Integration of Formal and Informal Cooperation / 8.4：
Management Model: Formal Specification / 8.5：
PROGRES at a First Glance / 9.1：
Graph Schema / 9.2：
Graph Transformations / 9.2.2：
Model Adaptation / 9.3：
Adaptation in SUKITS / 9.5.1：
PROGRES Specification of Model Adaptation / 9.5.2：
Discussion / 9.6：
Specification-in-the-Small / 9.6.1：
Specification-in-the-Large / 9.6.2：
Management System / 9.7：
Tools: Functionality and User Interface / 10.1：
Management Environment / 10.1.1：
Modeling Environment / 10.1.2：
Work Environment / 10.1.3：
Realization / 10.2：
Communication and Distribution / 10.2.1：
Applications, Experiences, and Evaluation / 10.3：
SUKITS Prototypes / 11.1：
Demonstration: Development of a Drill / 11.2：
Demo Steps / 11.2.1：
Evaluation / 11.3：
ManagementModel / 11.3.1：
Applications / 11.3.2：
Toward an Adaptable Environment for Modeling and Managing Development Processes / 11.4：
Dimensions of Management / 12：
Model Architecture / 12.1.2：
Limitations of the SUKITS Approach / 12.1.3：
Modeling of Management Configurations / 12.2：
Architectural Issues / 12.2.1：
Models for Managing Products, Activities, and Resources / 12.2.2：
PROGRES Environment / 12.3：
Process Support Environment / 12.3.4：
Dynamic Task Nets / 12.4：
Informal Description / 13.1：
Structure of Task Nets / 13.1.1：
Levels of Modeling / 13.1.2：
Behavior of Task Nets / 13.1.3：
Examples / 13.1.4：
Base Model / 13.2：
Standard Behavior / 13.2.2：
Structural Adaptation / 13.2.3：
Behavioral Adaptation / 13.2.4：
Net-based approaches / 13.2.5：
Rule-based approaches / 13.3.2：
State-based approaches / 13.3.3：
Procedural approaches / 13.3.4：
Unified Multi-Project Resource Management / 13.4：
Features of RESMOD / 14.1：
Resources / 14.1.2：
Resource Configurations / 14.1.3：
Plan and Actual Resources / 14.1.4：
Base and Project Resources / 14.1.5：
Task Assignments / 14.1.6：
Layer 1: Resource Hierarchies / 14.2：
Layer 2: Actual and Required Resources / 14.2.2：
Layer 3: Base and Project Resources / 14.2.3：
Object-Oriented Process Modeling / 14.2.4：
Meta Process / 15.1：
Process Analysis / 15.3：
Process Specification / 15.4：
Structural Modeling / 15.4.1：
Model Structuring / 15.4.2：
Behavioral Modeling / 15.4.3：
Environment Generation / 15.5：
Lessons Learned / 15.6：
Current Status and Future Work / 15.7：
Management Model / 16.1：
Modeling Languages / 16.2：
Glossary / 16.3：
References
Index
Introduction / Part I：
Development Processes / 1：
Management / 1.2：
4.
ＥＢ
David J. Duke, David J. Duke, Ivan Herman, Scott Marshall, M. Scott Marshall
出版情報:
SpringerLink Books - AutoHoldings , Springer Berlin Heidelberg, 1999
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
PREMO: A Standard for Distributed Multimedia
Introduction / 1.1：
What PREMO Is / 1.1.1：
What PREMO Isn't / 1.1.2：
Formal Description Techniques and PREMO / 1.2：
Structure of the Book / 1.3：
Typographical Conventions / 1.4：
Graphical Conventions / 1.5：
An Overview of PREMO
The Structure of PREMO / 2.1：
The PREMO Object Model / 2.3：
Overview / 2.3.1：
From Language Bindings to Environment Bindings / 2.3.2：
Object References / 2.3.3：
Active Objects / 2.3.4：
Operation Dispatching / 2.3.5：
Attributes / 2.3.6：
Non-object Data Types / 2.3.7：
The Foundation Component / 2.4：
Structures, Services, and Types / 2.4.1：
Inter-Object Communication / 2.4.2：
Synchronization / 2.4.3：
Time / 2.4.4：
Property Management / 2.4.5：
Object Factories / 2.4.6：
The Multimedia Systems Services Component / 2.5：
The Paradigm of Media Networks / 2.5.1：
Virtual Resources / 2.5.2：
Stream Control / 2.5.3：
Virtual Devices / 2.5.4：
Virtual Connections / 2.5.5：
Higher-Levels of Organization: Groups and Logical Devices / 2.5.6：
Working in Unison / 2.5.7：
The Modelling, Rendering, and Interaction Component / 2.6：
Object-Oriented Rendering / 2.6.1：
Primitives / 2.6.2：
Modelling and Rendering Devices / 2.6.3：
Coordination / 2.6.4：
Closing Remarks / 2.7：
The Fundamentals of PREMO
Basic Concepts / 3.1：
PREMO Objects and Object Types / 3.2.1：
Non-object Types / 3.2.2：
Object Identity and Object References / 3.2.4：
Operations / 3.3：
Subtyping / 3.4：
Inheritance / 3.5：
Protected Operations / 3.6：
Operation Selection, and Casting / 3.7：
Operation Request Modes / 3.8：
Exceptions / 3.9：
The Object and Object Reference Lifecycle / 3.10：
The Environment Binding / 3.11：
General Implementation Issues
Implementation Choices / 4.1：
Implementation Language / 4.1.1：
Implementation Environment / 4.1.2：
PREMO Specifications in Java and Java RMI / 4.2：
Constraints on the Specification Details / 4.2.1：
Registering Server Objects / 4.2.2：
PREMO Non-object Types / 5.1：
Basic Data Types / 5.2.1：
Constructed Data Types / 5.2.2：
Top Layer of the PREMO Object Hierarchy / 5.2.3：
The PREMOObject Interface / 5.3.1：
Simple PREMO Objects / 5.3.2：
Event Structures / 5.3.2.1：
Constraint Structures / 5.3.2.2：
Callbacks / 5.3.3：
Enhanced PREMO Objects / 5.3.4：
Enhanced PREMO Objects as Service Objects / 5.3.4.1：
Top Layer of PREMO / 5.3.4.2：
General Utility Objects / 5.4：
Event Management / 5.4.1：
The PREMO Event Model / 5.4.1.1：
The Event Handler Object / 5.4.1.2：
Synchronization Points / 5.4.1.3：
Finite State Machines: Controller Objects / 5.4.2：
Detailed Specification of a Controller / 5.4.2.1：
Activity of Controllers / 5.4.2.2：
Time Objects / 5.4.3：
General Notions / 5.4.3.1：
Specification of the PREMO Time Objects / 5.4.3.2：
Synchronization Facilities / 5.5：
Synchronizable Objects / 5.5.1：
Overview: Event-Based Synchronization / 5.5.1.1：
State Transition Monitoring / 5.5.1.2：
Detailed Specification of the Synchronizable Object / 5.5.1.3：
Synchronizable Objects as Callbacks / 5.5.1.4：
Time and Synchronizable Objects / 5.5.2：
Stop-Watch and Progression / 5.5.2.1：
Time and Progression Space / 5.5.2.2：
Reference Point Specifications in Time / 5.5.2.3：
Combining TimeSynchronizable Objects: Time Slaves / 5.5.3：
Time-Lines / 5.5.4：
Negotiation and Configuration Management / 5.6：
Property Inquiry Objects / 5.6.1：
Constraining Properties / 5.6.3：
Dynamic Change of Properties / 5.6.4：
Interaction among Properties / 5.6.5：
Some Conclusions on the Negotiation Facilities / 5.6.6：
Creation of Service Objects / 5.7：
Generic Factory Objects / 5.7.1：
Factory Finders / 5.7.2：
Use of Factories and Factory Finders / 5.7.3：
Multimedia Systems Services Component
Configuration Objects / 6.1：
Format Objects / 6.2.1：
Transport and Media Stream Protocol Objects / 6.2.2：
Quality of Service Descriptor Objects / 6.2.3：
The StreamControl Object / 6.3：
SyncStreamControl Objects / 6.3.2：
Property Control of Configurations / 6.4：
Resource and Configuration Management / 6.4.2：
Monitoring Resource Behaviour and Quality of Service Violations / 6.4.3：
Configuring Devices / 6.5：
Global Configuration / 6.5.1.1：
Port Configurations / 6.5.1.2：
Examples of Virtual Devices / 6.5.2：
Simple Media Devices / 6.5.2.1：
Transformer Devices / 6.5.2.2：
Detailed Specification of Virtual Connections / 6.6：
Examples of Virtual Connections / 6.6.3：
Multicast Connections / 6.6.4：
Groups / 6.7：
Logical Devices / 6.8：
The Role of Primitives in PREMO / 7.1：
The Hierarchy in Overview / 7.2.2：
Captured Primitives / 7.2.3：
Form Primitives / 7.2.4：
Tactile Primitives / 7.2.5：
Modifier Primitives / 7.2.6：
Wrapper Primitives / 7.2.7：
Tracer Primitives / 7.2.8：
Structured Primitives / 7.2.9：
Aggregate Primitives / 7.2.9.1：
TimeComposite / 7.2.9.2：
Reference Primitives / 7.2.10：
Coordinate Spaces / 7.3：
Coordinate / 7.3.1：
TimeLocation / 7.3.2：
Colour / 7.3.3：
Devices for Modelling, Rendering, and Interaction / 7.4：
MRI_Format / 7.4.1：
Efficiency Measures / 7.4.2：
MRI Device / 7.4.3：
Modeller / 7.4.4：
Renderer / 7.4.5：
MediaEngine / 7.4.6：
Input Devices, and Routing / 7.5：
InputDevice / 7.5.1：
Router / 7.5.2：
The Scene Database / 7.6：
Management / 7.7：
Allocation / 7.7.2：
Detailed Java Specifications of the PREMO Objects / 7.7.3：
Foundation Objects / 8.1：
Enumerations / 8.2.1：
Additional Data Types / 8.2.2：
Top Level of PREMO Hierarchy / 8.2.3：
Structures / 8.2.4：
Controllers / 8.2.5：
Sychronization Objects / 8.2.5.3：
Multimedia Systems Services / 8.2.7：
Structures and Additional Data Types / 8.3.1：
Virtual Resource / 8.3.3：
Virtual Device / 8.3.6：
Group / 8.3.7：
Logical Device / 8.3.9：
Objects for Coordinate Spaces / 8.4：
Coordinate Object / 8.4.1.1：
Colour Object / 8.4.1.2：
TimeLocation Object / 8.4.1.3：
Name Object / 8.4.2：
Objects for Media Primitives / 8.4.3：
Primitive Object / 8.4.3.1：
Captured Object / 8.4.3.2：
Primitives with Spatial and/or Temporal Form / 8.4.3.3：
Form Primitives for Audio Media Data / 8.4.3.4：
Form Primitives for Geometric Media Data / 8.4.3.5：
Primitives for the Modification of Media Data / 8.4.3.6：
Modifier Primitives for Audio Media Data / 8.4.3.7：
Modifier Primitives for Structural Aspects of Media Data / 8.4.3.8：
Modifier Primitives for Visual Aspects of Media Data / 8.4.3.9：
Organising Primitives into Structures / 8.4.3.10：
Organising Media Data within Time / 8.4.3.11：
Objects for Describing Properties of Devices / 8.4.4：
MRI_Format Object / 8.4.4.1：
EfficiencyMeasure Object / 8.4.4.2：
Processing Devices for Media Data / 8.4.5：
MRI_Device Object / 8.4.5.1：
Modeller Object / 8.4.5.2：
Renderer Object / 8.4.5.3：
MediaEngine Object / 8.4.5.4：
Scene Object / 8.4.6：
Objects for Supporting Interaction / 8.4.7：
InputDevice Object / 8.4.7.1：
Router Object / 8.4.7.2：
Coordinator Object / 8.4.8：
Selected Implementation Issues
The PREMO Environment / A.1：
Activity of Objects / A.1.1：
Top Level of the PREMO Hierarchy / A.1.2：
Distribution and the Creation of PREMO Objects / A.1.3：
Specific Part 3 Objects / A.2：
Virtual Connection Objects / A.2.1：
Devices on the Same JVM: Piped Streams / A.2.1.1：
Devices on Different JVM's: Sockets / A.2.1.2：
References / A.2.1.3：
Index
PREMO: A Standard for Distributed Multimedia
Introduction / 1.1：
What PREMO Is / 1.1.1：
5.
図書
G. Ausiello ... [et al.]
出版情報:
Berlin : Springer, c1999 xix, 524 p. ; 25 cm.
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
The Complexity of Optimization Problems / 1：
Analysis of algorithms and complexity of problems / 1.1：
Complexity analysis of computer programs / 1.1.1：
Upper and lower bounds on the complexity of problems / 1.1.2：
Complexity classes of decision problems / 1.2：
The class NP / 1.2.1：
Reducibility among problems / 1.3：
Karp and Turing reducibility / 1.3.1：
NP-complete problems / 1.3.2：
Complexity of optimization problems / 1.4：
Optimization problems / 1.4.1：
PO and NPO problems / 1.4.2：
NP-hard optimization problems / 1.4.3：
Optimization problems and evaluation problems / 1.4.4：
Exercises / 1.5：
Bibliographical notes / 1.6：
Design Techniques for Approximation Algorithms / 2：
The greedy method / 2.1：
Greedy algorithm for the knapsack problem / 2.1.1：
Greedy algorithm for the independent set problem / 2.1.2：
Greedy algorithm for the salesperson problem / 2.1.3：
Sequential algorithms for partitioning problems / 2.2：
Scheduling jobs on identical machines / 2.2.1：
Sequential algorithms for bin packing / 2.2.2：
Sequential algorithms for the graph coloring problem / 2.2.3：
Local search / 2.3：
Local search algorithms for the cut problem / 2.3.1：
Local search algorithms for the salesperson problem / 2.3.2：
Linear programming based algorithms / 2.4：
Rounding the solution of a linear program / 2.4.1：
Primal-dual algorithms / 2.4.2：
Dynamic programming / 2.5：
Randomized algorithms / 2.6：
Approaches to the approximate solution of problems / 2.7：
Performance guarantee: chapters 3 and 4 / 2.7.1：
Randomized algorithms: chapter 5 / 2.7.2：
Probabilistic analysis: chapter 9 / 2.7.3：
Heuristics: chapter 10 / 2.7.4：
Final remarks / 2.7.5：
Approximation Classes / 2.8：
Approximate solutions with guaranteed performance / 3.1：
Absolute approximation / 3.1.1：
Relative approximation / 3.1.2：
Approximability and non-approximability of TSP / 3.1.3：
Limits to approximability: The gap technique / 3.1.4：
Polynomial-time approximation schemes / 3.2：
The class PTAS / 3.2.1：
APX versus PTAS / 3.2.2：
Fully polynomial-time approximation schemes / 3.3：
The class FPTAS / 3.3.1：
The variable partitioning technique / 3.3.2：
Negative results for the class FPTAS / 3.3.3：
Strong NP-completeness and pseudo-polynomiality / 3.3.4：
Input-Dependent and Asymptotic Approximation / 3.4：
Between APX and NPO / 4.1：
Approximating the set cover problem / 4.1.1：
Approximating the graph coloring problem / 4.1.2：
Approximating the minimum multi-cut problem / 4.1.3：
Between APX and PTAS / 4.2：
Approximating the edge coloring problem / 4.2.1：
Approximating the bin packing problem / 4.2.2：
Approximation through Randomization / 4.3：
Randomized algorithms for weighted vertex cover / 5.1：
Randomized algorithms for weighted satisfiability / 5.2：
A new randomized approximation algorithm / 5.2.1：
A 4/3-approximation randomized algorithm / 5.2.2：
Algorithms based on semidefinite programming / 5.3：
Improved algorithms for weighted 2-satisfiability / 5.3.1：
The method of the conditional probabilities / 5.4：
NP, PCP and Non-approximability Results / 5.5：
Formal complexity theory / 6.1：
Turing machines / 6.1.1：
Deterministic Turing machines / 6.1.2：
Nondeterministic Turing machines / 6.1.3：
Time and space complexity / 6.1.4：
NP-completeness and Cook-Levin theorem / 6.1.5：
Oracles / 6.2：
Oracle Turing machines / 6.2.1：
The PCP model / 6.3：
Membership proofs / 6.3.1：
Probabilistic Turing machines / 6.3.2：
Verifiers and PCP / 6.3.3：
A different view of NP / 6.3.4：
Using PCP to prove non-approximability results / 6.4：
The maximum satisfiability problem / 6.4.1：
The maximum clique problem / 6.4.2：
The PCP theorem / 6.5：
Transparent long proofs / 7.1：
Linear functions / 7.1.1：
Arithmetization / 7.1.2：
The first PCP result / 7.1.3：
Almost transparent short proofs / 7.2：
Low-degree polynomials / 7.2.1：
Arithmetization (revisited) / 7.2.2：
The second PCP result / 7.2.3：
The final proof / 7.3：
Normal form verifiers / 7.3.1：
The composition lemma / 7.3.2：
Approximation Preserving Reductions / 7.4：
The World of NPO Problems / 8.1：
AP-reducibility / 8.2：
Complete problems / 8.2.1：
NPO-completeness / 8.3：
Other NPO-complete problems / 8.3.1：
Completeness in exp-APX / 8.3.2：
APX-completeness / 8.4：
Other APX-complete problems / 8.4.1：
Probabilistic analysis of approximation algorithms / 8.5：
Introduction / 9.1：
Goals of probabilistic analysis / 9.1.1：
Techniques forthe probabilistic analysis of algorithms / 9.2：
Conditioning in the analysis of algorithms / 9.2.1：
The first and the second moment methods / 9.2.2：
Convergence of random variables / 9.2.3：
Probabilistic analysis and multiprocessor scheduling / 9.3：
Probabilistic analysis and bin packing / 9.4：
Probabilistic analysis and maximum clique / 9.5：
Probabilistic analysis and graph coloring / 9.6：
Probabilistic analysis and Euclidean TSP / 9.7：
Heuristic methods / 9.8：
Types of heuristics / 10.1：
Construction heuristics / 10.2：
Local search heuristics / 10.3：
Fixed-depth local search heuristics / 10.3.1：
Variable-depth local search heuristics / 10.3.2：
Heuristics based on local search / 10.4：
Simulated annealing / 10.4.1：
Genetic algorithms / 10.4.2：
Tabu search / 10.4.3：
Mathematical preliminaries / 10.5：
Sets / A.1：
Sequences, tuples and matrices / A.1.1：
Functions and relations / A.2：
Graphs / A.3：
Strings and languages / A.4：
Booleanlogic / A.5：
Probability / A.6：
Random variables / A.6.1：
Linear programming / A.7：
Two famous formulas / A.8：
A List of NP Optimization Problems / B：
Bibliography
Index
The Complexity of Optimization Problems / 1：
Analysis of algorithms and complexity of problems / 1.1：
Complexity analysis of computer programs / 1.1.1：
6.
図書
Stephen E. Palmer
出版情報:
Cambridge, MA : MIT Press, c1999 xxii, 810 p., [8] p. of plates ; 26 cm
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Brief Contents
Contents
Preface
Organization of the Book
Foundations
Spatial Vision
Visual Dynamics
Tailoring the Book to Different Needs
Acknowledgments
An Introduction to Vision Science / Part I：
Visual Perception / 1.1：
Defining Visual Perception / 1.1.1：
The Evolutionary Utility of Vision / 1.1.2：
Perception as a Constructive Act / 1.1.3：
Perception as Modeling the Environment / 1.1.4：
Perception as Apprehension of Meaning / 1.1.5：
Optical Information / 1.2：
The Behavior of Light / 1.2.1：
The Formation of Images / 1.2.2：
Vision as an "Inverse" Problem / 1.2.3：
Visual Systems / 1.3：
The Human Eye / 1.3.1：
The Retina / 1.3.2：
Visual Cortex / 1.3.3：
Theoretical Approaches / 2：
Classical Theories of Vision / 2.1：
Structuralism / 2.1.1：
Gestaltism / 2.1.2：
Ecological Optics / 2.1.3：
Constructivism / 2.1.4：
A Brief History of Information Processing / 2.2：
Computer Vision / 2.2.1：
Information Processing Psychology / 2.2.2：
Biological Information Processing / 2.2.3：
Information Processing Theory / 2.3：
The Computer Metaphor / 2.3.1：
Three Levels of Information Processing / 2.3.2：
Three Assumptions of Information Processing / 2.3.3：
Representation / 2.3.4：
Processes / 2.3.5：
Four Stages of Visual Perception / 2.4：
The Retinal Image / 2.4.1：
The Image-Based Stage / 2.4.2：
The Surface-Based Stage / 2.4.3：
The Object-Based Stage / 2.4.4：
The Category-Based Stage / 2.4.5：
Color Vision: A Microcosm of Vision Science / 3：
The Computational Description of Color Perception / 3.1：
The Physical Description of Light / 3.1.1：
The Psychological Description of Color / 3.1.2：
The Psychophysical Correspondence / 3.1.3：
Image-Based Color Processing / 3.2：
Basic Phenomena / 3.2.1：
Theories of Color Vision / 3.2.2：
Physiological Mechanisms / 3.2.3：
Development of Color Vision / 3.2.4：
Surface-Based Color Processing / 3.3：
Lightness Constancy / 3.3.1：
Chromatic Color Constancy / 3.3.2：
Color Naming / 3.4：
Focal Colors and Prototypes / 3.4.2：
A Fuzzy-Logical Model of Color Naming / 3.4.3：
Processing Image Structure / Part II：
Retinal and Geniculate Cells / 4.1：
Striate Cortex / 4.1.2：
Striate Architecture / 4.1.3：
Development of Receptive Fields / 4.1.4：
Psychophysical Channels / 4.2：
Spatial Frequency Theory / 4.2.1：
Physiology of Spatial Frequency Channels / 4.2.2：
Computational Approaches / 4.3：
Marr's Primal Sketches / 4.3.1：
Edge Detection / 4.3.2：
Alternative Computational Theories / 4.3.3：
A Theoretical Synthesis / 4.3.4：
Visual Pathways / 4.4：
Physiologlcal Evidence / 4.4.1：
Perceptual Evidence / 4.4.2：
Perceiving Surfaces Oriented in Depth / 5：
The Problem of Depth Perception / 5.1：
Heuristic Assumptions / 5.1.1：
Marr's 2.5-D Sketch / 5.1.2：
Ocular Information / 5.2：
Accormmodation / 5.2.1：
Convergence / 5.2.2：
Stereoscopic Information / 5.3：
Binocular Disparity / 5.3.1：
The Correspondence Problem / 5.3.2：
Computational Theories / 5.3.3：
Vertical Disparity / 5.3.4：
Da Vinci Stereopsis / 5.3.6：
Dynamic Information / 5.4：
Motion Parallax / 5.4.1：
Optic Flow Caused by a Moving Observer / 5.4.2：
Optic Flow Caused by Moving Objects / 5.4.3：
Accretion/Deletion of Texture / 5.4.4：
Pictorial Information / 5.5：
Perspective Projection / 5.5.1：
Convergence of Parallel Lines / 5.5.2：
Position Relative to the Horizon of a Surface / 5.5.3：
Relative Size / 5.5.4：
Familiar Size / 5.5.5：
Texture Gradients / 5.5.6：
Edge Interpretation / 5.5.7：
Shading Information / 5.5.8：
Aerial Perspective / 5.5.9：
Integrating Information Sources / 5.5.10：
Development of Depth Perception / 5.6：
Organizing Objects and Scenes / 5.6.1：
Perceptual Grouping / 6.1：
The Classical Principles of Grouping / 6.1.1：
New Principles of Grouping / 6.1.2：
Measuring Grouping Effects Quantitatively / 6.1.3：
Is Grouping an Early or Late Process? / 6.1.4：
Past Experience / 6.1.5：
Region Analysis / 6.2：
Uniform Connectedness / 6.2.1：
Region Segmentation / 6.2.2：
Texture Segregation / 6.2.3：
Figure/Ground Organization / 6.3：
Principles of Figure/Ground Organization / 6.3.1：
Ecological Considerations / 6.3.2：
Effects of Meaningfulness / 6.3.3：
The Problem of Holes / 6.3.4：
Visual Interpolation / 6.4：
Visual Completion / 6.4.1：
Illusory Contours / 6.4.2：
Perceived Transparency / 6.4.3：
Figural Scission / 6.4.4：
The Principle of Nonaccidentalness / 6.4.5：
Multistability / 6.5：
Connectionist Network Models / 6.5.1：
Neural Fatigue / 6.5.2：
Eye Fixations / 6.5.3：
The Role of Instructions / 6.5.4：
Development of Perceptual Organization / 6.6：
The Habituation Paradigm / 6.6.1：
The Development of Grouping / 6.6.2：
Perceiving Object Properties and Parts / 7：
Size / 7.1：
Size Constancy / 7.1.1：
Size Illusions / 7.1.2：
Shape / 7.2：
Shape Constancy / 7.2.1：
Shape Illusions / 7.2.2：
Orientation / 7.3：
Orientation Constancy / 7.3.1：
Orientation Illusions / 7.3.2：
Position / 7.4：
Perception of Direction / 7.4.1：
Position Constancy / 7.4.2：
Position Illusions / 7.4.3：
Perceptual Adaptation / 7.5：
Parts / 7.6：
Evidence for Perception of Parts / 7.6.1：
Part Segmentation / 7.6.2：
Global and Local Processing / 7.6.3：
Representing Shape and Structure / 8：
Shape Equivalence / 8.1：
Defining Objective Shape / 8.1.1：
Invariant Features / 8.1.2：
Transformational Alignment / 8.1.3：
Object-Centered Reference Frames / 8.1.4：
Theories of Shape Representation / 8.2：
Templates / 8.2.1：
Fourier Spectra / 8.2.2：
Features and Dimensions / 8.2.3：
Structural Descriptions / 8.2.4：
Figural Goodness and Pragnanz / 8.3：
Theories of Figural Goodness / 8.3.1：
Structural Information Theory / 8.3.2：
Perceiving Function and Category / 9：
The Perception of Function / 9.1：
Direct Perception of Affordances / 9.1.1：
Indirect Perception of Function by Categorization / 9.1.2：
Phenomena of Perceptual Categorization / 9.2：
Categorical Hierarchies / 9.2.1：
Perspective Viewing Conditions / 9.2.2：
Part Structure / 9.2.3：
Contextual Effects / 9.2.4：
Visual Agnosia / 9.2.5：
Theories of Object Categorization / 9.3：
Recognition by Components Theory / 9.3.1：
Accounting for Empirical Phenomena / 9.3.2：
Viewpoint-Specific Theories / 9.3.3：
Identifying Letters and Words / 9.4：
Identifying Letters / 9.4.1：
Identifying Words and Letters Within Words / 9.4.2：
The Interactive Activation Model / 9.4.3：
Perceiving Motion and Events / Part III：
Image Motion / 10.1：
The Computational Problem of Motion / 10.1.1：
Continuous Motion / 10.1.2：
Apparent Motion / 10.1.3：
Object Motion / 10.1.4：
Perceiving Object Velocity / 10.2.1：
Depth and Motion / 10.2.2：
Long-Range Apparent Motion / 10.2.3：
Dynamic Perceptual Organization / 10.2.4：
Self-Motion and Optic Flow / 10.3：
Induced Motion of the Self / 10.3.1：
Perceiving Self-Motion / 10.3.2：
Understanding Events / 10.4：
Biological Motion / 10.4.1：
Perceiving Causation / 10.4.2：
Intuitive Physics / 10.4.3：
Visual Selection: Eye Movements And Attention / 11：
Eye Movements / 11.1：
Types Of Eye Movements / 11.1.1：
The Physiology Of The Oculomotor System / 11.1.2：
Saccaadic Exploration Of The Visual Environment / 11.1.3：
Visual Attention / 11.2：
Early Versus Late Selection / 11.2.1：
Costs and Benefits of Attention / 11.2.2：
Theories of Spatial Attention / 11.2.3：
Selective Attention to Properties / 11.2.4：
Distributed versus Focused Attention / 11.2.5：
Feature Integration Theory / 11.2.6：
The Physiology of Attention / 11.2.7：
Attention and Eye Movements / 11.2.8：
Visual Memory and Imagery / 12：
Visual Memory / 12.1：
Three Memory Systems / 12.1.1：
Iconic Memory / 12.1.2：
Visual Short-Term Memory / 12.1.3：
Visual Long-Term Memory / 12.1.4：
Memory Dynamics / 12.1.5：
Visual Imagery / 12.2：
The Analog/Propositional Debate / 12.2.1：
Mental Transformtions / 12.2.2：
Image Inspection / 12.2.3：
Kosslyn's Model of Imagery / 12.2.4：
The Relation of Imagery to Perception / 12.2.5：
Visual Awareness / 13：
Philosophical Foundations / 13.1：
The Mind-Body Problem / 13.1.1：
The Problem of Other Minds / 13.1.2：
Neuropsychology of Visual Awareness / 13.2：
Split-Brain Patients / 13.2.1：
Blindsight / 13.2.2：
Unconscious Processing in Neglect and Balint's Syndrome / 13.2.3：
Unconscious Face Recognition in Prosopagnosia / 13.2.4：
Visual Awareness in Normal Observers / 13.3：
Perceptual Defense / 13.3.1：
Subliminal Perception / 13.3.2：
Inattentional Blindsight / 13.3.3：
Theories of Consciousness / 13.4：
Functional Architecture Theories / 13.4.1：
Biological Theories / 13.4.2：
Consciousness and the Limits of Science / 13.4.3：
Psychophysical Methods / Appendix A：
Measuring Thresholds / A.1：
Method of Adjustment / A.1.1：
Method of Limits / A.1.2：
Method of Constant Stimuli / A.1.3：
The Theoretical Status of Thresholds / A.1.4：
Signal Detection Theory / A.2：
Response Bias / A.2.1：
The Signal Detection Paradigm / A.2.2：
The Theory of Signal Detectability / A.2.3：
Difference Thresholds / A.3：
Just Noticeable Differences / A.3.1：
Weber's Law / A.3.2：
Psychophysical Scaling / A.4：
Fechner's Law / A.4.1：
Stevens's Law / A.4.2：
Suggestions for Futher Reading
Connectionist Modeling / Appendix B：
Network Behavior / B.1：
Unit Behavior / B.1.1：
System Architecture / B.1.2：
Systemic Behavior / B.1.3：
Connectionist Learning Algorithms / B.2：
Back Propagation / B.2.1：
Gradient Descent / B.2.2：
Color Technology / Appendix C：
Additive versus Subtractive Color Mixture / C.1：
Adding versus Multiplying Spectra / C.1.1：
Maxwell's Color Triangle / C.1.2：
C.I.E. Color Space / C.1.3：
Subtractive Color Mixture Space? / C.1.4：
Color Television / C.2：
Paints and Dyes / C.3：
Subtractive Combination of Paints / C.3.1：
Additive Combination of Paints / C.3.2：
Color Photography / C.4：
Color Printing / C.5：
Suggestions for Further Reading
Glossary
References
Name Index
Subject Index
Brief Contents
Contents
Preface
7.
ＥＢ
Jan Willers Amtrup
出版情報:
SpringerLink Books - AutoHoldings , Springer Berlin Heidelberg, 1999
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Overview
Introduction / 1：
Incremental Natural Language Processing / 1.1：
Incremental Speech Understanding / 1.2：
Incremental Architectures and the Architecture of MILC / 1.3：
Summary / 1.4：
Graph Theory and Natural Language Processing / 2：
General Definitions / 2.1：
The Use of Word Graphs for Natural Language Processing Systems / 2.2：
Evaluation of Word Graphs: Size and Quality Measures / 2.3：
Evaluation of Word Graphs: Quality Measures / 2.4：
Further Operations on Word Graphs / 2.5：
Removing Isolated Silence / 2.5.1：
Removing Consecutive Silence / 2.5.2：
Removing All Silence Edges / 2.5.3：
Merging Mutually Unreachable Vertices / 2.5.4：
Hypergraphs / 2.6：
Formal Definition of Hypergraphs / 2.6.1：
Merging of Hyperedges / 2.6.2：
Combination of Hyperedges / 2.6.3：
Search in Graphs / 2.7：
Unification-Based Formalisms for Translation in Natural Language Processing / 2.8：
Unification-Based Formalisms for Natural Language Processing / 3.1：
Definition of Typed Feature Structures with Appropriateness / 3.1.1：
Type Lattices / 3.1.2：
Feature Structures / 3.1.3：
Functions as Values of Features / 3.1.4：
Unification-Based Machine Translation / 3.2：
Architecture and Implementation of the Formalism / 3.3：
Definition and Implementation of Type Lattices / 3.3.1：
Definition and Implementation of Feature Structures / 3.3.2：
MILC: Structure and Implementation / 3.4：
Layered Charts / 4.1：
Communication Within the Application / 4.2：
Communication Architecture of an Application / 4.2.1：
Channel Models / 4.2.2：
Information Service and Synchronization / 4.2.3：
Termination / 4.2.4：
Overview of the Architecture of MILC / 4.3：
Word Recognition / 4.4：
Idiom Processing / 4.5：
Parsing / 4.6：
Derivation of Verbal Complexes / 4.6.1：
Spontaneous Speech and Word Recognition / 4.6.2：
Structure and Processing Strategies / 4.6.3：
Utterance Integration / 4.7：
Transfer / 4.8：
Chart-Based Transfer / 4.8.1：
The Implementation of Transfer for MILC / 4.8.2：
Generation / 4.9：
Visualization / 4.10：
Extensions / 4.11：
Extension of the Architecture / 4.11.1：
Anytime Translation / 4.11.2：
System Size / 4.12：
Experiments and Results / 4.13：
Translation / 5.1：
Data Material / 5.2.1：
Linguistic Knowledge Sources / 5.2.2：
Experiments and System Parameters / 5.2.3：
Evaluation / 5.2.4：
Comparison With Non-incremental Methods / 5.2.5：
Conclusion and Outlook / 5.4：
Bibliography
Glossary
Index
Overview
Introduction / 1：
Incremental Natural Language Processing / 1.1：
8.
図書
Daniel Scharstein
目次情報:
続きを見る
Introduction / 1：
The Problem / 1.1：
Applications / 1.1.1：
The Computer Graphics Approach / 1.1.2：
Avoiding the Model / 1.1.3：
A Review of Stereo Vision / 1.2：
Camera Model and Image Formation / 1.2.1：
Stereo Geometry / 1.2.2：
The Correspondence Problem / 1.2.3：
The Epipolar Constraint / 1.2.4：
A Simple Stereo Geometry / 1.2.5：
Rectification / 1.2.6：
Example: SSD / 1.2.7：
Contributions and Outline / 1.3：
A Survey of Image-Based Rendering and Stereo / 2：
Image-Based Rendering / 2.1：
View Synthesis Based on Stereo / 2.1.1：
View Interpolation / 2.1.2：
Mosaics and Layered Representations / 2.1.3：
Stereo / 2.2：
A Framework for Stereo / 2.2.1：
Preprocessing / 2.2.2：
Matching Cost / 2.2.3：
Evidence Aggregation / 2.2.4：
Disparity Selection / 2.2.5：
Sub-Pixel Disparity Computation / 2.2.6：
Diffusion-Based Techniques / 2.2.7：
Other Techniques / 2.2.8：
Promising Recent Approaches / 2.2.9：
Computer Vision Books / 2.3：
View Synthesis / 3：
Geometry / 3.1：
Three-View Rectification / 3.1.1：
The Linear Warping Equation / 3.1.2：
Computing the Rectifying Homographies / 3.1.3：
Synthesizing a New View / 3.2：
Resolving Visibility / 3.2.1：
Holes and Sampling Gaps / 3.2.2：
Combining Information from Both Images / 3.2.3：
Adjusting Intensities / 3.2.4：
Filling Holes / 3.2.5：
The View Synthesis Algorithm / 3.2.6：
Limitations of the Approach / 3.2.7：
Experiments / 3.3：
Image-Based Scene Representations / 3.4：
Summary / 3.5：
Re-evaluating Stereo / 4：
Traditional Applications of Stereo / 4.1：
Automated Cartography / 4.1.1：
Robot Navigation / 4.1.2：
3D Reconstruction / 4.1.3：
3D Recognition / 4.1.4：
Visual Servoing / 4.1.5：
Full vs. Weak Calibration / 4.1.6：
Comparison of Requirements / 4.1.7：
Stereo for View Synthesis / 4.2：
Accuracy / 4.3：
Correct vs. Realistic Views / 4.4：
Areas of Uniform Intensities / 4.5：
Geometric Constraints / 4.5.1：
Interpolated Views / 4.5.2：
Extrapolated Views / 4.5.3：
General Views and the Aperture Problem / 4.5.4：
Assigning Canonical Depth Interpretations / 4.5.5：
Does Adding More Cameras Help? / 4.5.6：
Partial Occlusion / 4.6：
Gradient-Based Stereo / 4.7：
Similarity and Confidence / 5.1：
Displacement-Oriented Stereo / 5.2：
The Evidence Measure / 5.3：
Comparing Two Gradient Vectors / 5.3.1：
Comparing Gradient Fields / 5.3.2：
Computing Gradients of Discrete Images / 5.3.3：
Accumulating the Measure / 5.4：
Stereo: 1D Search Range / 5.5：
General Motion: 2D Search Range / 5.5.3：
Computing Disparity Maps for View Synthesis / 5.6：
Occlusion Boundaries / 5.6.1：
Detecting Partially Occluded Points and Uniform Regions / 5.6.2：
Extrapolating the Disparities / 5.6.3：
Efficiency / 5.7：
Discussion and Possible Extensions / 5.8：
Stereo Using Diffusion / 5.9：
Disparity Space / 6.1：
The SSD Algorithm and Boundary Blurring / 6.2：
Aggregating Support by Diffusion / 6.3：
The Membrane Model / 6.3.1：
Support Function for the Membrane Model / 6.3.2：
Diffusion with Local Stopping / 6.4：
A Bayesian Model of Stereo Matching / 6.5：
The Prior Model / 6.5.1：
The Measurement Model / 6.5.2：
Explicit Local Distribution Model / 6.5.3：
Conclusion / 6.6：
Contributions in View Synthesis / 7.1：
Contributions in Stereo / 7.2：
Extensions and Future Work / 7.3：
Bibliography
Introduction / 1：
The Problem / 1.1：
Applications / 1.1.1：
9.
ＥＢ
Daniel Scharstein
出版情報:
SpringerLink Books - AutoHoldings , Springer Berlin Heidelberg, 1999
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Introduction / 1：
The Problem / 1.1：
Applications / 1.1.1：
The Computer Graphics Approach / 1.1.2：
Avoiding the Model / 1.1.3：
A Review of Stereo Vision / 1.2：
Camera Model and Image Formation / 1.2.1：
Stereo Geometry / 1.2.2：
The Correspondence Problem / 1.2.3：
The Epipolar Constraint / 1.2.4：
A Simple Stereo Geometry / 1.2.5：
Rectification / 1.2.6：
Example: SSD / 1.2.7：
Contributions and Outline / 1.3：
A Survey of Image-Based Rendering and Stereo / 2：
Image-Based Rendering / 2.1：
View Synthesis Based on Stereo / 2.1.1：
View Interpolation / 2.1.2：
Mosaics and Layered Representations / 2.1.3：
Stereo / 2.2：
A Framework for Stereo / 2.2.1：
Preprocessing / 2.2.2：
Matching Cost / 2.2.3：
Evidence Aggregation / 2.2.4：
Disparity Selection / 2.2.5：
Sub-Pixel Disparity Computation / 2.2.6：
Diffusion-Based Techniques / 2.2.7：
Other Techniques / 2.2.8：
Promising Recent Approaches / 2.2.9：
Computer Vision Books / 2.3：
View Synthesis / 3：
Geometry / 3.1：
Three-View Rectification / 3.1.1：
The Linear Warping Equation / 3.1.2：
Computing the Rectifying Homographies / 3.1.3：
Synthesizing a New View / 3.2：
Resolving Visibility / 3.2.1：
Holes and Sampling Gaps / 3.2.2：
Combining Information from Both Images / 3.2.3：
Adjusting Intensities / 3.2.4：
Filling Holes / 3.2.5：
The View Synthesis Algorithm / 3.2.6：
Limitations of the Approach / 3.2.7：
Experiments / 3.3：
Image-Based Scene Representations / 3.4：
Summary / 3.5：
Re-evaluating Stereo / 4：
Traditional Applications of Stereo / 4.1：
Automated Cartography / 4.1.1：
Robot Navigation / 4.1.2：
3D Reconstruction / 4.1.3：
3D Recognition / 4.1.4：
Visual Servoing / 4.1.5：
Full vs. Weak Calibration / 4.1.6：
Comparison of Requirements / 4.1.7：
Stereo for View Synthesis / 4.2：
Accuracy / 4.3：
Correct vs. Realistic Views / 4.4：
Areas of Uniform Intensities / 4.5：
Geometric Constraints / 4.5.1：
Interpolated Views / 4.5.2：
Extrapolated Views / 4.5.3：
General Views and the Aperture Problem / 4.5.4：
Assigning Canonical Depth Interpretations / 4.5.5：
Does Adding More Cameras Help? / 4.5.6：
Partial Occlusion / 4.6：
Gradient-Based Stereo / 4.7：
Similarity and Confidence / 5.1：
Displacement-Oriented Stereo / 5.2：
The Evidence Measure / 5.3：
Comparing Two Gradient Vectors / 5.3.1：
Comparing Gradient Fields / 5.3.2：
Computing Gradients of Discrete Images / 5.3.3：
Accumulating the Measure / 5.4：
Stereo: 1D Search Range / 5.5：
General Motion: 2D Search Range / 5.5.3：
Computing Disparity Maps for View Synthesis / 5.6：
Occlusion Boundaries / 5.6.1：
Detecting Partially Occluded Points and Uniform Regions / 5.6.2：
Extrapolating the Disparities / 5.6.3：
Efficiency / 5.7：
Discussion and Possible Extensions / 5.8：
Stereo Using Diffusion / 5.9：
Disparity Space / 6.1：
The SSD Algorithm and Boundary Blurring / 6.2：
Aggregating Support by Diffusion / 6.3：
The Membrane Model / 6.3.1：
Support Function for the Membrane Model / 6.3.2：
Diffusion with Local Stopping / 6.4：
A Bayesian Model of Stereo Matching / 6.5：
The Prior Model / 6.5.1：
The Measurement Model / 6.5.2：
Explicit Local Distribution Model / 6.5.3：
Conclusion / 6.6：
Contributions in View Synthesis / 7.1：
Contributions in Stereo / 7.2：
Extensions and Future Work / 7.3：
Bibliography
Introduction / 1：
The Problem / 1.1：
Applications / 1.1.1：
10.
図書
Paolo Milani, Salvatore Iannotta
目次情報:
続きを見る
Introduction / 1：
Molecular Beams and Cluster Nucleation / 2：
Molecular Beams / 2.1：
Continuous Effusive Beams / 2.1.1：
Continuous Supersonic Beams / 2.1.2：
Pulsed Beams / 2.1.3：
Nucleation and Aggregation Processes / 2.2：
Classical Theory / 2.2.1：
Homogeneous Nucleation by Monomer Addition / 2.2.2：
Homogeneous Nucleation by Aggregation / 2.2.3：
Nucleation of Clusters in Beams / 2.2.4：
Semi-empirical Approach to Clustering in Free Jets / 2.2.5：
Cluster Sources / 3：
Vaporization Methods / 3.1：
Joule Heating / 3.1.1：
Plasma Generation for Cluster Production / 3.1.2：
Laser Vaporization / 3.1.3：
Glow and Arc Discharges / 3.1.4：
Continuous Sources / 3.2：
Effusive Joule-Heated Gas Aggregation Sources / 3.2.1：
Magnetron Plasma Sources / 3.2.2：
Supersonic Sources / 3.2.3：
Pulsed Sources / 3.3：
Pulsed Valves / 3.3.1：
Laser Vaporization Sources / 3.3.2：
Arc Pulsed Sources / 3.3.3：
Characterization and Manipulation of Cluster Beams / 4：
Mass Spectrometry / 4.1：
Quadrupole Mass Spectrometry / 4.1.1：
Time-of-Flight Mass Spectrometry / 4.1.2：
Retarding Potential Mass Spectrometry / 4.1.3：
Detection Methods / 4.2：
Ionization of Clusters / 4.2.1：
Charged Cluster Detection / 4.2.2：
Cluster Beam Characterization / 4.2.3：
Cluster Selection and Manipulation / 4.3：
Size and Energy Selection / 4.3.1：
Quadrupole Filter / 4.3.2：
Separation of Gas Mixtures in Supersonic Beams / 4.3.3：
Thin Film Deposition and Surface Modification by Cluster Beams / 5：
Kinetic Energy Regimes / 5.1：
Diffusion and Coalescence of Clusters on Surfaces / 5.2：
Low-Energy Deposition / 5.3：
Cluster Networks and Porous Films / 5.3.1：
Composite Nanocrystalline Materials / 5.3.2：
High-Energy Deposition / 5.4：
Implantation, Sputtering, Etching / 5.4.1：
Thin Film Formation / 5.4.2：
Outlook and Perspectives / 6：
Cluster Beam Processing of Surfaces / 6.1：
Nanostructured Materials Synthesis / 6.2：
Perspectives / 6.3：
Appendix
References
Introduction / 1：
Molecular Beams and Cluster Nucleation / 2：
Molecular Beams / 2.1：
11.
ＥＢ
Michalis Vazirgiannis
出版情報:
SpringerLink Books - AutoHoldings , Springer Berlin Heidelberg, 1999
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Preface
Book Overview
Acknowledgements
Table of Contents
Background / 1：
Introduction / 1.1：
Basic Concepts / 1.2：
Temporal Aspects of IMDs / 1.3：
Spatial Aspects of an IMD / 1.4：
Multimedia Document Models / 1.5：
Multimedia Document Standards / 1.6：
Multimedia and Hypermedia Information Coding Experts Group (M H E G ) / 1.6.1：
H Y T I M E / 1.6.2：
Comparison of MHEG and Hytime / 1.6.3：
SMIL / 1.6.4：
Modeling Interactive Multimedia Documents / 2：
Interaction / 2.1：
Events Classification / 2.1.1：
Object-Oriented Modeling of Events / 2.1.2：
Algebraic Composition of Events / 2.1.3：
Spatiotemporal Composition of Events / 2.1.4：
Spatiotemporal Composition of Media Objects / 2.2：
Spatiotemporal Composition Model / 2.2.1：
Interactive Scenario Modeling / 2.3：
Authoring Interactive Multimedia Presentations / 3：
Actor Specifications and Transformations / 3.1：
Event Specification / 3.2：
Scenario Tuples Specifications / 3.3：
Spatiotemporal Specification & Verification for Multimedia Scenarios / 4：
Authoring Spatiotemporal Compositions for IMD Documents / 4.1：
Authoring Environment / 4.1.1：
Verification of IMD Documents / 4.2：
Temporal Layout Tool / 4.2.1：
Spatial Layout / 4.2.2：
Scenario Animation Tool / 4.2.3：
Execution Table / 4.2.4：
Conclusions / 4.3：
Transformation of Declarative Specifications to Algorithmic Representation / 5：
Events / 5.1：
User Events / 5.1.1：
Intra-objects Events / 5.1.2：
Application and System Events / 5.1.3：
Synch Events / 5.1.4：
Non-state Events / 5.1.5：
State Events / 5.1.6：
Complex Events / 5.1.7：
Scenario Tuples / 5.2：
Start Stop Event Detection Handlers / 5.2.1：
Enabling and Disabling Scenario Tuples / 5.2.2：
Rendering Interactive Multimedia Scenarios / 6：
A Single Threaded Approach / 6.1：
Overall Architecture / 6.1.1：
Auxiliary Structures / 6.1.2：
Event Detection and Evaluation / 6.1.3：
Scenario Rendering Algorithms / 6.1.4：
Presentation Engine / 6.1.5：
A Multithreaded Approach / 6.2：
The Server / 6.2.1：
Rendering Scheme Architecture - The Client / 6.2.2：
Event Handling / 6.2.3：
Starting and Interrupting Scenario Tuples / 6.2.4：
Synchronized Presentation of Media-Objects / 6.2.5：
Indexing Large Multimedia Applications: A Spatiotemporal Indexing Scheme / 7：
A Sample Multimedia Composition / 7.1：
Indexing Schemes / 7.3：
A Simple Spatial and Temporal Indexing Scheme / 7.3.1：
A Unified Spatiotemporal Indexing Scheme / 7.3.2：
Retrieval of Spatiotemporal Operators Using R-trees / 7.3.3：
Estimation of the Retrieval Cost / 7.4：
Cost Analysis of R-trees / 7.4.1：
Analytical Comparison of the Indexing Schemes / 7.4.2：
IMD Scenario Script, a Sample Application / Appendix A：
Scenario Model, the BNF Grammar / Appendix B：
References
Subject Index
Preface
Book Overview
Acknowledgements
12.
ＥＢ
出版情報:
IEEE Electronic Library (IEL) Standards , IEEE, 1999
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
13.
図書
Steffen Staab
目次情報:
続きを見る
Introduction / 1：
Problems in Understanding Degree Expressions / 1.1：
General Approach / 1.2：
Overview / 1.3：
ParseTalk - The System Context / 2：
An Architecture for Text Knowledge Extraction / 2.1：
Syntactic Analysis / 2.2：
Dependency Grammar / 2.2.1：
The ParseTalk Parser / 2.2.2：
Conceptual System / 2.3：
Description Logics / 2.3.1：
Knowledge Base / 2.3.2：
Semantic System / 2.3.3：
Referring and Relating / 2.4：
Centering / 2.4.1：
Relation Path Patterns and Metonymy / 2.4.2：
An Example Text / 2.4.3：
Lexical Semantics of Degree Expressions / 3：
Scales / 3.1：
Critique on Ontological Models for Degree Expressions / 3.1.1：
New Ontological Entities / 3.1.2：
Gradable Adjectives / 3.2：
Classification of Adjectives / 3.2.1：
Figurative Language / 3.2.2：
Multiple Word Senses / 3.2.3：
Nominative vs. Normative Use / 3.2.4：
Two Types of Comparison / 3.2.5：
Non-adjectival Degree Expressions / 3.3：
Summary / 3.4：
Representation and Inferences / 4：
Requirements on Modeling Degree Relations / 4.1：
Linguistic Stipulations / 4.1.1：
Stipulations from Vagueness / 4.1.2：
Stipulations on Inferences / 4.1.3：
The Challenge: Functions / 4.1.4：
Binary Relations / 4.2：
Representation / 4.2.1：
Inferencing / 4.2.2：
Soundness and Incompleteness / 4.2.3：
Computational Complexity / 4.2.4：
Non-binary Relations / 4.3：
TCSPs and Allen's Calculus / 4.3.1：
From Binary to Non-binary Relations / 4.3.2：
A Formal Model of Generalized Temporal Networks (GTNs) / 4.3.3：
Determining Consistency / 4.3.4：
Computing the Minimal Network / 4.3.5：
Scaling by Abstractions / 4.3.6：
Scaling by Generalizations / 4.3.7：
Related Work / 4.4：
Related Work on Representing and Inferencing with Degree Expressions / 4.4.1：
Related Work on Temporal and Spatial Reasoning / 4.4.2：
Conclusion on Representation and Inferences / 4.5：
Relative Comparisons / 5：
Basic Model for Interpreting Relative Comparatives / 5.1：
Comparative Interpretation as Semantic Copying / 5.1.1：
Core Algorithm / 5.1.2：
An Example of Semantic Interpretation / 5.1.3：
Extension to Textual Phenomena / 5.2：
Comparatives with Omitted Complements / 5.2.1：
An Example for Omitted Complements / 5.2.2：
Metonymies in the Complement / 5.2.3：
Metonymic Entities in the Omitted Complement / 5.2.4：
An Example for Metonymic Entities in the Omitted Complement / 5.2.5：
Theoretical and Empirical Coverage / 5.3：
Generative Linguistics / 5.4：
Cognitive Foundations / 5.4.2：
Computational Approaches / 5.4.3：
Conclusion on Relative Comparisons / 5.5：
Absolute Comparisons / 6：
A Cognitive Framework for Absolute Comparisons / 6.1：
Representing Comparison Classes / 6.2：
Knowledge about Intercorrelations / 6.3：
Computing Comparison Classes / 6.4：
The Algorithm / 6.4.1：
A Sample Computation / 6.4.2：
Empirical Evaluation / 6.5：
Conclusion on Absolute Comparisons / 6.6：
Integration and Conclusion / 7：
Integration / 7.1：
(Comparison) Relations and Intercorrelations Revisited 150 / 7.1.1：
Drawing the Lines between the Two Comparison Paradigms / 7.1.2：
Relative Comparisons Meet Absolute Comparisons / 7.1.3：
Comparison Classes Meet Inferences / 7.1.4：
Further Research Issues / 7.2：
Pragmatics / 7.2.1：
Relative Comparisons and Analogy / 7.2.2：
Further Norms of Expectation / 7.2.3：
Conclusion / 7.3：
List of Conventions / A：
The Entity-Relationship Model / B：
Auxiliary Proofs / C：
Proof of Optimization Lemma / C.1：
Proof of Clipping Lemma / C.2：
Efficiency of Constraint Propagation / C.3：
Bibliography
Introduction / 1：
Problems in Understanding Degree Expressions / 1.1：
General Approach / 1.2：
14.
ＥＢ
Steffen Staab
出版情報:
SpringerLink Books - AutoHoldings , Springer Berlin Heidelberg, 1999
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Introduction / 1：
Problems in Understanding Degree Expressions / 1.1：
General Approach / 1.2：
Overview / 1.3：
ParseTalk - The System Context / 2：
An Architecture for Text Knowledge Extraction / 2.1：
Syntactic Analysis / 2.2：
Dependency Grammar / 2.2.1：
The ParseTalk Parser / 2.2.2：
Conceptual System / 2.3：
Description Logics / 2.3.1：
Knowledge Base / 2.3.2：
Semantic System / 2.3.3：
Referring and Relating / 2.4：
Centering / 2.4.1：
Relation Path Patterns and Metonymy / 2.4.2：
An Example Text / 2.4.3：
Lexical Semantics of Degree Expressions / 3：
Scales / 3.1：
Critique on Ontological Models for Degree Expressions / 3.1.1：
New Ontological Entities / 3.1.2：
Gradable Adjectives / 3.2：
Classification of Adjectives / 3.2.1：
Figurative Language / 3.2.2：
Multiple Word Senses / 3.2.3：
Nominative vs. Normative Use / 3.2.4：
Two Types of Comparison / 3.2.5：
Non-adjectival Degree Expressions / 3.3：
Summary / 3.4：
Representation and Inferences / 4：
Requirements on Modeling Degree Relations / 4.1：
Linguistic Stipulations / 4.1.1：
Stipulations from Vagueness / 4.1.2：
Stipulations on Inferences / 4.1.3：
The Challenge: Functions / 4.1.4：
Binary Relations / 4.2：
Representation / 4.2.1：
Inferencing / 4.2.2：
Soundness and Incompleteness / 4.2.3：
Computational Complexity / 4.2.4：
Non-binary Relations / 4.3：
TCSPs and Allen's Calculus / 4.3.1：
From Binary to Non-binary Relations / 4.3.2：
A Formal Model of Generalized Temporal Networks (GTNs) / 4.3.3：
Determining Consistency / 4.3.4：
Computing the Minimal Network / 4.3.5：
Scaling by Abstractions / 4.3.6：
Scaling by Generalizations / 4.3.7：
Related Work / 4.4：
Related Work on Representing and Inferencing with Degree Expressions / 4.4.1：
Related Work on Temporal and Spatial Reasoning / 4.4.2：
Conclusion on Representation and Inferences / 4.5：
Relative Comparisons / 5：
Basic Model for Interpreting Relative Comparatives / 5.1：
Comparative Interpretation as Semantic Copying / 5.1.1：
Core Algorithm / 5.1.2：
An Example of Semantic Interpretation / 5.1.3：
Extension to Textual Phenomena / 5.2：
Comparatives with Omitted Complements / 5.2.1：
An Example for Omitted Complements / 5.2.2：
Metonymies in the Complement / 5.2.3：
Metonymic Entities in the Omitted Complement / 5.2.4：
An Example for Metonymic Entities in the Omitted Complement / 5.2.5：
Theoretical and Empirical Coverage / 5.3：
Generative Linguistics / 5.4：
Cognitive Foundations / 5.4.2：
Computational Approaches / 5.4.3：
Conclusion on Relative Comparisons / 5.5：
Absolute Comparisons / 6：
A Cognitive Framework for Absolute Comparisons / 6.1：
Representing Comparison Classes / 6.2：
Knowledge about Intercorrelations / 6.3：
Computing Comparison Classes / 6.4：
The Algorithm / 6.4.1：
A Sample Computation / 6.4.2：
Empirical Evaluation / 6.5：
Conclusion on Absolute Comparisons / 6.6：
Integration and Conclusion / 7：
Integration / 7.1：
(Comparison) Relations and Intercorrelations Revisited 150 / 7.1.1：
Drawing the Lines between the Two Comparison Paradigms / 7.1.2：
Relative Comparisons Meet Absolute Comparisons / 7.1.3：
Comparison Classes Meet Inferences / 7.1.4：
Further Research Issues / 7.2：
Pragmatics / 7.2.1：
Relative Comparisons and Analogy / 7.2.2：
Further Norms of Expectation / 7.2.3：
Conclusion / 7.3：
List of Conventions / A：
The Entity-Relationship Model / B：
Auxiliary Proofs / C：
Proof of Optimization Lemma / C.1：
Proof of Clipping Lemma / C.2：
Efficiency of Constraint Propagation / C.3：
Bibliography
Introduction / 1：
Problems in Understanding Degree Expressions / 1.1：
General Approach / 1.2：
15.
ＥＢ
Igor Nikolaev, A. Dold, F. Takens, Bernard Teissier, Evgeny Zhuzhoma
出版情報:
SpringerLink Books - AutoHoldings , Springer Berlin Heidelberg, 1999
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Definitions and examples / 1：
Preliminaries / 1.1：
Basic constructions / 1.2：
The projection method / 1.2.1：
The universal covering method / 1.2.2：
The suspension method / 1.2.3：
Whitney theorem / 1.2.4：
Connected sum of flows / 1.2.5：
The branch covering method / 1.2.6：
Basic examples / 1.3：
Gradient and Morse-Smale flows / 1.3.1：
Transitive flows / 1.3.2：
Flows with Cantor type limit sets / 1.3.3：
Area preserving and Hamiltonian flows / 1.3.4：
Harmonic and geodesic vector fields / 1.3.5：
Poincare-Bendixson's theory / 2：
Existence of closed transversal / 2.1：
Absence of non-trivial recurrent trajectories on some surfaces / 2.2：
Hilmy's and Cherry's theorems on quasiminimal sets / 2.3：
Maier's theorems on quasiminimal sets / 2.4：
Gutierrez's structure theorem / 2.5：
Limit set of individual trajectory / 2.6：
List of limit and minimal sets / 2.6.1：
Results of Solntzev and Vinograd / 2.6.2：
On the existence of minimal sets / 2.6.3：
Decomposition of flows / 3：
Decomposition theorems / 3.1：
Irreducible flows on torus / 3.1.1：
Canonical neighborhood / 3.1.2：
Gardiner - Levitt's decomposition / 3.1.3：
Pants decomposition / 3.1.4：
Decomposition of area preserving and Hamiltonian flows / 3.1.5：
Center of flow / 3.2：
Blowing-down of flows / 3.3：
Regular flows / 3.4：
Singular trajectories / 3.4.1：
Cells / 3.4.2：
Application: smoothing of flows / 3.5：
Local theory / 4：
Topological normal forms / 4.1：
Analytical normal forms / 4.2：
Smooth normal forms / 4.3：
Finitely smooth normal forms / 4.4：
Degenerate critical points / 4.5：
C1 normal forms of degenerate singularities / 4.6：
Space of flows and vector fields / 5：
Structural stability / 5.1：
Peixoto's graphs. Classification of Morse-Smale flows / 5.2：
Rotation systems / 5.2.1：
Peixoto theorems / 5.2.2：
Peixoto's counterexample revisited / 5.2.3：
Lyapunov's method / 5.3：
Lyapunov functions / 5.3.1：
Lyapunov graphs / 5.3.2：
Connected components of Morse-Smale flows / 5.4：
Degrees of non-stability / 5.5：
Typical properties of non-stable flows / 5.6：
Ergodic theory / 6：
Liouville's theorem / 6.1：
Kolmogorov's theorem for flows on torus / 6.2：
Non-trivial invariant measures / 6.3：
Ergodicity / 6.4：
Mixing / 6.5：
Entropy / 6.6：
Invariants of surface flows / 7：
Topological classification of torus flows / 7.1：
Rotation numbers / 7.1.1：
Classification of minimal flows / 7.1.2：
Classification of the Denjoy flows / 7.1.3：
Classification of flows of the Cherry type / 7.1.4：
Oriented surfaces of genus ≥ 2 / 7.2：
Aranson-Grines homotopy rotation class / 7.2.1：
Homotopy rotation orbit / 7.2.2：
Equivalence of irrational flows / 7.2.3：
Properties of the homotopy rotation classes / 7.2.4：
Application of geodesic laminations / 7.3：
Transitive flows on non-orientable surfaces / 7.4：
Torus with a cross-cup / 7.4.1：
Non-orientable surfaces of genus ≥ 4 / 7.4.2：
Classification of exceptional minimal sets / 7.5：
Classification of the regular flows / 7.6：
Leontovich-Maier's theorem for sphere flows / 7.6.1：
Neumann-O'Brien's orbit complex / 7.6.2：
Bolsinov-Fomenko's classification of Hamiltonian flows / 7.6.3：
Classification of non-wandering flows / 7.7：
Elementary cells of non-wandering flows / 7.7.1：
Conley-Lyapunov-Peixoto graphs / 7.7.2：
Equivalence Problem / 7.7.3：
Realization Problem / 7.7.4：
Cayley graph of a flow / 7.8：
Finite groups and Cayley graphs / 7.8.1：
Isomorphism Problem / 7.8.2：
Homology and cohomology invariants / 7.8.3：
Asymptotic cycles / 7.9.1：
Fundamental class of A. Katok / 7.9.2：
Zorich's cycles / 7.9.3：
Rotation sets of surface flows / 7.10：
Smooth classification of flows / 7.11：
Torus and Klein bottle / 7.11.1：
Closed orientable surfaces of genus ≥ 2 / 7.11.2：
C*-algebras of surface flows / 8：
Irrational rotation algebra / 8.1：
Dimension groups / 8.1.1：
Continued fractions / 8.1.2：
Effros-Shen's Theorem / 8.1.3：
Embedding of Aα / 8.1.4：
Projections of Aα / 8.1.5：
Morita Equivalence / 8.1.6：
Artin's rotation algebra / 8.2：
Myrberg's Approximationssatz / 8.2.1：
Artin's numbers / 8.2.2：
K-theory / 8.3：
Torus with Reeb's components / 8.3.1：
Baum-Connes Conjecture / 8.3.2：
C*-algebras of Morse-Smale flows / 8.4：
Semi-local theory / 9：
Denjoy's and Schwarz's theorems / 9.1：
Cherry's problem / 9.2：
Local structure preventing quasiminimality / 9.3：
Anosov-Weil problem / 10：
Theorems of Weil and Anosov / 10.1：
Asymptotic directions / 10.1.1：
Weil's theorem and Weil's conjecture / 10.1.2：
Anosov's theorem / 10.1.3：
Proof of Weil's conjecture and Weil's theorem / 10.1.4：
Asymptotic direction of individual curves / 10.2：
Non-trivial recurrent semi-trajectories / 10.2.1：
Trajectories of analytic flows / 10.2.2：
Leaves of foliation / 10.2.3：
Curves with restriction on the geodesic curvature / 10.2.4：
Approximation of curve by trajectories of a flow / 10.3：
Limit sets of curves and trajectories at the absolute / 10.4：
Deviation of curves from the geodesies / 10.5：
The deviation property of trajectories / 10.5.1：
Deviation from the geodesic frameworks / 10.5.2：
Branched coverings / 10.5.3：
Swing of trajectories near hyperbolic lines / 10.5.4：
Examples of unbounded deviation / 10.6：
Surfaces of genus ≥ 2 / 10.6.1：
Irrational direction on torus / 10.6.2：
Rational direction on torus / 10.6.3：
Non-compact surfaces / 11：
Kaplan's classification / 11.1：
Level curves of harmonic functions / 11.2：
Markus's classification / 11.3：
Neumann's example / 11.4：
Inaba's example and Beniere-Meigniez's theorem / 11.6：
Beniere-Hector's theorem / 11.7：
Aranson-Zhuzhoma's example / 11.8：
Triptych / 12：
Geodesic frameworks revisited / 12.1：
On continuity and collapse of geodesic frameworks / 12.2：
Cr -closing lemma / 12.3：
Definitions and examples / 1：
Preliminaries / 1.1：
Basic constructions / 1.2：
16.
図書
Peter Y. Yu, Manuel Cardona
出版情報:
New York ; Tokyo : Springer Verlag, 1999 xvi, 620 p. ; 25 cm
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Introduction / 1：
A Survey of Semiconductors / 1.1：
Elemental Semiconductors / 1.1.1：
Binary Compounds / 1.1.2：
Oxides / 1.1.3：
Layered Semiconductors / 1.1.4：
Organic Semiconductors / 1.1.5：
Magnetic Semiconductors / 1.1.6：
Other Miscellaneous Semiconductors / 1.1.7：
Growth Techniques / 1.2：
Czochralski Method / 1.2.1：
Bridgman Method / 1.2.2：
Chemical Vapor Deposition / 1.2.3：
Molecular Beam Epitaxy / 1.2.4：
Liquid Phase Epitaxy / 1.2.5：
Summary
Electronic Band Structures / 2：
Quantum Mechanics / 2.1：
Translational Symmetry and Brillouin Zones / 2.2：
A Pedestrian's Guide to Group Theory / 2.3：
Definitions and Notations / 2.3.1：
Symmetry Operations of the Diamond and Zinc-Blende Structures / 2.3.2：
Representations and Character Tables / 2.3.3：
Some Applications of Character Tables / 2.3.4：
Empty Lattice or Nearly Free Electron Energy Bands / 2.4：
Nearly Free Electron Band Structure in a Zinc-Blende Crystal / 2.4.1：
Nearly Free Electron Energy Bands in Diamond Crystals / 2.4.2：
Band Structure Calculation by Pseudopotential Methods / 2.5：
Pseudopotential Form Factors in Zinc-Blende- and Diamond-Type Semiconductors / 2.5.1：
Empirical and Self-Consistent Pseudopotential Methods / 2.5.2：
The kċp Method of Band-Structure Calculations / 2.6：
Effective Mass of a Nondegenerate Band Using the kċp Method / 2.6.1：
Band Dispersion near a Degenerate Extremum: Top Valence Bands in Diamondand Zinc-Blende-Type Semiconductors / 2.6.2：
Tight-Binding or LCAO Approach to the Band Structure of Semiconductors / 2.7：
Molecular Orbitals and Overlap Parameters / 2.7.1：
Band Structure of Group-IV Elements by the Tight-Binding Method / 2.7.2：
Overlap Parameters and Nearest-Neighbor Distances / 2.7.3：
Problems
Vibrational Properties of Semiconductors, and Electron-Phonon Interactions / 3：
Phonon Dispersion Curves of Semiconductors / 3.1：
Models for Calculating Phonon Dispersion Curves of Semiconductors / 3.2：
Force Constant Models / 3.2.1：
Shell Model / 3.2.2：
Bond Models / 3.2.3：
Bond Charge Models / 3.2.4：
Electron-Phonon Interactions / 3.3：
Strain Tensor and Deformation Potentials / 3.3.1：
Electron-Acoustic-Phonon Interaction at Degenerate Bands / 3.3.2：
Piezoelectric Electron-Acoustic-Phonon Interaction / 3.3.3：
Electron-Optical-Phonon Deformation Potential Interactions / 3.3.4：
Frohlich Interaction / 3.3.5：
Interaction Between Electrons and Large-Wavevector Phonons: Intervalley Electron-Phonon Interaction / 3.3.6：
Electronic Properties of Defects / 4：
Classification of Defects / 4.1：
Shallow or Hydrogenic Impurities / 4.2：
Effective Mass Approximation / 4.2.1：
Hydrogenic or Shallow Donors / 4.2.2：
Donors Associated with Anisotropic Conduction Bands / 4.2.3：
Acceptor Levels in Diamond-and Zinc-Blende-Type Semiconductors / 4.2.4：
Deep Centers / 4.3：
Green's Function Method for Calculating Defect Energy Levels / 4.3.1：
An Application of the Green's Function Method: Linear Combination of Atomic Orbitals / 4.3.2：
Another Application of the Green's Function Method: Nitrogen in GaP and Ga AsP Alloys / 4.3.3：
Final Note on Deep Centers / 4.3.4：
Electrical Transport / 5：
Quasi-Classical Approach / 5.1：
Carrier Mobility for a Nondegenerate Electron Gas / 5.2：
Relaxation Time Approximation / 5.2.1：
Nondegenerate Electron Gas in a Parabolic Band / 5.2.2：
Dependence of Scattering and Relaxation Times on Electron Energy / 5.2.3：
Momentum Relaxation Times / 5.2.4：
Temperature Dependence of Mobilities / 5.2.5：
Modulation Doping / 5.3：
High-Field Transport and Hot Carrier Effects / 5.4：
Velocity Saturation / 5.4.1：
Negative Differential Resistance / 5.4.2：
Gunn Effect / 5.4.3：
Magneto-Transport and the Hall Effect / 5.5：
Magneto-Conductivity Tensor / 5.5.1：
Hall Effect / 5.5.2：
Hall Coefficient for Thin Film Samples (van der Pauw Method) / 5.5.3：
Hall Effect for a Distribution of Electron Energies / 5.5.4：
Optical Properties I / 6：
Macroscopic Electrodynamics / 6.1：
Digression: Units for the Frequency of Electromagnetic Waves / 6.1.1：
Experimental Determination of Optical Constants / 6.1.2：
Kramers-Kronig Relations / 6.1.3：
The Dielectric Function / 6.2：
Experimental Results / 6.2.1：
Microscopic Theory of the Dielectric Function / 6.2.2：
Joint Density of States and Van Hove Singularities / 6.2.3：
Van Hove Singularities in ϵi / 6.2.4：
Direct Absorption Edges / 6.2.5：
Indirect Absorption Edges / 6.2.6：
""""Forbidden"""" Direct Absorption Edges / 6.2.7：
Excitons / 6.3：
Exciton Effect at M0 Critical Points / 6.3.1：
Absorption Spectra of Excitons / 6.3.2：
Exciton Effect at M1 Critical Points or Hyperbolic Excitons / 6.3.3：
Exciton Effect at M3 Critical Points / 6.3.4：
Phonon-Polaritons and Lattice Absorption / 6.4：
Phonon-Polaritons / 6.4.1：
Lattice Absorption and Reflection / 6.4.2：
Multiphonon Lattice Absorption / 6.4.3：
Dynamic Effective Ionic Charges in Heteropolar Semiconductors / 6.4.4：
Absorption Associated with Extrinsic Electrons / 6.5：
Free-Carrier Absorption in Doped Semiconductors / 6.5.1：
Absorption by Carriers Bound to Shallow Donors and Acceptors / 6.5.2：
Modulation Spectroscopy / 6.6：
Frequency Modulated Reflectance and Thermoreflectance / 6.6.3：
Piezoreflectance / 6.6.4：
Electroreflectance (Franz-Keldysh Effect) / 6.6.5：
Photoreflectance / 6.6.6：
Reflectance Difference Spectroscopy / 6.6.7：
Optical Properties II / 7：
Emission Spectroscopies / 7.1：
Band-to-Band Transitions / 7.1.1：
Free-to-Bound Transitions / 7.1.2：
Donor-Acceptor Pair Transitions / 7.1.3：
Excitons and Bound Excitons / 7.1.4：
Luminescence Excitation Spectroscopy / 7.1.5：
Light Scattering Spectroscopies / 7.2：
Macroscopic Theory of Inelastic Light Scattering by Phonons / 7.2.1：
Raman Tensor and Selection Rules / 7.2.2：
Experimental Determination of Raman Spectra / 7.2.3：
Microscopic Theory of Raman Scattering / 7.2.4：
A Detour into the World of Feynman Diagrams / 7.2.5：
Brillouin Scattering / 7.2.6：
Experimental Determination of Brillouin Spectra / 7.2.7：
Resonant Raman and Brillouin Scattering / 7.2.8：
Photoelectron Spectroscopy / 8：
Photoemission / 8.1：
Angle-Integrated Photoelectron Spectra of the Valence Bands / 8.1.1：
Angle-Resolved Photoelectron Spectra of the Valence Bands / 8.1.2：
Core Levels / 8.1.3：
Inverse Photoemission
Surface Effects / 8.2：
Surface States and Surface Reconstruction / 8.3.1：
Surface Energy Bands / 8.3.2：
Fermi Level Pinning and Space Charge Layers / 8.3.3：
Effect of Quantum Confinement on Electrons and Phonons in Semiconductors / 9：
Quantum Confinement and Density of States / 9.1：
Quantum Confinement of Electrons and Holes / 9.2：
Semiconductor Materials for Quantum Wells and Superlattices / 9.2.1：
Classification of Multiple Quantum Wells and Superlattices / 9.2.2：
Confinement of Energy Levels of Electrons and Holes / 9.2.3：
Some Experimental Results / 9.2.4：
Phonons in Superlattices / 9.3：
Phonons in Superlattices: Folded Acoustic and Confined Optic Modes / 9.3.1：
Folded Acoustic Modes: Macroscopic Treatment / 9.3.2：
Confined Optical Modes: Macroscopic Treatment / 9.3.3：
Electrostatic Effects in Polar Crystals: Interface Modes / 9.3.4：
Raman Spectra of Phonons in Semiconductor Superlattices / 9.4：
Raman Scattering by Folded Acoustic Phonons / 9.4.1：
Raman Scattering by Confined Optical Phonons / 9.4.2：
Raman Scattering by Interface Modes / 9.4.3：
Macroscopic Models of Electron-LO Phonon (Fröhlich) Interaction in Multiple Quantum Wells / 9.4.4：
Electrical Transport: Resonant Tunneling / 9.5：
Resonant Tunneling Through a Double-Barrier Quantum Well / 9.5.1：
I-V Characteristics of Resonant Tunneling Devices / 9.5.2：
Quantum Hall Effects in Two-Dimensional Electron Gases / 9.6：
Landau Theory of Diamagnetism in a Three-Dimensional Free Electron Gas / 9.6.1：
Magneto-Conductivity of a Two-Dimensional Electron Gas: Filling Factor / 9.6.2：
The Experiment of von Klitzing, Pepper and Dorda / 9.6.3：
Explanation of the Hall Plateaus in the Integral Quantum Hall Effect / 9.6.4：
Concluding Remarks / 9.7：
Appendix: Pioneers of Semiconductor Physics Remember
Ultra-Pure Germanium: From Applied to Basic Research or an Old Semiconductor Offering New Opportunities / Eugene E. Haller
Two Pseudopotential Methods: Empirical and Ab Initio / Marvin L. Cohen
The Early Stages of Band-Structures Physics and Its Struggles for a Place in the Sun / Conyers Herring
Cyclotron Resonance and Structure of Conduction and Valence Band Edges in Silicon and Germanium / Charles Kittel
Optical Properties of Amorphous Semiconductors and Solar Cells / Jan Tauc
Optical Spectroscopy of Shallow Impurity Centers / Elias Burstein
On the Prehistory of Angular Resolved Photoemission / Neville V. Smith
The Discovery and Very Basics of the Quantum Hall Effect / Klaus von Klitzing
The Birth of the Semiconductor Superlattice / Leo Esaki
References
Subject Index
Table of Fundamental Physical Constants (Inside Front Cover)
Table of Units (Inside Back Cover)
Introduction / 1：
A Survey of Semiconductors / 1.1：
Elemental Semiconductors / 1.1.1：
17.
図書
Gautam R. Desiraju and Thomas Steiner
目次情報:
続きを見る
Acknowledgements
Introduction / 1：
The hydrogen bond / 1.1：
Historical background / 1.1.1：
Geometrical parameters and definitions / 1.1.2：
Energetic parameters and definitions / 1.1.3：
The weak or non-conventional hydrogen bond - scope of this work / 1.2：
Classification of hydrogen bonds / 1.2.1：
The nature of the hydrogen bond interaction and its limits / 1.2.2：
Differences between strong and weak hydrogen bonds / 1.2.3：
Methods of studying weak hydrogen bonds / 1.3：
Crystal structure analysis and statistical treatment of these results / 1.3.1：
Vibrational spectroscopy / 1.3.2：
Gas-phase rotational spectroscopy / 1.3.3：
Computation / 1.3.4：
Summary / 1.4：
Archetypes of the weak hydrogen bond - C--H...O and C--H...N interactions in organic and organometallic systems / 2：
Historical developments / 2.1：
Sutor's study / 2.1.1：
The dark ages / 2.1.2：
The Taylor-Kennard paper / 2.1.3：
General properties / 2.2：
Length properties / 2.2.1：
Angular properties / 2.2.3：
C--H bond lengthening / 2.2.4：
Reduction of thermal vibrations / 2.2.5：
Computational studies and hydrogen bond energies / 2.2.6：
Cooperativity / 2.2.7：
Hardness and softness / 2.2.8：
Intramolecular phenomena / 2.2.9：
Influence on crystal packing / 2.2.10：
Repulsive and destabilizing C--H...O contacts / 2.2.11：
Weak hydrogen bonds in liquids and solution / 2.2.12：
Recapitulation / 2.2.13：
Other weak and non-conventional hydrogen bonds / 3：
[pi]-Acceptors / 3.1：
What is a [pi]-acceptor? / 3.1.1：
Solution and gas phase experiments / 3.1.2：
Phenyl groups / 3.1.3：
Alkynes / 3.1.4：
Alkenes / 3.1.5：
Heterocycles / 3.1.6：
Other [pi]-acceptors / 3.1.7：
Weak atomic acceptors / 3.2：
Group VII elements - covalent halogen / 3.2.1：
Group VI elements - S, Se and Te / 3.2.2：
Group V elements - P, As and Sb / 3.2.3：
Group IV elements - isonitriles, carbanions, carbenes and silylenes / 3.2.4：
Halide anions / 3.3：
Weak donors / 3.4：
S--H / 3.4.1：
P--H and P[superscript +]--H / 3.4.2：
Se--H, As--H and Si--H / 3.4.3：
Organometallics / 3.5：
Metal atoms as acceptors - X--H...M hydrogen bonds / 3.5.1：
Metal atom groups as donors - M--H...A hydrogen bonds / 3.5.2：
Agostic interactions - M...(H--C) / 3.5.3：
Other varieties / 3.6：
The dihydrogen bond - X--H...H--M / 3.6.1：
The inverse hydrogen bond - X--H[superscript -]...A[superscript +] / 3.6.2：
The weak hydrogen bond in supramolecular chemistry / 3.7：
The solid state - influence of weak hydrogen bonds on packing / 4.1：
The crystal as a supermolecule / 4.1.1：
Crystal structures wherein weak hydrogen bonds are important / 4.1.2：
Inclusion complexes / 4.2：
Crown ethers / 4.2.1：
Oligoaryl hosts / 4.2.2：
Cyclodextrins (cycloamyloses) / 4.2.3：
Crystal engineering - promises and problems / 4.3：
From molecular to crystal structure / 4.3.1：
The computational approach / 4.3.2：
The experimental approach - database research / 4.3.3：
Crystal engineering in practice - supramolecular synthons / 4.3.4：
Recognition in solution and related phenomena / 4.4：
Supramolecular assistance to molecular synthesis / 4.4.1：
Drug design and biological recognition / 4.4.2：
The weak hydrogen bond in biological structures / 5：
Biological structures are not time-stable / 5.1：
The crystallographic resolution problem / 5.1.2：
Peptides and proteins / 5.2：
The building blocks - amino acids / 5.2.1：
C--H...O hydrogen bonds / 5.2.2：
X--H...[pi] hydrogen bonds / 5.2.3：
Protein-ligand interactions / 5.2.4：
Enzymatic activity / 5.2.5：
Nucleic acids / 5.3：
Nucleic acid constituents / 5.3.1：
Polymeric DNA and RNA / 5.3.2：
Carbohydrates / 5.4：
Chemical constitution / 5.4.1：
Hydrogen bond geometry / 5.4.2：
Functionally important C--H...O hydrogen bonds / 5.4.3：
Water molecules / 5.5：
Organic hydrates / 5.5.1：
Are there water molecules with vacant hydrogen bond potentials? / 5.5.2：
Macromolecular structures / 5.5.3：
Conclusions / 6：
Some bibliographic statistics / Appendix：
References
Index
Acknowledgements
Introduction / 1：
The hydrogen bond / 1.1：
18.
図書
Mikael Pettersson
目次情報:
続きを見る
Introduction / 1：
The Problem / 1.1：
Our Solution / 1.2：
Overview of this Thesis / 1.3：
Relation to our Previous Work / 1.4：
Preliminaries / 2：
Use of Formal Specifications / 2.1：
Why Generate Compilers? / 2.1.1：
Ways to Specify Semantics / 2.2：
Interpreters / 2.2.1：
Abstract Machines / 2.2.2：
Attribute Grammars / 2.2.3：
Donotational Semantics / 2.2.4：
Action Semantics / 2.2.5：
Evolving Algebras / 2.2.6：
Structural Operational Semantics / 2.2.7：
Natural Semantics / 2.3：
Natural Deduction / 2.3.1：
Relation to Programming Languages / 2.3.2：
Example / 2.3.3：
Meaning / 2.3.4：
Pragmatics / 2.3.5：
Recent Extensions / 2.3.6：
The Design of RML / 3：
Syntax / 3.1：
Static Semantics / 3.2：
Bindings and Unknowns / 3.2.1：
Technicalities / 3.2.2：
Modelling Backtracking / 3.3：
Intuition / 3.3.1：
Origins / 3.3.2：
Denotational Semantics of Backtracking / 3.3.3：
Deter minacy / 3.4：
History / 3.5：
Dynamic Semantics / 3.5.1：
Differences from SML / 3.6：
Examples / 4：
A Small Example / 4.1：
Abstract Syntax / 4.1.1：
Inference Rules / 4.1.2：
Operational Interpretation / 4.1.3：
Mini-Freja / 4.2：
Values / 4.2.1：
Environments / 4.2.3：
Evaluation / 4.2.4：
Modularity / 4.2.5：
Adding Recursion / 4.2.6：
Summary / 4.2.7：
Diesel / 4.3：
Static Elaboration / 4.3.1：
Flattening / 4.3.2：
Emitting Code / 4.3.3：
C Glue / 4.3.4：
Petrol / 4.3.5：
Mini-ML / 4.4.1：
Rémy-Style let-Polymorphism / 4.5.1：
Equality Types / 4.5.2：
Wright's Simple Imperative Polymorphism / 4.5.3：
Overloading / 4.5.4：
Specification Fragments / 4.5.5：
Problematic Issues / 4.5.6：
Default Rules / 4.6.1：
Implementation Overview / 4.7：
Compilation Strategy / 5.1：
Development / 5.1.1：
Alternatives / 5.2：
Prolog / 5.2.1：
Warren's Abstract Machine / 5.2.2：
SML / 5.2.3：
Implementation Status / 5.3：
Reducing Nondeterminism / 6：
Background / 6.1：
Grammars / 6.1.1：
FOL Representation / 6.2：
The Front-End / 6.3：
The FOL-TRS Rewriting System / 6.4：
Properties / 6.5：
Termination / 6.5.1：
Confluence / 6.5.2：
Alternatives for Rewriting Negations / 6.5.3：
append / 6.6：
lookup / 6.6.2：
Missed Conditionals / 6.7：
Implementation Notes / 6.8：
Implementation Complexity / 6.8.1：
Limitations / 6.9：
Related Work / 6.10：
Compiling Pattern Matching / 7：
What is Matching? / 7.1：
Compiling Term Matching / 7.1.2：
Troublesome Examples / 7.2：
Copied Expressions / 7.2.1：
Repeated and Sub-Optimal Tests / 7.2.2：
Intuitive Operation / 7.3：
Objects / 7.4：
Operations / 7.4.2：
The Algorithm / 7.5：
Step 1: Preprocessing / 7.5.1：
Step 2: Generating the DFA / 7.5.2：
Step 3: Merging of Equivalent States / 7.5.3：
Step 4: Generating Intermediate Code / 7.5.4：
The Examples Revisited / 7.6：
The demo Function / 7.6.1：
The unwieldy Function / 7.6.2：
State Merging / 7.6.3：
Data Representation / 7.7：
Compile-Time Warnings / 7.7.2：
Matching Exceptions / 7.7.3：
Guarded Patterns / 7.7.4：
Modifications for RML / 7.8：
Experiences and Conclusions / 7.10：
Compiling Continuations / 8：
Properties of CPS / 8.1：
Translating RML to CPS / 8.2：
Local Optimizations on CPS / 8.2.1：
Translating CPS to Code / 8.3：
Control / 8.3.1：
Copy Propagation / 8.3.2：
Memory Allocation / 8.3.3：
Data / 8.3.4：
Translating Code to C / 8.4：
Memory Management / 8.4.1：
A Code Generation Example / 8.5：
Simulating Tailcalls in C / 9：
Overview / 9.1：
Why is C not Tail-Recursive? / 9.2：
Why do not Prototypes Help? / 9.2.1：
ANDF / 9.2.2：
Tailcall Classification / 9.3：
Plain Dispatching Labels / 9.4：
Alternative Access Methods for Globals / 9.4.1：
The Monster Switch / 9.5：
Dispatching Switches / 9.6：
Step 1: Fast Known Intramodule Calls / 9.6.1：
Step 2: Recognizing Unknown Intramodule Calls / 9.6.2：
Step 3: Fast Unknown Intramodule Calls / 9.6.3：
Additional Benefits / 9.6.4：
Pushy Labels / 9.7：
Pushy Labels and Register Windows / 9.7.1：
The `Warped Gotos' Technique / 9.8：
The wamcc Approach / 9.9：
Non-Solutions / 9.10：
Experimental Results / 9.11：
Conclusions / 9.12：
Performance Evaluation / 10：
Target Systems / 10.1：
Allocation Arena Size / 10.2：
State Access Methods / 10.4：
Compiler Optimizations / 10.5：
Facing the Opposition / 10.6：
Concluding Remarks / 10.6.1：
Future Work / 11.1：
Programming Sub-Language / 11.2.1：
Taming Side-Effects / 11.2.3：
Moded Types / 11.2.4：
Linear Types / 11.2.5：
Compile to SML / 11.2.6：
Tuning the Runtime Systems / 11.2.7：
User-Friendliness / 11.2.8：
The Definition of RML / A：
Differences to SML / A.1：
Notation for Natural Semantics / A.2：
Lexical Definitions / A.2.1：
Syntax Definitions / A.2.2：
Sets / A.2.3：
Tuples / A.2.4：
Finite Sequences / A.2.5：
Finite Maps / A.2.6：
Substitutions / A.2.7：
Disjoint Unions / A.2.8：
Relations / A.2.9：
Lexical Structure / A.2.10：
Reserved Words / A.3.1：
Integer Constants / A.3.2：
Real Constants / A.3.3：
Character Constants / A.3.4：
String Constants / A.3.5：
Identifiers / A.3.6：
Type Variables / A.3.7：
Whitespace and Comments / A.3.8：
Lexical Analysis / A.3.9：
Syntactic Structure / A.4：
Derived Forms, Full and Core Grammar / A.4.1：
Ambiguity / A.4.2：
Simple Objects / A.5：
Compound Objects / A.5.2：
Initial Static Environments / A.5.3：
Initial Dynamic Objects / A.5.4：
Inference Rides / A.6.4：
Initial Objects / A.7：
Initial Static Objects / A.7.1：
Bibliography / A.7.2：
Index
Introduction / 1：
The Problem / 1.1：
Our Solution / 1.2：
19.
ＥＢ
Mikael Pettersson
出版情報:
SpringerLink Books - AutoHoldings , Springer Berlin Heidelberg, 1999
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Introduction / 1：
The Problem / 1.1：
Our Solution / 1.2：
Overview of this Thesis / 1.3：
Relation to our Previous Work / 1.4：
Preliminaries / 2：
Use of Formal Specifications / 2.1：
Why Generate Compilers? / 2.1.1：
Ways to Specify Semantics / 2.2：
Interpreters / 2.2.1：
Abstract Machines / 2.2.2：
Attribute Grammars / 2.2.3：
Donotational Semantics / 2.2.4：
Action Semantics / 2.2.5：
Evolving Algebras / 2.2.6：
Structural Operational Semantics / 2.2.7：
Natural Semantics / 2.3：
Natural Deduction / 2.3.1：
Relation to Programming Languages / 2.3.2：
Example / 2.3.3：
Meaning / 2.3.4：
Pragmatics / 2.3.5：
Recent Extensions / 2.3.6：
The Design of RML / 3：
Syntax / 3.1：
Static Semantics / 3.2：
Bindings and Unknowns / 3.2.1：
Technicalities / 3.2.2：
Modelling Backtracking / 3.3：
Intuition / 3.3.1：
Origins / 3.3.2：
Denotational Semantics of Backtracking / 3.3.3：
Deter minacy / 3.4：
History / 3.5：
Dynamic Semantics / 3.5.1：
Differences from SML / 3.6：
Examples / 4：
A Small Example / 4.1：
Abstract Syntax / 4.1.1：
Inference Rules / 4.1.2：
Operational Interpretation / 4.1.3：
Mini-Freja / 4.2：
Values / 4.2.1：
Environments / 4.2.3：
Evaluation / 4.2.4：
Modularity / 4.2.5：
Adding Recursion / 4.2.6：
Summary / 4.2.7：
Diesel / 4.3：
Static Elaboration / 4.3.1：
Flattening / 4.3.2：
Emitting Code / 4.3.3：
C Glue / 4.3.4：
Petrol / 4.3.5：
Mini-ML / 4.4.1：
Rémy-Style let-Polymorphism / 4.5.1：
Equality Types / 4.5.2：
Wright's Simple Imperative Polymorphism / 4.5.3：
Overloading / 4.5.4：
Specification Fragments / 4.5.5：
Problematic Issues / 4.5.6：
Default Rules / 4.6.1：
Implementation Overview / 4.7：
Compilation Strategy / 5.1：
Development / 5.1.1：
Alternatives / 5.2：
Prolog / 5.2.1：
Warren's Abstract Machine / 5.2.2：
SML / 5.2.3：
Implementation Status / 5.3：
Reducing Nondeterminism / 6：
Background / 6.1：
Grammars / 6.1.1：
FOL Representation / 6.2：
The Front-End / 6.3：
The FOL-TRS Rewriting System / 6.4：
Properties / 6.5：
Termination / 6.5.1：
Confluence / 6.5.2：
Alternatives for Rewriting Negations / 6.5.3：
append / 6.6：
lookup / 6.6.2：
Missed Conditionals / 6.7：
Implementation Notes / 6.8：
Implementation Complexity / 6.8.1：
Limitations / 6.9：
Related Work / 6.10：
Compiling Pattern Matching / 7：
What is Matching? / 7.1：
Compiling Term Matching / 7.1.2：
Troublesome Examples / 7.2：
Copied Expressions / 7.2.1：
Repeated and Sub-Optimal Tests / 7.2.2：
Intuitive Operation / 7.3：
Objects / 7.4：
Operations / 7.4.2：
The Algorithm / 7.5：
Step 1: Preprocessing / 7.5.1：
Step 2: Generating the DFA / 7.5.2：
Step 3: Merging of Equivalent States / 7.5.3：
Step 4: Generating Intermediate Code / 7.5.4：
The Examples Revisited / 7.6：
The demo Function / 7.6.1：
The unwieldy Function / 7.6.2：
State Merging / 7.6.3：
Data Representation / 7.7：
Compile-Time Warnings / 7.7.2：
Matching Exceptions / 7.7.3：
Guarded Patterns / 7.7.4：
Modifications for RML / 7.8：
Experiences and Conclusions / 7.10：
Compiling Continuations / 8：
Properties of CPS / 8.1：
Translating RML to CPS / 8.2：
Local Optimizations on CPS / 8.2.1：
Translating CPS to Code / 8.3：
Control / 8.3.1：
Copy Propagation / 8.3.2：
Memory Allocation / 8.3.3：
Data / 8.3.4：
Translating Code to C / 8.4：
Memory Management / 8.4.1：
A Code Generation Example / 8.5：
Simulating Tailcalls in C / 9：
Overview / 9.1：
Why is C not Tail-Recursive? / 9.2：
Why do not Prototypes Help? / 9.2.1：
ANDF / 9.2.2：
Tailcall Classification / 9.3：
Plain Dispatching Labels / 9.4：
Alternative Access Methods for Globals / 9.4.1：
The Monster Switch / 9.5：
Dispatching Switches / 9.6：
Step 1: Fast Known Intramodule Calls / 9.6.1：
Step 2: Recognizing Unknown Intramodule Calls / 9.6.2：
Step 3: Fast Unknown Intramodule Calls / 9.6.3：
Additional Benefits / 9.6.4：
Pushy Labels / 9.7：
Pushy Labels and Register Windows / 9.7.1：
The `Warped Gotos' Technique / 9.8：
The wamcc Approach / 9.9：
Non-Solutions / 9.10：
Experimental Results / 9.11：
Conclusions / 9.12：
Performance Evaluation / 10：
Target Systems / 10.1：
Allocation Arena Size / 10.2：
State Access Methods / 10.4：
Compiler Optimizations / 10.5：
Facing the Opposition / 10.6：
Concluding Remarks / 10.6.1：
Future Work / 11.1：
Programming Sub-Language / 11.2.1：
Taming Side-Effects / 11.2.3：
Moded Types / 11.2.4：
Linear Types / 11.2.5：
Compile to SML / 11.2.6：
Tuning the Runtime Systems / 11.2.7：
User-Friendliness / 11.2.8：
The Definition of RML / A：
Differences to SML / A.1：
Notation for Natural Semantics / A.2：
Lexical Definitions / A.2.1：
Syntax Definitions / A.2.2：
Sets / A.2.3：
Tuples / A.2.4：
Finite Sequences / A.2.5：
Finite Maps / A.2.6：
Substitutions / A.2.7：
Disjoint Unions / A.2.8：
Relations / A.2.9：
Lexical Structure / A.2.10：
Reserved Words / A.3.1：
Integer Constants / A.3.2：
Real Constants / A.3.3：
Character Constants / A.3.4：
String Constants / A.3.5：
Identifiers / A.3.6：
Type Variables / A.3.7：
Whitespace and Comments / A.3.8：
Lexical Analysis / A.3.9：
Syntactic Structure / A.4：
Derived Forms, Full and Core Grammar / A.4.1：
Ambiguity / A.4.2：
Simple Objects / A.5：
Compound Objects / A.5.2：
Initial Static Environments / A.5.3：
Initial Dynamic Objects / A.5.4：
Inference Rides / A.6.4：
Initial Objects / A.7：
Initial Static Objects / A.7.1：
Bibliography / A.7.2：
Index
Introduction / 1：
The Problem / 1.1：
Our Solution / 1.2：
20.
図書
Andrew S. Tanenbaum ; with contributions from James R. Goodman
出版情報:
London : Prentice Hall International , Upper Saddle River, N.J. : Prentice Hall, c1999 xviii, 669 p. ; 24 cm
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Introduction / 1：
Computer Systems Organization / 2：
The Digital Logic Level / 3：
The Microarchitecture Level / 4：
The Instruction Set Architecture Level / 5：
The Operating System Machine Level / 6：
The Assembly Language Level / 7：
Parallel Computer Architectures / 8：
Reading List and Bibliography / 9：
Binary Numbers / Appendix A：
Floating-Point Numbers / Appendix B：
Preface
Structured Computer Organization / 1.1：
Languages, Levels, and Virtual Machines / 1.1.1：
Contemporary Multilevel Machines / 1.1.2：
Evolution of Multilevel Machines / 1.1.3：
Milestones in Computer Architecture / 1.2：
The Zeroth Generation-Mechanical Computers (1642-1945) / 1.2.1：
The First Generation-Vacuum Tubes (1945-1955) / 1.2.2：
The Second Generation-Transistors (1955-1965) / 1.2.3：
The Third Generation-Integrated Circuits (1965-1980) / 1.2.4：
The Fourth Generation-Very Large Scale Integration (1980-?) / 1.2.5：
The Fifth Generation-Invisible Computers / 1.2.6：
The Computer Zoo / 1.3：
Technological and Economic Forces / 1.3.1：
The Computer Spectrum / 1.3.2：
Disposable Computers / 1.3.3：
Microcontrollers / 1.3.4：
Game Computers / 1.3.5：
Personal Computers / 1.3.6：
Servers / 1.3.7：
Collections of Workstations / 1.3.8：
Mainframes / 1.3.9：
Example Computer Families / 1.4：
Introduction to the Pentium 4 / 1.4.1：
Introduction to the UltraSPARC III / 1.4.2：
Introduction to the 8051 / 1.4.3：
Metric Units / 1.5：
Outline of This Book / 1.6：
Processors / 2.1：
CPU Organization / 2.1.1：
Instruction Execution / 2.1.2：
RISC versus CISC / 2.1.3：
Design Principles for Modern Computers / 2.1.4：
Instruction-Level Parallelism / 2.1.5：
Processor-Level Parallelism / 2.1.6：
Primary Memory / 2.2：
Bits / 2.2.1：
Memory Addresses / 2.2.2：
Byte Ordering / 2.2.3：
Error-Correcting Codes / 2.2.4：
Cache Memory / 2.2.5：
Memory Packaging and Types / 2.2.6：
Secondary Memory / 2.3：
Memory Hierarchies / 2.3.1：
Magnetic Disks / 2.3.2：
Floppy Disks / 2.3.3：
IDE Disks / 2.3.4：
SCSI Disks / 2.3.5：
RAID / 2.3.6：
CD-ROMs / 2.3.7：
CD-Recordables / 2.3.8：
CD-Rewritables / 2.3.9：
DVD / 2.3.10：
Blu-Ray / 2.3.11：
Input/Output / 2.4：
Buses / 2.4.1：
Terminals / 2.4.2：
Mice / 2.4.3：
Printers / 2.4.4：
Telecommunications Equipment / 2.4.5：
Digital Cameras / 2.4.6：
Character Codes / 2.4.7：
Summary / 2.5：
Gates and Boolean Algebra / 3.1：
Gates / 3.1.1：
Boolean Algebra / 3.1.2：
Implementation of Boolean Functions / 3.1.3：
Circuit Equivalence / 3.1.4：
Basic Digital Logic Circuits / 3.2：
Integrated Circuits / 3.2.1：
Combinational Circuits / 3.2.2：
Arithmetic Circuits / 3.2.3：
Clocks / 3.2.4：
Memory / 3.3：
Latches / 3.3.1：
Flip-Flops / 3.3.2：
Registers / 3.3.3：
Memory Organization / 3.3.4：
Memory Chips / 3.3.5：
RAMs and ROMs / 3.3.6：
CPU Chips and Buses / 3.4：
CPU Chips / 3.4.1：
Computer Buses / 3.4.2：
Bus Width / 3.4.3：
Bus Clocking / 3.4.4：
Bus Arbitration / 3.4.5：
Bus Operations / 3.4.6：
Example CPU Chips / 3.5：
The Pentium 4 / 3.5.1：
The UltraSPARC III / 3.5.2：
The 8051 / 3.5.3：
Example Buses / 3.6：
The ISA Bus / 3.6.1：
The PCI Bus / 3.6.2：
PCI Express / 3.6.3：
The Universal Serial Bus / 3.6.4：
Interfacing / 3.7：
I/O Chips / 3.7.1：
Address Decoding / 3.7.2：
An Example Microarchitecture / 3.8：
The Data Path / 4.1.1：
Microinstructions / 4.1.2：
Microinstruction Control: The Mic-1 / 4.1.3：
An Example Isa: IJVM / 4.2：
Stacks / 4.2.1：
The IJVM Memory Model / 4.2.2：
The IJVM Instruction Set / 4.2.3：
Compiling Java to IJVM / 4.2.4：
An Example Implementation / 4.3：
Microinstructions and Notation / 4.3.1：
Implementation of IJVM Using the Mic-1 / 4.3.2：
Design of the Microarchitecture Level / 4.4：
Speed versus Cost / 4.4.1：
Reducing the Execution Path Length / 4.4.2：
A Design with Prefetching: The Mic-2 / 4.4.3：
A Pipelined Design: The Mic-3 / 4.4.4：
A Seven-Stage Pipeline: The Mic-4 / 4.4.5：
Improving Performance / 4.5：
Branch Prediction / 4.5.1：
Out-of-Order Execution and Register Renaming / 4.5.3：
Speculative Execution / 4.5.4：
Examples of the Microarchitecture Level / 4.6：
The Microarchitecture of the Pentium 4 CPU / 4.6.1：
The Microarchitecture of the UltraSPARC-III Cu CPU / 4.6.2：
The Microarchitecture of the 8051 CPU / 4.6.3：
Comparison of the Pentium, Ultrasparc, and 8051 / 4.7：
Overview of the ISA Level / 4.8：
Properties of the ISA Level / 5.1.1：
Memory Models / 5.1.2：
Instructions / 5.1.3：
Overview of the Pentium 4 ISA Level / 5.1.5：
Overview of the UltraSPARC III ISA Level / 5.1.6：
Overview of the 8051 ISA Level / 5.1.7：
Data Types / 5.2：
Numeric Data Types / 5.2.1：
Nonnumeric Data Types / 5.2.2：
Data Types on the Pentium 4 / 5.2.3：
Data Types on the UltraSPARC III / 5.2.4：
Data Types on the 8051 / 5.2.5：
Instruction Formats / 5.3：
Design Criteria for Instruction Formats / 5.3.1：
Expanding Opcodes / 5.3.2：
The Pentium 4 Instruction Formats / 5.3.3：
The UltraSPARC III Instruction Formats / 5.3.4：
The 8051 Instruction Formats / 5.3.5：
Addressing / 5.4：
Addressing Modes / 5.4.1：
Immediate Addressing / 5.4.2：
Direct Addressing / 5.4.3：
Register Addressing / 5.4.4：
Register Indirect Addressing / 5.4.5：
Indexed Addressing / 5.4.6：
Based-Indexed Addressing / 5.4.7：
Stack Addressing / 5.4.8：
Addressing Modes for Branch Instructions / 5.4.9：
Orthogonality of Opcodes and Addressing Modes / 5.4.10：
The Pentium 4 Addressing Modes / 5.4.11：
The UltraSPARC III Addressing Modes / 5.4.12：
The 8051 Addressing Modes / 5.4.13：
Discussion of Addressing Modes / 5.4.14：
Instruction Types / 5.5：
Data Movement Instructions / 5.5.1：
Dyadic Operations / 5.5.2：
Monadic Operations / 5.5.3：
Comparisons and Conditional Branches / 5.5.4：
Procedure Call Instructions / 5.5.5：
Loop Control / 5.5.6：
The Pentium 4 Instructions / 5.5.7：
The UltraSPARC III Instructions / 5.5.9：
The 8051 Instructions / 5.5.10：
Comparison of Instruction Sets / 5.5.11：
Flow of Control / 5.6：
Sequential Flow of Control and Branches / 5.6.1：
Procedures / 5.6.2：
Coroutines / 5.6.3：
Traps / 5.6.5：
Interrupts
A Detailed Example: The Towers of Hanoi / 5.7：
The Towers of Hanoi in Pentium 4 Assembly Language / 5.7.1：
The Towers of Hanoi in UltraSPARC III Assembly Language / 5.7.2：
The IA-64 Architecture and the Itanium 2 / 5.8：
The Problem with the Pentium 4 / 5.8.1：
The IA-64 Model: Explicitly Parallel Instruction Computing / 5.8.2：
Reducing Memory References / 5.8.3：
Instruction Scheduling / 5.8.4：
Reducing Conditional Branches: Predication / 5.8.5：
Speculative Loads / 5.8.6：
Virtual Memory / 5.9：
Paging / 6.1.1：
Implementation of Paging / 6.1.2：
Demand Paging and the Working Set Model / 6.1.3：
Page Replacement Policy / 6.1.4：
Page Size and Fragmentation / 6.1.5：
Segmentation / 6.1.6：
Implementation of Segmentation / 6.1.7：
Virtual Memory on the Pentium 4 / 6.1.8：
Virtual Memory on the UltraSPARC III / 6.1.9：
Virtual Memory and Caching / 6.1.10：
Virtual I/O Instructions / 6.2：
Files / 6.2.1：
Implementation of Virtual I/O Instructions / 6.2.2：
Directory Management Instructions / 6.2.3：
Virtual Instructions for Parallel Processing / 6.3：
Process Creation / 6.3.1：
Race Conditions / 6.3.2：
Process Synchronization Using Semaphores / 6.3.3：
Example Operating Systems / 6.4：
Examples of Virtual Memory / 6.4.1：
Examples of Virtual I/O / 6.4.3：
Examples of Process Management / 6.4.4：
Introduction to Assembly Language / 6.5：
What Is an Assembly Language? / 7.1.1：
Why Use Assembly Language? / 7.1.2：
Format of an Assembly Language Statement / 7.1.3：
Pseudoinstructions / 7.1.4：
Macros / 7.2：
Macro Definition, Call, and Expansion / 7.2.1：
Macros with Parameters / 7.2.2：
Advanced Features / 7.2.3：
Implementation of a Macro Facility in an Assembler / 7.2.4：
The Assembly Process / 7.3：
Two-Pass Assemblers / 7.3.1：
Pass One / 7.3.2：
Pass Two / 7.3.3：
The Symbol Table / 7.3.4：
Linking and Loading / 7.4：
Tasks Performed by the Linker / 7.4.1：
Structure of an Object Module / 7.4.2：
Binding Time and Dynamic Relocation / 7.4.3：
Dynamic Linking / 7.4.4：
On-Chip Paralellism / 7.5：
On-Chip Multithreading / 8.1.1：
Single-Chip Multiprocessors / 8.1.3：
Coprocessors / 8.2：
Network Processors / 8.2.1：
Media Processors / 8.2.2：
Cryptoprocessors / 8.2.3：
Shared-Memory Multiprocessors / 8.3：
Multiprocessors vs. Multicomputers / 8.3.1：
Memory Semantics / 8.3.2：
UMA Symmetric Multiprocessor Architectures / 8.3.3：
NUMA Multiprocessors / 8.3.4：
COMA Multiprocessors / 8.3.5：
Message-Passing Multicomputers / 8.4：
Interconnection Networks / 8.4.1：
MPPs-Massively Parallel Processors / 8.4.2：
Cluster Computing / 8.4.3：
Communication Software for Multicomputers / 8.4.4：
Scheduling / 8.4.5：
Application-Level Shared Memory / 8.4.6：
Performance / 8.4.7：
Grid Computing / 8.5：
Suggestions for Further Reading / 8.6：
Introduction and General Works / 9.1.1：
Binary and Floating-Point Numbers / 9.1.2：
Assembly Language Programming / 9.1.10：
Alphabetical Bibliography / 9.2：
Finte-Precision Numbers / A：
Radix Number Systems / A.2：
Conversion From One Radix to Another / A.3：
Negative Binary Numbers / A.4：
Binary Arithmetic / A.5：
Principles of Floating Point / B：
IEEE Floating-Point Standard 754 / B.2：
Overview / C：
Assembly Language / C.1.1：
A Small Assembly Language Program / C.1.2：
The 8088 Processor / C.2：
The Processor Cycle / C.2.1：
The General Registers / C.2.2：
Pointer Registers / C.2.3：
Memory and Addressing / C.3：
Memory Organization and Segments / C.3.1：
The 8088 Instruction Set / C.3.2：
Move, Copy and Arithmetic / C.4.1：
Logical, Bit and Shift Operations / C.4.2：
Loop and Repetitive String Operations / C.4.3：
Jump and Call Instructions / C.4.4：
Subroutine Calls / C.4.5：
System Calls and System Subroutines / C.4.6：
Final Remarks on the Instruction Set / C.4.7：
The Assembler / C.5：
The ACK-Based Tutorial Assembler as88 / C.5.1：
Some Differences with Other 8088 Assemblers / C.5.3：
The Tracer / C.6：
Tracer Commands / C.6.1：
Getting Started / C.7：
Examples / C.8：
Hello World Example / C.8.1：
General Registers Example / C.8.2：
Call Command and Pointer Registers / C.8.3：
Debugging an Array Print Program / C.8.4：
Introduction / 1：
Computer Systems Organization / 2：
The Digital Logic Level / 3：
21.
図書
Thomas Reinartz
目次情報:
続きを見る
Introduction / 1：
Knowledge Discovery in Databases and Data Mining / 1.1：
Focusing for Data Mining / 1.2：
Overview / 1.3：
Knowledge Discovery in Databases / 2：
Knowledge Discovery Process / 2.1：
Humans in the Loop / 2.1.1：
KDD Project Phases / 2.1.2：
Data Preparation / 2.2：
From Business Data to Data Mining Input / 2.2.1：
Data Selection and Focusing / 2.2.2：
Data Mining Goals / 2.3：
From Understanding to Predictive Modeling / 2.3.1：
Classification / 2.3.2：
Data Characteristics: Notations and Definitions / 2.4：
Database Tables / 2.4.1：
Statistical Values / 2.4.2：
Data Mining Algorithms / 2.5：
Classification Algorithms / 2.5.1：
Top Down Induction of Decision Trees / 2.5.2：
Nearest Neighbor Classifiers / 2.5.3：
Selecting the Focusing Context / 2.6：
Focusing Tasks / 3：
Focusing Concepts: An Overview / 3.1：
Focusing Specification / 3.2：
Focusing Input / 3.2.1：
Focusing Output / 3.2.2：
Focusing Criterion / 3.2.3：
Focusing Context / 3.3：
Data Characteristics / 3.3.1：
Focusing Success / 3.3.2：
Filter Evaluation / 3.4.1：
Wrapper Evaluation / 3.4.2：
Evaluation Criteria / 3.4.3：
Selecting the Focusing Task / 3.5：
Focusing Solutions / 4：
State of the Art: A Unifying View / 4.1：
The Unifying Framework of Existing Focusing Solutions / 4.1.1：
Sampling / 4.1.2：
Clustering / 4.1.3：
Prototyping / 4.1.4：
More Intelligent Sampling Techniques / 4.2：
Existing Reusable Components / 4.2.1：
Advanced Leader Sampling / 4.2.2：
Similarity-Driven Sampling / 4.2.3：
A Unified Approach to Focusing Solutions / 4.3：
Generic Sampling / 4.3.1：
Generic Sampling in a Commercial Data Mining System / 4.3.2：
Analytical Studies / 5：
An Average Case Analysis / 5.1：
Experimental Validation of Theoretical Claims / 5.2：
Experimental Results / 6：
Experimental Design / 6.1：
Experimental Procedure / 6.1.1：
Results and Evaluation / 6.1.2：
Wrapper Evaluation for C4.5 / 6.2.1：
Wrapper Evaluation for IB / 6.2.3：
Comparing Filter and Wrapper Evaluation for C4.5 / 6.2.4：
Comparing Filter and Wrapper Evaluation for IB / 6.2.5：
Comparing Wrapper Evaluation for C4.5 and IB / 6.2.6：
Focusing Advice / 6.3：
Sorting, Stratification, and Prototype Weighting / 6.3.1：
Focusing Solutions in Focusing Contexts / 6.3.2：
Conclusions / 7：
Summary and Contributions / 7.1：
More Related Work / 7.2：
Future Work / 7.3：
Closing Remarks / 7.4：
Bibliography
Acknowledgments
Notations / A：
Indices, Variables, and Functions / A.1：
Algorithms and Procedures / A.2：
More Evaluation Criteria / B：
Filter Evaluation Criteria / B.1：
Wrapper Evaluation Criteria / B.2：
Remaining Proofs / C：
Generic Sampling in GenSam / D：
More Experimental Results / E：
Index
Curriculum Vitae
Introduction / 1：
Knowledge Discovery in Databases and Data Mining / 1.1：
Focusing for Data Mining / 1.2：
22.
図書
Guy Fayolle, Roudolf Iasnogorodski, Vadim Malyshev
目次情報:
続きを見る
Introduction and History
Probabilistic Background / 1：
Markov Chains / 1.1：
Random Walks in a Quarter Plane / 1.2：
Functional Equations for the Invariant Measure / 1.3：
Foundations of the Analytic Approach / 2：
Fundamental Notions and Definitions / 2.1：
Covering Manifolds / 2.1.1：
Algebraic Functions / 2.1.2：
Elements of Galois Theory / 2.1.3：
Universal Cover and Uniformization / 2.1.4：
Abelian Differentials and Divisors / 2.1.5：
Restricting the Equation to an Algebraic Curve / 2.2：
First Insight (Algebraic Functions) / 2.2.1：
Second Insight (Algebraic Curve) / 2.2.2：
Third Insight (Factorization) / 2.2.3：
Fourth Insight (Riemann Surfaces) / 2.2.4：
The Algebraic Curve Q(x,y) = 0 / 2.3：
Branches of the Algebraic Functions on the Unit Circle / 2.3.1：
Branch Points / 2.3.2：
Galois Automorphisms and the Group of the Random Walk / 2.4：
? and ? on S / 2.4.1：
Reduction of the Main Equation to the Riemann Torus / 2.5：
Analytic Continuation of the Unknown Functions in the Genus Case / 3：
Lifting the Fundamental Equation onto the Universal Covering / 3.1：
Lifting of the Branch Points / 3.1.1：
Lifting of the Automorphisms on the Universal Covering / 3.1.2：
Analytic Continuation / 3.2：
More about Uniformization / 3.3：
The Case of a Finite Group / 4：
On the Conditions for H to be Finite / 4.1：
Explicit Conditions for Groups of Order 4 or 6 / 4.1.1：
The General Case / 4.1.2：
Rational Solutions / 4.2：
The Case N(f) = 1 / 4.2.1：
Algebraic Solutions / 4.2.2：
Final Form of the General Solution / 4.3.1：
The Problem of the Poles and Examples / 4.5：
Reversible Random Walks / 4.5.1：
Simple Examples of Nonreversible Random Walks / 4.5.1.2：
One Parameter Families / 4.5.1.3：
Two Typical Situations / 4.5.1.4：
Ergodicity Conditions / 4.5.1.5：
Proof of Lemma 4.5.2 / 4.5.1.6：
An Example of Algebraic Solution by Flatto and Hahn / 4.6：
Two Queues in Tandem / 4.7：
Solution in the Case of an Arbitrary Group / 5：
Informal Reduction to a Riemann-Hilbert-Carleman BVP / 5.1：
Introduction to BVP in the Complex Plane / 5.2：
A Bit of History / 5.2.1：
The Sokhotski-Plemelj Formulae / 5.2.2：
The Riemann Boundary Value Problem for a Closed Con- tour / 5.2.3：
The Riemann BVP for an Open Contour / 5.2.4：
The Riemann-Carleman Problem with a Shift / 5.2.5：
Further Properties of the Branches Defined by Q(x,y) = 0 / 5.3：
Index and Solution of the BVP (5.1.5) / 5.4：
Complements / 5.5：
Computation of w / 5.5.1：
An Explicit Form via the Weierstrass P-Function / 5.5.2.1：
A Differential Equation / 5.5.2.2：
An Integral Equation / 5.5.2.3：
The Genus 0 Case / 6：
Properties of the Branches / 6.1：
Case 1: <$$$> / 6.2：
Case 3: <$$$> / 6.3：
Case 4: <$$$> / 6.4：
Integral Equation / 6.4.1：
Series Representation / 6.4.2：
Uniformization / 6.4.3：
Boundary Value Problem / 6.4.4：
Case 5: <$$$> / 6.5：
Miscellanea / 7：
About Explicit Solutions / 7.1：
Asymptotics / 7.2：
Large Deviations and Stationary Probabilities / 7.2.1：
Generalized Problems and Analytic Continuation / 7.3：
Outside Probability / 7.4：
References
Index
Introduction and History
Probabilistic Background / 1：
Markov Chains / 1.1：
23.
ＥＢ
Thomas Reinartz
出版情報:
SpringerLink Books - AutoHoldings , Springer Berlin Heidelberg, 1999
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Introduction / 1：
Knowledge Discovery in Databases and Data Mining / 1.1：
Focusing for Data Mining / 1.2：
Overview / 1.3：
Knowledge Discovery in Databases / 2：
Knowledge Discovery Process / 2.1：
Humans in the Loop / 2.1.1：
KDD Project Phases / 2.1.2：
Data Preparation / 2.2：
From Business Data to Data Mining Input / 2.2.1：
Data Selection and Focusing / 2.2.2：
Data Mining Goals / 2.3：
From Understanding to Predictive Modeling / 2.3.1：
Classification / 2.3.2：
Data Characteristics: Notations and Definitions / 2.4：
Database Tables / 2.4.1：
Statistical Values / 2.4.2：
Data Mining Algorithms / 2.5：
Classification Algorithms / 2.5.1：
Top Down Induction of Decision Trees / 2.5.2：
Nearest Neighbor Classifiers / 2.5.3：
Selecting the Focusing Context / 2.6：
Focusing Tasks / 3：
Focusing Concepts: An Overview / 3.1：
Focusing Specification / 3.2：
Focusing Input / 3.2.1：
Focusing Output / 3.2.2：
Focusing Criterion / 3.2.3：
Focusing Context / 3.3：
Data Characteristics / 3.3.1：
Focusing Success / 3.3.2：
Filter Evaluation / 3.4.1：
Wrapper Evaluation / 3.4.2：
Evaluation Criteria / 3.4.3：
Selecting the Focusing Task / 3.5：
Focusing Solutions / 4：
State of the Art: A Unifying View / 4.1：
The Unifying Framework of Existing Focusing Solutions / 4.1.1：
Sampling / 4.1.2：
Clustering / 4.1.3：
Prototyping / 4.1.4：
More Intelligent Sampling Techniques / 4.2：
Existing Reusable Components / 4.2.1：
Advanced Leader Sampling / 4.2.2：
Similarity-Driven Sampling / 4.2.3：
A Unified Approach to Focusing Solutions / 4.3：
Generic Sampling / 4.3.1：
Generic Sampling in a Commercial Data Mining System / 4.3.2：
Analytical Studies / 5：
An Average Case Analysis / 5.1：
Experimental Validation of Theoretical Claims / 5.2：
Experimental Results / 6：
Experimental Design / 6.1：
Experimental Procedure / 6.1.1：
Results and Evaluation / 6.1.2：
Wrapper Evaluation for C4.5 / 6.2.1：
Wrapper Evaluation for IB / 6.2.3：
Comparing Filter and Wrapper Evaluation for C4.5 / 6.2.4：
Comparing Filter and Wrapper Evaluation for IB / 6.2.5：
Comparing Wrapper Evaluation for C4.5 and IB / 6.2.6：
Focusing Advice / 6.3：
Sorting, Stratification, and Prototype Weighting / 6.3.1：
Focusing Solutions in Focusing Contexts / 6.3.2：
Conclusions / 7：
Summary and Contributions / 7.1：
More Related Work / 7.2：
Future Work / 7.3：
Closing Remarks / 7.4：
Bibliography
Acknowledgments
Notations / A：
Indices, Variables, and Functions / A.1：
Algorithms and Procedures / A.2：
More Evaluation Criteria / B：
Filter Evaluation Criteria / B.1：
Wrapper Evaluation Criteria / B.2：
Remaining Proofs / C：
Generic Sampling in GenSam / D：
More Experimental Results / E：
Index
Curriculum Vitae
Introduction / 1：
Knowledge Discovery in Databases and Data Mining / 1.1：
Focusing for Data Mining / 1.2：
24.
図書
Helmut Wiedemann
目次情報:
続きを見る
Introduction / 1：
Short Historical Overview / 1.1：
Particle Accelerator Systems / 1.2：
Basic Components of Accelerator Facilities / 1.2.1：
Applications of Partide Accelerators / 1.2.2：
Basic Definitions and Formulas / 1.3：
Units and Dimensions / 1.3.1：
Basic Relativistic Formalism / 1.3.2：
Partide Collisions at High Energies / 1.3.3：
Basic Principles of Particle-Beam Dynamics / 1.4：
Stability of a Charged-Particle Beam / 1.4.1：
Problems
Linear Accelerators / 2：
Principles of Linear Accelerators / 2.1：
Charged Partides in Electric Fields / 2.1.1：
Electrostatic Accelerators / 2.1.2：
Induction Linear Accelerator / 2.1.3：
Acceleration by rf Fields / 2.2：
Basic Principle of Linear Accelerators / 2.2.1：
Waveguides for High Frequency EM Waves / 2.2.2：
Preinjector Beam Preparation / 2.3：
Prebuncher / 2.3.1：
Beam Chopper / 2.3.2：
Circular Accelerators / 3：
Betatron / 3.1：
Weak Focusing / 3.2：
Adiabatic Damping / 3.3：
Microtron / 3.4：
Cyclotron / 3.4.2：
Synchro Cyclotron / 3.4.3：
Isochron Cyclotron / 3.4.4：
Synchrotron / 3.5：
Storage Ring / 3.5.1：
Snmmary of Characteristic Parameters / 3.6：
Charged Partides in Electromagnetic Fields / 4：
The Lorentz Force / 4.1：
Coordinate System / 4.2：
Fundamentals of Charged Partide Beam Optics / 4.3：
Partide Beam Guidance / 4.3.1：
Partide Beam Focusing / 4.3.2：
Multipole Field Expansion / 4.4：
Laplace Equation / 4.4.1：
Magnetic Field Equations / 4.4.2：
Multipole Fields for Beam Transport Systems
Multipole Field Patterns and Pole Profiles
Equations of Motion in Charged Particle Beam Dynamics
General Solution of the Equations of Motion
Linear Unperturbed Equation of Motion / 4.8.1：
Wronskian / 4.8.2：
Perturbation Terms / 4.8.3：
Dispersion Function / 4.8.4：
Building Blocks for Beam Transport Lines / 4.9：
General Focusing Properties / 4.9.1：
Chromatic Properties / 4.9.2：
Achromatic Lattices / 4.9.3：
Isochronous Systems / 4.9.4：
Linear Beam Dynamics / 5：
Linear Beam Transport Systems / 5.1：
Nomenclature / 5.1.1：
Matrix Formalism in Linear Beam Dynamics / 5.2：
Driftspace / 5.2.1：
Quadrupole Magnet / 5.2.2：
Thin Lens Approximation / 5.2.3：
Quadrupole End Field Effects / 5.2.4：
Quadrupole Design Concepts / 5.2.5：
Focusing in Bending Magnets / 5.3：
Sector Magnets / 5.3.1：
Wedge Magnets / 5.3.2：
Rectangular Magnet / 5.3.3：
Partide Beams and Phase Space / 5.4：
Beam Emittance / 5.4.1：
Liouville's Theorem / 5.4.2：
Transformation in Phase Space / 5.4.3：
Measurement of the Beam Emittance / 5.4.4：
Betatron Functions / 5.5：
Beam Envelope / 5.5.1：
Beam Dynamics in Terms of Betatron Functions / 5.5.2：
Beam Dynamics in Normalized Coordinates / 5.5.3：
Dispersive Systems / 5.6：
Analytical Solution / 5.6.1：
(3 × 3)-Transformation Matrices / 5.6.2：
Linear Achromat / 5.6.3：
Spectrometer / 5.6.4：
Path Length and Momentum Compaction / 5.7：
Periodic Focusing Systems / 6：
FODO Lattice / 6.1：
Sealing of FODO Parameters / 6.1.1：
Betatron Motion in Periodic Structures / 6.2：
Stability Criterion / 6.2.1：
General FODO Lattice / 6.2.2：
Beam Dynamics in Periodic Closed Lattices / 6.3：
Hill's Equation / 6.3.1：
Periodic Betatron Functions / 6.3.2：
Periodic Dispersion Function / 6.4：
Scaling of the Dispersion in a FODO Lattice / 6.4.1：
General Solution for the Periodic Dispersion / 6.4.2：
Periodic Lattices in Circuar Accelerators / 6.5：
Synchrotron Lattice / 6.5.1：
Phase Space Matching / 6.5.2：
Dispersion Matching / 6.5.3：
Magnet Free Insertions / 6.5.4：
Low Beta Insertions / 6.5.5：
Example of a Colliding Beam Storage Ring / 6.5.6：
Perturbations in Beam Dynamics / 7：
Magnet Alignment Errors / 7.1：
Dipole Field Perturbations / 7.2：
Existence of Equilibrium Orbits / 7.2.1：
Closed Orbit Distortion / 7.2.2：
Closed Orbit Correction / 7.2.3：
Quadrupole Field Perturbations / 7.3：
Betatron Tune Shift / 7.3.1：
Resonances and Stop Band Width / 7.3.2：
Perturbation of Betatron Functions / 7.3.3：
Resonance Theory / 7.4：
Resonance Conditions / 7.4.1：
Coupling Resonances / 7.4.2：
Resonance Diagram / 7.4.3：
Chromatic Effects in a Circular Accelerator / 7.5：
Chromaticity / 7.5.1：
Chromaticity Correction / 7.5.2：
Charged Partide Acceleration / 8：
Longitudinal Partide Motion / 8.1：
Longitudinal Phase Space Dynamics / 8.1.1：
Equation of Motion in Phase Space / 8.1.2：
Phase Stability / 8.1.3：
Acceleration of Charged Partides / 8.1.4：
Longitudinal Phase Space Parameters / 8.2：
Separatrix Parameters / 8.2.1：
Momentum Acceptance / 8.2.2：
Bunch Length / 8.2.3：
Longitudinal Beam Emittance / 8.2.4：
Synchrotron Radiation / 8.2.5：
Physics of Synchrotron Radiation / 9.1：
Goulomb Regime / 9.1.1：
Radiation Regime / 9.1.2：
Spatial Distribution of Synchrotron Radiation / 9.1.3：
Radiation Power / 9.1.4：
Synchrotron Radiation Spectrum / 9.1.5：
Photon Beam Divergence / 9.1.6：
Coherent Radiation / 9.2：
Temporal Goherent Synchrotron Radiation / 9.2.1：
Spatially Goherent Synchrotron Radiation / 9.2.2：
Spectral Brightness / 9.2.3：
Matching / 9.2.4：
Insertion Devices / 9.3：
Bending Magnet Radiation / 9.3.1：
Wave Length Shifter / 9.3.2：
Wiggler Magnet Radiation / 9.3.3：
Undulator Radiation / 9.3.4：
Back Scattered Photons / 9.4：
Radiation Intensity / 9.4.1：
Partide Beam Parameters / 10：
Definition of Beam Parameters / 10.1：
Beam Energy / 10.1.1：
Time Strueture / 10.1.2：
Beam Current / 10.1.3：
Beam Dimensions / 10.1.4：
Damping / 10.2：
Robinson Criterion / 10.2.1：
Partiele Distribution in Phase Space / 10.3：
Equilihnurn Phase Space / 10.3.1：
Transverse Beam Parameters / 10.3.2：
Variation of the Equilibrium Beam Emittance / 10.4：
Beam Emittance and Wiggler Magnets / 10.4.1：
Damping Wigglers / 10.4.2：
Variation of the Damping Distribution / 10.5：
Damping Partition and rf Frequency / 10.5.1：
Robinson Wiggler / 10.5.2：
Damping Partition and Synebrotron Oseillation / 10.5.3：
Can We Eliminate tlie Beam Energy Spread? / 10.5.4：
Beam Life Time / 11：
Beam Lifetime and Vacuum / 11.1：
Elastic Seattering / 11.1.1：
Inelastic Seattering / 11.1.2：
Ultra High Vacuum System / 11.2：
Thermal Gas Desorption / 11.2.1：
Synchrotron Radiation Induced Desorption / 11.2.2：
Collective Phenomena / 12：
Linear Space-Charge Effects / 12.1：
Seif Field for Partide Beams / 12.1.1：
Forees from Space-Charge Fields / 12.1.2：
Beam-Beam Effeet
Wake Fields / 12.2：
Parasitic Mode Losses sud Impedanees / 12.3.1：
Beam Instabilities / 12.4：
Beam Emittance and Lattice Design / 13：
Equilibrium Beam Emittance in Storage Rings / 13.1：
Beam Emittance in Periodic Lattices / 13.2：
The Double Bend Achroniat Lattice (DBA) / 13.2.1：
The Triple Bend Achromat Lattice (TBA) / 13.2.2：
The Triplet Achromat Lattice (TAL) / 13.2.3：
The FODO Lattice / 13.2.4：
Optimum Emittance for Colliding Beam Storage Rings / 13.3：
Appendices
Suggested Reading / A：
Bibliography / B：
References
Author Index
Subject Index
Introduction / 1：
Short Historical Overview / 1.1：
Particle Accelerator Systems / 1.2：
25.
図書
Claude Gomez, coordinating editor ... [et al.]
出版情報:
Boston, Mass. : Birkhäuser, c1999 xxv, 491 p. ; 26 cm.
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Preface
List of Figures
List of Tables
The Scilab Package / I：
Introduction / 1：
What Is Scilab? / 1.1：
Getting Started / 1.2：
The Scilab Language / 2：
Constants / 2.1：
Real Numbers / 2.1.1：
Complex Numbers / 2.1.2：
Character Strings / 2.1.3：
Special Constants / 2.1.4：
Data Types / 2.2：
Matrices of Numbers / 2.2.1：
Sparse Matrices of Numbers / 2.2.2：
Matrices of Polynomials / 2.2.3：
Boolean Matrices / 2.2.4：
Sparse Boolean Matrices / 2.2.5：
String Matrices / 2.2.6：
Lists / 2.2.7：
Typed Lists / 2.2.8：
Functions of Rational Matrices / 2.2.9：
Functions and Libraries / 2.2.10：
Scilab Syntax / 2.3：
Variables / 2.3.1：
Assignments / 2.3.2：
Expressions / 2.3.3：
The list and tlist Operations / 2.3.4：
Flow Control / 2.3.5：
Functions and Scripts / 2.3.6：
Commands / 2.3.7：
Data-Type-Related Functions / 2.4：
Type Conversion Functions / 2.4.1：
Type Enquiry Functions / 2.4.2：
Overloading / 2.5：
Operator Overloading / 2.5.1：
Primitive Functions / 2.5.2：
How to Customize the Display of Variables / 2.5.3：
Graphics / 3：
The Media / 3.1：
The Graphics Window / 3.1.1：
The Driver / 3.1.2：
Global Handling Commands / 3.1.3：
Global Plot Parameters / 3.2：
Graphical Context / 3.2.1：
Indirect Manipulation of the Graphics Context / 3.2.2：
2-D Plotting / 3.3：
Basic Syntax for 2-D Plots / 3.3.1：
Specialized 2-D Plotting Functions / 3.3.2：
Captions and Presentation / 3.3.3：
Plotting Geometric Figures / 3.3.4：
Some Graphics Functions for Automatic Control / 3.3.5：
Interactive Graphics Utilities / 3.3.6：
3-D Plotting / 3.4：
Specialized 3-D Plots and Tools / 3.4.1：
Mixing 2-D and 3-D Graphics / 3.4.3：
Examples / 3.5：
Subwindows / 3.5.1：
A Set of Figures / 3.5.2：
Printing Graphics and Exporting to Latex / 3.6：
Window to Printer / 3.6.1：
Creating a Postscript File / 3.6.2：
Including a Postscript File in Latex / 3.6.3：
Scilab, Xfig, and Postscript / 3.6.4：
Creating Encapsulated Postscript Files / 3.6.5：
A Tour of Some Basic Functions / 4：
Linear Algebra / 4.1：
QR Factorization / 4.1.1：
Singular Value Decomposition / 4.1.2：
Schur Form and Eigenvalues / 4.1.3：
Block Diagonalization and Eigenvectors / 4.1.4：
Fine Structure / 4.1.5：
Subspaces / 4.1.6：
Polynomial and Rational Function Manipulation / 4.2：
General Purpose Functions / 4.2.1：
Matrix Pencils / 4.2.2：
Sparse Matrices / 4.3：
Random Numbers / 4.4：
Cumulative Distribution Functions and Their Inverses / 4.5：
Advanced Programming / 5：
Functions and Primitives / 5.1：
The Call Function / 5.2：
Building Interface Programs / 5.3：
Accessing "Global" Variables Within a Wrapper / 5.4：
Stack Handling Functions / 5.4.1：
Functional Arguments / 5.4.2：
Intersci / 5.5：
A First Intersci Example / 5.5.1：
Intersci Descriptor File Syntax / 5.5.2：
Dynamic Linking / 5.6：
Static Linking / 5.7：
Static Linking of an Interface / 5.7.1：
Functional Argument: Static Linking / 5.7.2：
Tools / II：
Systems and Control Toolbox / 6：
Linear Systems / 6.1：
State-Space Representation / 6.1.1：
Transfer-Matrix Representation / 6.1.2：
System Definition / 6.2：
Interconnected Systems / 6.2.1：
Linear Fractional Transformation (LFT) / 6.2.2：
Time Discretization / 6.2.3：
Improper Systems / 6.3：
Scilab Representation / 6.3.1：
Scilab Implementation / 6.3.2：
System Operations / 6.4：
Pole-Zero Calculations / 6.4.1：
Controllability and Pole Placement / 6.4.2：
Observability and Observers / 6.4.3：
Control Tools / 6.5：
Classical Control / 6.6：
Frequency Response Plots / 6.6.1：
State-Space Control / 6.7：
Augmenting the Plant / 6.7.1：
Standard Problem / 6.7.2：
LQG Design / 6.7.3：
Scilab Tools for Controller Design / 6.7.4：
H[infinity] Control / 6.8：
Model Reduction / 6.9：
Identification / 6.10：
Linear Matrix Inequalities / 6.11：
Signal Processing / 7：
Time and Frequency Representation of Signals / 7.1：
Resampling Signals / 7.1.1：
The DFT and the FFT / 7.1.2：
Transfer Function Representation of Signals / 7.1.3：
Changing System Representation / 7.1.4：
Frequency-Response Evaluation / 7.1.6：
The Chirp z-Transform / 7.1.7：
Filtering and Filter Design / 7.2：
Filtering / 7.2.1：
Finite Impulse Response Filter Design / 7.2.2：
Infinite Impulse Response Filter Design / 7.2.3：
Spectral Estimation / 7.3：
The Modified Periodogram Method / 7.3.1：
The Correlation Method / 7.3.2：
Simulation and Optimization Tools / 8：
Models / 8.1：
Integrating ODEs / 8.2：
Calling ode / 8.2.1：
Choosing Between Methods / 8.2.2：
ODE Integration with Stopping Times / 8.2.3：
Sampled Systems / 8.2.4：
Integrating DAEs / 8.3：
Implicit Linear ODEs / 8.3.1：
General DAEs / 8.3.2：
DAEs with Stopping Time / 8.3.3：
Solving Optimization Problems / 8.4：
Quadratic Optimization / 8.4.1：
General Optimization / 8.4.2：
Solving Systems of Equations / 8.4.3：
SCICOS--A Dynamical System Builder and Simulator / 9：
Hybrid System Formalism / 9.1：
Constructing Simple Model / 9.2：
Model Simulation / 9.2.2：
Symbolic Parameters and "Context" / 9.2.3：
Use of Super Block / 9.2.4：
Simulation Outside the Scicos Environment / 9.2.5：
Basic Concepts / 9.3：
Basic Blocks / 9.3.1：
Inheritance and Time Dependence / 9.3.2：
Synchronization / 9.3.3：
Block Construction / 9.4：
Super Block / 9.4.1：
Scifunc Block / 9.4.2：
Generic Block / 9.4.3：
Fortran Block and c Blocks / 9.4.4：
Interfacing Function / 9.4.5：
Computational Function / 9.4.6：
Example / 9.5：
Palettes / 9.6：
Existing Palettes / 9.6.1：
Constructing New Palettes / 9.6.2：
Symbolic/Numeric Environment / 10：
Generating Optimized Fortran Code with Maple / 10.1：
Maple to Scilab Interface / 10.3：
First Example: Simulation of a Rolling Wheel / 10.4：
Second Example: Control of an n-Link Pendulum / 10.5：
Simulation of the n-Link Pendulum / 10.5.1：
Control of the n-Link Pendulum / 10.5.2：
Graph and Network Toolbox: Metanet / 11：
What Is a Graph? / 11.1：
Representation of Graphs / 11.2：
Standard Tail/Head Representation / 11.2.1：
Other Representations / 11.2.2：
Graphs and Sparse Matrices / 11.2.3：
Creating and Loading Graphs / 11.3：
Creating Graphs / 11.3.1：
Loading and Saving Graphs / 11.3.2：
Using the Metanet Window / 11.3.3：
Generating Graphs and Networks / 11.4：
Graph and Network Computations / 11.5：
Getting Information About Graphs / 11.5.1：
Paths and Nodes / 11.5.2：
Modifying Graphs / 11.5.3：
Creating New Graphs From Old Ones / 11.5.4：
Graph problem Solving / 11.5.5：
Network Flows / 11.5.6：
The Pipe Network Problem / 11.5.7：
Other Computations / 11.5.8：
Examples Using Metanet / 11.6：
Routing in the Paris Metro / 11.6.1：
Praxitele Transportation System / 11.6.2：
Applications / III：
Modal Identification of a Mechanical Structure / 12：
Modeling the System / 12.1：
Modeling the Excitation / 12.2：
Decomposition of the Unknown Input / 12.2.1：
Contribution of the Colored Noise / 12.2.2：
Contribution of the Harmonics / 12.2.3：
The Final Discrete-State Model / 12.2.4：
State-Space Representation and an ARMA Model / 12.3：
Modal Identification / 12.4：
Instrumental Variable Method / 12.4.1：
Balanced Realization Method / 12.4.2：
Numerical Experiments / 12.5：
Basic Computations / 12.5.1：
Some Plots of Results / 12.5.2：
Control of Hydraulic Equipment in a River Valley / 13：
Description of a Managed River Valley / 13.1：
Hydraulic Equipment in a River Valley / 13.2.1：
Power Production / 13.2.2：
Structural Analysis / 13.2.3：
Controller Structure / 13.2.4：
Central Hydraulic Supervision Station / 13.2.5：
Local Controllers / 13.2.6：
Race Modeling / 13.3：
Physical Description / 13.3.1：
Mathematical Model / 13.3.2：
Race Numerical Simulation / 13.3.3：
Choice of Observation / 13.4：
Volume Observer / 13.4.1：
Level Observe / 13.4.2：
Control of a Race / 13.5：
Race Dynamics Identification / 13.5.1：
Local Control Synthesis / 13.5.2：
Series Anticipations Design / 13.5.3：
Parallel Anticipation Design / 13.5.4：
Feedback Controller Design / 13.5.5：
Metalido Overview / 13.6：
Graphical User Interface / 13.6.1：
Scicos / 13.6.2：
Data Structures / 13.6.3：
Bibliography
Index
Preface
List of Figures
List of Tables
26.
図書
Ulrich Mosel
目次情報:
続きを見る
Preliminaries / Part I：
Units and Metric / 1：
Units / 1.1：
Metric and Notation / 1.2：
Fundamentals of Field Theory / Part II：
Classical Fields / 2：
Equations of Motion / 2.1：
Examples / 2.1.1：
Symmetries and Conservation Laws / 2.2：
Geometrical Space-Time Symmetries / 2.2.1：
Internal Symmetries / 2.2.2：
Free Fields and Their Quantization / 3：
Classification of Fields / 3.1：
Scalar Fields / 3.2：
Quantization of the Hermitian Scalar Field / 3.2.1：
Quantization of the Charged Scalar Field / 3.2.2：
Vector Fields / 3.3：
Massive Vector Fields / 3.3.1：
Massless Vector Fields / 3.3.2：
Fermion Fields / 3.4：
Dirac Equation / 3.4.1：
Lagrangian for Fermion Fields / 3.4.2：
Quantization ofthe Dirac Field / 3.4.3：
Massless Fermions / 3.4.4：
Neutrinos / 3.4.5：
Transition Rates in Quantum Field Theory / 3.5：
Quantum Mechanical Consistency / 3.6：
GlobalSymmetries / Part III：
Symmetries of Meson and Baryon Systems / 4：
U(1) Symmetry / 4.1：
Properties of the Group U(1) / 4.1.1：
Structure of the Nucleon Lagrangian / 4.1.2：
SU(2) Symmetry / 4.2：
Properties of the Group SU(2) / 4.2.1：
General Definitions / 4.2.2：
Application to the Pion-Nucleon System / 4.2.3：
Structure of SU(2) Multiplets / 4.2.4：
SU(3) Symmetry / 4.3：
Properties of the Group SU(3) / 4.3.1：
Structure of SU(3) Multiplets / 4.3.2：
Assignments of Hadrons to SU(3) Multiplets / 4.3.3：
SU(3) Symmetry Breaking / 4.3.4：
Quarks / 5：
Construction of SU(3) Multiplets / 5.1：
Construction of the Representation <$>3 \otimes \bar {3}<$> / 5.1.1：
Construction of the Representation 3 ⊗ 3 ⊗ 3 / 5.1.2：
State Vectors for the Multiplets / 5.2：
Tensor Algebra / 5.2.1：
Hadron Multiplets / 5.2.2：
Color Degree of Freedom / 5.3：
Chiral Symmetry / 6：
Phenomenology of β-Decay / 6.1：
Leptonic β-Decay / 6.1.1：
Semileptonic β-Decay / 6.1.2：
Current Conservation in Strong Interactions / 6.2：
Vector Current Conservation / 6.2.1：
Axial Vector Current Conservation / 6.2.2：
Chiral Symmetry Group / 6.3：
Chiral Symmetry Transformations for the Fermions / 6.3.1：
Chiral Symmetry Transformations for the Mesons / 6.3.2：
Spontaneous Global Symmetry Breaking / 7：
Goldstone Theorem / 7.1：
Goldstone Bosons / 7.1.1：
Examples of the Goldstone Mechanism / 7.2：
Spontaneous Breaking of a Global Non-Abelian Symmetry / 7.2.1：
σ-Model / 7.2.2：
Nambu-Jona-Lasinio Model / 7.2.3：
Local Gauge Symmetries / Part IV：
Gauge Field Theories / 8：
Conserved Currents in QED / 8.1：
Local Abelian Gauge Invariance / 8.2：
Non-Abelian Gauge Fields / 8.3：
Lagrangian for Non-Abelian Gauge Field Theories / 8.3.1：
Properties of Non-Abelian Gauge Field Theories / 8.3.2：
Spontaneous Symmetry Breaking in Gauge Field Theories / 9：
Higgs Mechanism / 9.1：
Spontaneous Breaking of a Local Non-Abelian Symmetry / 9.2：
Summary of the Higgs Mechanism / 9.3：
Electroweak Interaction / Part V：
Weak Interactions of Quarks and Leptons / 10：
Phenomenological Introduction / 10.1：
Strangeness Changing Weak Decays / 10.1.1：
Neutral Currents / 10.1.2：
Intermediate Vector Bosons / 10.2：
Fundamentals of a Theory of Weak Interactions / 10.3：
Electroweak Interactions of Leptons / 11：
Leptonic Multiplets and Interactions / 11.1：
Electroweak Currents / 11.1.1：
Lepton Masses / 11.2：
Electroweak Interactions / 11.3：
Generalization to Other Leptons / 11.3.1：
Parameters of the Lagrangian / 11.4：
Charged Current Experiments / 11.4.1：
Neutral Current Experiments / 11.4.2：
Electroweak Interactions of Quarks / 12：
Hadronic Multiplets / 12.1：
Hadron Masses / 12.1.1：
Electroweak Interactions of Quarks and Leptons / 13：
Lagrangian of Electroweak Interactions / 13.1：
Standard Model / 13.2：
CP Invariance of Electroweak Interactions / 14：
Kobayashi-Maskawa Matrix / 14.1：
Unitarity of the KM Matrix / 14.2：
K0 Decay and CP Violation / 14.3：
CP Invariance and the KM Matrix / 14.4：
Strong Interaction / Part VI：
Quantum Chromodynamics / 15：
Gauge Group for Strong Interactions / 15.1：
QCD Lagrangian / 15.2：
Properties of QCD / 15.3：
Scale Invariance / 15.3.1：
Chiral Invariance / 15.3.2：
Antishielding and Confinement / 15.3.3：
Deconfinement Phase Transition / 15.3.4：
Hadron Structure / Part VII：
Bag Models of Hadrons / 16：
Potential Well in the Dirac Theory / 16.1：
The MIT Bag / 16.2：
Fermions in the MIT Bag / 16.2.1：
Gluons in the MIT Bag / 16.2.2：
Hyperfine Structure of Bag States / 16.2.4：
Magnetic Moments of the Nucleon / 16.2.5：
Axial Vector Current / 16.2.6：
Chiral Symmetry in the MIT Bag / 16.2.7：
Soliton Models of Hadrons / 17：
Skyrmion Model / 17.1：
Hybrid Chiral Bag Model / 17.2：
Linear 7-Model / 17.3：
Friedberg-Lee Soliton Bag Model / 17.4：
NJL Soliton Model / 17.5：
Appendices / Part VIII：
Solutions of the Free Dirac Equation / A：
Properties of Free Dirac States / A.1：
Dirac and Majorana Fields / A.2：
Explicit Quark States for Hadrons / B：
Table of Hadron Properties / C：
Bibliography by Subject
References
Index
Preliminaries / Part I：
Units and Metric / 1：
Units / 1.1：
27.
図書
Tomasz Rolski ... [et al.]
目次情報:
続きを見る
Preface
List of Principal Notation
Concepts from Insurance and Finance / 1：
Introduction / 1.1：
The Claim Number Process / 1.2：
Renewal Processes / 1.2.1：
Mixed Poisson Processes / 1.2.2：
Some Other Models / 1.2.3：
The Claim Size Process / 1.3：
Dangerous Risks / 1.3.1：
The Aggregate Claim Amount / 1.3.2：
Comparison of Risks / 1.3.3：
Solvability of the Portfolio / 1.4：
Premiums / 1.4.1：
The Risk Reserve / 1.4.2：
Economic Environment / 1.4.3：
Reinsurance / 1.5：
Need for Reinsurance / 1.5.1：
Types of Reinsurance / 1.5.2：
Ruin Problems / 1.6：
Related Financial Topics / 1.7：
Investment of Surplus / 1.7.1：
Diffusion Processes / 1.7.2：
Equity Linked Life Insurance / 1.7.3：
Probability Distributions / 2：
Random Variables and Their Characteristics / 2.1：
Distributions of Random Variables / 2.1.1：
Basic Characteristics / 2.1.2：
Independence and Conditioning / 2.1.3：
Convolution / 2.1.4：
Transforms / 2.1.5：
Parametrized Families of Distributions / 2.2：
Discrete Distributions / 2.2.1：
Absolutely Continuous Distributions / 2.2.2：
Parametrized Distributions with Heavy Tail / 2.2.3：
Operations on Distributions / 2.2.4：
Some Special Functions / 2.2.5：
Associated Distributions / 2.3：
Distributions with Monotone Hazard Rates / 2.4：
Heavy-Tailed Distributions / 2.4.1：
Definition and Basic Properties / 2.5.1：
Subexponential Distributions / 2.5.2：
Criteria for Subexponentiality and the Class S / 2.5.3：
Pareto Mixtures of Exponentials / 2.5.4：
Detection of Heavy-Tailed Distributions / 2.6：
Large Claims / 2.6.1：
Quantile Plots / 2.6.2：
Mean Residual Hazard Function / 2.6.3：
Extreme Value Statistics / 2.6.4：
Premiums and Ordering of Risks / 3：
Premium Calculation Principles / 3.1：
Desired Properties of "Good" Premiums / 3.1.1：
Basic Premium Principles / 3.1.2：
Quantile Function: Two More Premium Principles / 3.1.3：
Ordering of Distributions / 3.2：
Concepts of Utility Theory / 3.2.1：
Stochastic Order / 3.2.2：
Stop-Loss Order / 3.2.3：
The Zero Utility Principle / 3.2.4：
Some Aspects of Reinsurance / 3.3：
Distributions of Aggregate Claim Amount / 4：
Individual and Collective Model / 4.1：
Compound Distributions / 4.2：
Definition and Elementary Properties / 4.2.1：
Three Special Cases / 4.2.2：
Some Actuarial Applications / 4.2.3：
Ordering of Compounds / 4.2.4：
The Larger Claims in the Portfolio / 4.2.5：
Claim Number Distributions / 4.3：
Classical Examples; Panjer's Recurrence Relation / 4.3.1：
Discrete Compound Poisson Distributions / 4.3.2：
Mixed Poisson Distributions / 4.3.3：
Recursive Computation Methods / 4.4：
The Individual Model: De Pril's Algorithm / 4.4.1：
The Collective Model: Panjer's Algorithm / 4.4.2：
A Continuous Version of Panjer's Algorithm / 4.4.3：
Lundberg Bounds / 4.5：
Geometric Compounds / 4.5.1：
More General Compound Distributions / 4.5.2：
Estimation of the Adjustment Coefficient / 4.5.3：
Approximation by Compound Distributions / 4.6：
The Total Variation Distance / 4.6.1：
The Compound Poisson Approximation / 4.6.2：
Homogeneous Portfolio / 4.6.3：
Higher-Order Approximations / 4.6.4：
Inverting the Fourier Transform / 4.7：
Risk Processes / 5：
Time-Dependent Risk Models / 5.1：
The Ruin Problem / 5.1.1：
Computation of the Ruin Function / 5.1.2：
A Dual Queueing Model / 5.1.3：
A Risk Model in Continuous Time / 5.1.4：
Poisson Arrival Processes / 5.2：
Homogeneous Poisson Processes / 5.2.1：
Compound Poisson Processes / 5.2.2：
Ruin Probabilities: The Compound Poisson Model / 5.3：
An Integro-Differential Equation / 5.3.1：
An Integral Equation / 5.3.2：
Laplace Transforms, Pollaczek-Khinchin Formula / 5.3.3：
Severity of Ruin / 5.3.4：
Bounds, Asymptotics and Approximations / 5.4：
The Cramer-Lundberg Approximation / 5.4.1：
Subexponential Claim Sizes / 5.4.3：
Approximation by Moment Fitting / 5.4.4：
Ordering of Ruin Functions / 5.4.5：
Numerical Evaluation of Ruin Functions / 5.5：
Finite-Horizon Ruin Probabilities / 5.6：
Deterministic Claim Sizes / 5.6.1：
Seal's Formulae / 5.6.2：
Exponential Claim Sizes / 5.6.3：
Renewal Processes and Random Walks / 6：
The Renewal Function; Delayed Renewal Processes / 6.1：
Renewal Equations and Lorden's Inequality / 6.1.3：
Key Renewal Theorem / 6.1.4：
Another Look at the Aggregate Claim Amount / 6.1.5：
Extensions and Actuarial Applications / 6.2：
Weighted Renewal Functions / 6.2.1：
A Blackwell-Type Renewal Theorem / 6.2.2：
Approximation to the Aggregate Claim Amount / 6.2.3：
Lundberg-Type Bounds / 6.2.4：
Random Walks / 6.3：
Ladder Epochs / 6.3.1：
Random Walks with and without Drift / 6.3.2：
Ladder Heights; Negative Drift / 6.3.3：
The Wiener-Hopf Factorization / 6.4：
General Representation Formulae / 6.4.1：
An Analytical Factorization; Examples / 6.4.2：
Ladder Height Distributions / 6.4.3：
Ruin Probabilities: Sparre Andersen Model / 6.5：
Formulae of Pollaczek-Khinchin Type / 6.5.1：
Compound Poisson Model with Aggregate Claims / 6.5.2：
Markov Chains / 6.5.5：
Initial Distribution and Transition Probabilities / 7.1：
Computation of the n-Step Transition Matrix / 7.1.2：
Recursive Stochastic Equations / 7.1.3：
Bonus-Malus Systems / 7.1.4：
Stationary Markov Chains / 7.2：
Long-Run Behaviour / 7.2.1：
Application of the Perron-Frobenius Theorem / 7.2.2：
Irreducibility and Aperiodicity / 7.2.3：
Stationary Initial Distributions / 7.2.4：
Markov Chains with Rewards / 7.3：
Interest and Discounting / 7.3.1：
Discounted and Undiscounted Rewards / 7.3.2：
Efficiency of Bonus-Malus Systems / 7.3.3：
Monotonicity and Stochastic Ordering / 7.4：
Monotone Transition Matrices / 7.4.1：
Comparison of Markov Chains / 7.4.2：
Application to Bonus-Malus Systems / 7.4.3：
An Actuarial Application of Branching Processes / 7.5：
Continuous-Time Markov Models / 8：
Homogeneous Markov Processes / 8.1：
Matrix Transition Function / 8.1.1：
Kolmogorov Differential Equations / 8.1.2：
An Algorithmic Approach / 8.1.3：
Monotonicity of Markov Processes / 8.1.4：
Phase-Type Distributions / 8.1.5：
Some Matrix Algebra and Calculus / 8.2.1：
Absorption Time / 8.2.2：
Operations on Phase-Type Distributions / 8.2.3：
Risk Processes with Phase-Type Distributions / 8.3：
The Compound Poisson Model / 8.3.1：
Numerical Issues / 8.3.2：
Nonhomogeneous Markov Processes / 8.4：
Construction of Nonhomogeneous Markov Processes / 8.4.1：
Application to Life and Pension Insurance / 8.4.3：
Markov Processes with Infinite State Space / 8.5：
Mixed Poisson Processes as Pure Birth Processes / 8.5.3：
The Claim Arrival Epochs / 8.5.4：
The Inter-Occurrence Times / 8.5.5：
Examples / 8.5.6：
Martingale Techniques I / 9：
Discrete-Time Martingales / 9.1：
Fair Games / 9.1.1：
Filtrations and Stopping Times / 9.1.2：
Martingales, Sub- and Supermartingales / 9.1.3：
Life-Insurance Model with Multiple Decrements / 9.1.4：
Convergence Results / 9.1.5：
Optional Sampling Theorems / 9.1.6：
Doob's Inequality / 9.1.7：
The Doob-Meyer Decomposition / 9.1.8：
Change of the Probability Measure / 9.2：
The Likelihood Ratio Martingale / 9.2.1：
Kolmogorov's Extension Theorem / 9.2.2：
Exponential Martingales for Random Walks / 9.2.3：
Simulation of Ruin Probabilities / 9.2.4：
Martingale Techniques II / 10：
Continuous-Time Martingales / 10.1：
Stochastic Processes and Filtrations / 10.1.1：
Stopping Times / 10.1.2：
Brownian Motion and Related Processes / 10.1.3：
Uniform Integrability / 10.1.5：
Some Fundamental Results / 10.2：
Ruin Probabilities and Martingales / 10.2.1：
Ruin Probabilities for Additive Processes / 10.3.1：
Law of Large Numbers for Additive Processes / 10.3.2：
An Identity for Finite-Horizon Ruin Probabilities / 10.3.4：
Piecewise Deterministic Markov Processes / 11：
Markov Processes with Continuous State Space / 11.1：
Transition Kernels / 11.1.1：
The Infinitesimal Generator / 11.1.2：
Dynkin's Formula / 11.1.3：
The Full Generator / 11.1.4：
Construction and Properties of PDMP / 11.2：
Behaviour between Jumps / 11.2.1：
The Jump Mechanism / 11.2.2：
The Generator of a PDMP / 11.2.3：
An Application to Health Insurance / 11.2.4：
The Compound Poisson Model Revisited / 11.3：
Exponential Martingales via PDMP / 11.3.1：
Cramer-Lundberg Approximation / 11.3.2：
A Stopped Risk Reserve Process / 11.3.4：
Characteristics of the Ruin Time / 11.3.5：
Compound Poisson Model in an Economic Environment / 11.4：
A Discounted Risk Reserve Process / 11.4.1：
The Adjustment Coefficient / 11.4.3：
Decreasing Economic Factor / 11.4.4：
Exponential Martingales: the Sparre Andersen Model / 11.5：
Backward Markovization Technique / 11.5.1：
Forward Markovization Technique / 11.5.3：
Point Processes / 12：
Stationary Point Processes / 12.1：
Palm Distributions and Campbell's Formula / 12.1.1：
Ergodic Theorems / 12.1.3：
Marked Point Processes / 12.1.4：
Ruin Probabilities in the Time-Stationary Model / 12.1.5：
Mixtures and Compounds of Point Processes / 12.2：
Nonhomogeneous Poisson Processes / 12.2.1：
Cox Processes / 12.2.2：
Compounds of Point Processes / 12.2.3：
Comparison of Ruin Probabilities / 12.2.4：
The Markov-Modulated Risk Model via PDMP / 12.3：
A System of Integro-Differential Equations / 12.3.1：
Law of Large Numbers / 12.3.2：
The Generator and Exponential Martingales / 12.3.3：
Periodic Risk Model / 12.3.4：
The Bjork-Grandell Model via PDMP / 12.5：
General Results / 12.5.1：
Poisson Cluster Arrival Processes / 12.6.2：
Superposition of Renewal Processes / 12.6.3：
The Markov-Modulated Risk Model / 12.6.4：
The Bjork-Grandell Risk Model / 12.6.5：
Diffusion Models / 13：
Stochastic Differential Equations / 13.1：
Stochastic Integrals and Ito's Formula / 13.1.1：
Levy's Characterization Theorem / 13.1.2：
Perturbed Risk Processes / 13.2：
Modified Ladder Heights / 13.2.1：
Other Applications to Insurance and Finance / 13.2.3：
The Black-Scholes Model / 13.3.1：
Stochastic Interest Rates in Life Insurance / 13.3.2：
Simple Interest Rate Models / 13.4：
Zero-Coupon Bonds / 13.4.1：
The Vasicek Model / 13.4.2：
The Cox-Ingersoll-Ross Model / 13.4.3：
Distribution Tables
References
Index
Preface
List of Principal Notation
Concepts from Insurance and Finance / 1：
28.
図書
Franz Fourné
出版情報:
Munich : Hanser , Cincinnati, OH : Hanser/Gardner Publications, c1999 xix, 885 p. ; 25 cm
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Introduction / 1：
General Remarks / 1.1：
Conditions for the Production of Textile Fibers / 1.2：
The Most Important Fiber Raw Materials / 1.3：
Economic Development / 1.4：
Price Developments / 1.5：
Raw Materials / 1.6：
References
Polymer Specific Processes / 2：
Polymerization, Polycondensation, and Polyaddition / 2.1：
Polymerization / 2.1.1：
Polycondensation / 2.1.2：
Polyaddition / 2.1.3：
Polyamides (PA) / 2.2：
Polyamide 4 (PA4) / 2.2.1：
Polyamide 6 (PA6) / 2.2.3：
Production Process for Caprolactam / 2.2.3.1：
Polymerization of Caprolactam to Polyamide 6 / 2.2.3.2：
Extrusion, Pelletizing, and Drying / 2.2.3.3：
Remarks on Polycondensation and Important Process Characteristics of PA6 / 2.2.3.4：
Polymerization of Caprolactam in an Autoclave / 2.2.3.5：
Continuous VK-Tube Polymerization / 2.2.3.6：
Vacuum Demonomerization / 2.2.3.7：
Extraction of PA6 Chips / 2.2.3.8：
Large PA6 Polymerization and Chip Production Installations / 2.2.3.9：
Spinning and Drawing of PA6 Filaments / 2.2.3.10：
Polyamide 66 (PA66) / 2.2.4：
Production of the Monomers / 2.2.4.1：
Polycondensation of AH-Salt to PA66 in Autoclaves / 2.2.4.2：
Continuous Polycondensation of PA66 / 2.2.4.3：
Spinning and Drawing of PA66 Filaments / 2.2.4.4：
Other Polyamides / 2.2.5：
Polyamide 46 (PA46) / 2.2.5.1：
Polyamide 610 (PA610) / 2.2.5.2：
Polyamide 7 (PA7) / 2.2.5.3：
Polyamide 11 (PA11, Rilsan) / 2.2.5.4：
Polyamide 12 (PA12) / 2.2.5.5：
Polyester (PES) / 2.3：
Production of Dimethyl Terephthalate (DMT), Terephthalic Acid (TPA) and Ethylene Glycol (EG) / 2.3.1：
Process for the Production of Polyethylene Terephthalate (PET) / 2.3.3：
Transesterification of Diethylene Glycolterephthalate and Ethylene Glycol to Diglycole Terephthalate / 2.3.3.1：
Direct Esterification of Terephthalic Acid and Ethylene Glycol to Diethylene Glycolterephthalate / 2.3.3.2：
Polycondensation of Diethylene Glycolterephthalate to Polyethylene Terephthalate / 2.3.3.3：
Properties of PET Melts and Chips / 2.3.3.4：
Autoclave Polycondensation to PET / 2.3.4：
Continuous Polycondensation to PET / 2.3.5：
Processes and Apparatus for Trans- and Direct Esterification / 2.3.5.1：
Finisher / 2.3.5.2：
Spinning and Drawing of PET / 2.3.6：
Route of PET to Spinning / 2.3.6.1：
Spinning and Take-Up of PET Filaments / 2.3.6.2：
Spinning and Drawing of PET Filaments and Tow / 2.3.6.3：
Production of HM-HT Cotton Type Polyester Staple Fibers / 2.3.6.4：
Polybutylene Terephthalate (PBT) / 2.3.7：
Polyolefines / 2.4：
Polypropylene (PP) / 2.4.1：
Production of Polypropylene / 2.4.1.1：
Phenomena during Polypropylene Spinning / 2.4.1.2：
Spinning and Aftertreatment of Polypropylene / 2.4.1.3：
Optimizing the Polypropylene POY Spinning Take-Up Speed for Draw Texturing / 2.4.1.4：
High Tenacity Polypropylene Yarns / 2.4.1.5：
Polypropylene Foil Yarns / 2.4.1.6：
Comparison of Properties / 2.4.1.7：
Polyethylene (PE) / 2.4.2：
Polyacrylonitrile (PAN) / 2.5：
Production of Acrylonitrile (= Vinylcyanide) / 2.5.1：
Polymerization to Polyacrylonitrile (PAN) / 2.5.2：
Theoretical and Experimental Basis / 2.5.2.1：
Apparati and Installations for Polymerization / 2.5.2.2：
Installations to Dissolve PAN / 2.5.2.3：
Spinning and Aftertreatment of Polyacrylonitrile / 2.5.3：
Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) / 2.6：
Production of PVC / 2.6.1：
Solving and Spinning of PVC and VC-Copolymers / 2.6.2：
Syndiotactic PVC / 2.6.3：
Polyvinyl Alcohol (PVAL) / 2.7：
Production Process up to the Spinnable Solution / 2.7.1：
Solution Wet Spinning / 2.7.2：
Dry Spinning / 2.7.3：
Spandex or Elastane Yarns (EL, also PUR) / 2.8：
Production of the Polyurethanes / 2.8.1：
Installations and Apparati / 2.8.2：
Wet Spinning System and Equipment / 2.8.3：
Dry Spinning Processes and Installations / 2.8.4：
Reaction Spinning Process / 2.8.5：
Properties / 2.8.6：
Polyurethane Hard Fibers / 2.8.7：
Polytetrafluorethylene Fibers (PTFE) / 2.9：
Spinning and Drawing of the Filaments / 2.9.1：
High Tenacity--High Modulus Filaments According to the Gel Spinning Process / 2.9.2：
Principle / 2.10.1：
Process, Machines, and Plants / 2.10.2：
Properties of PE Gel Filaments and Their Uses / 2.10.3：
High Temperature and High Modulus Fibers / 2.11：
Polyaramides / 2.11.1：
Polyetherketone (PEK, PEEK, etc.) / 2.11.3：
Polysulfones and Polyether Sulfones / 2.11.4：
Liquid Crystals / 2.11.5：
Polyimides / 2.11.6：
Other Polymer Fibers and Further Processes / 2.12：
Silicone Dioxide Fibers / 2.12.1：
Polycarbosilane and Silicon Carbide Fibers / 2.12.2：
Yarn Production via Carrier Filament / 2.12.3：
Phenol Resin Fibers / 2.12.4：
Super-Absorbing Products (SAP) as Fibers / 2.12.5：
Thermo Bonders / 2.12.6：
Organic Optical Fibers (POF) / 2.12.7：
Electrically Conducting Filaments / 2.12.8：
Interfacial Polycondensation Spinning / 2.12.9：
Reaction Spinning / 2.12.10：
Emulsion and Suspension Spinning / 2.12.11：
Electrostatic Spinning / 2.12.12：
Fibers from Natural Products / 2.13：
Protein Fibers / 2.13.1：
Alginate Fibers / 2.13.2：
Filaments on Cellulose Basis / 2.13.3：
Basalt Fibers / 2.13.4：
Theoretical and Experimental Principles / 3：
Reactors for Production and/or Dissolving / 3.1：
Selection Criteria / 3.1.1：
Preferred Reactor Cascades / 3.1.2：
Reactor Design / 3.1.3：
The Spinning Mechanism / 3.2：
General View over Melt Spinning / 3.2.1：
Solution Spinning / 3.2.2：
Filament Take-Up and Filament Cooling / 3.3：
Filament Cooling / 3.3.1：
Take-Up Forces / 3.3.2：
Filament Temperatures / 3.3.3：
Drawing Mechanism / 3.4：
Drawing Process / 3.4.1：
Consequences for Drawing / 3.4.2：
Twisting / 3.5：
False Twist Texturing / 3.6：
Influence of the Filament Way Profile / 3.6.1：
Bobbin Construction / 3.7：
Cops Built-Up in Draw-Twisting and Cops Take-Off / 3.8：
Draw and Holding Forces for Filament and Tow / 3.9：
Contact Heating and Drying of Filaments / 3.10：
Stuffer Box Crimping / 3.11：
Heat Setting / 3.12：
Basics / 3.12.1：
Heat Setting Processes for Synthetic Yarn and Fiber Production / 3.12.2：
Crystallinity / 3.13：
Plants, Equipment, and Machines for the Production of Synthetic Yarns and Fibers / 4：
General / 4.1：
Chemical Equipment / 4.2：
Autoclaves / 4.2.1：
Dissolving and Mixing / 4.2.2：
Pipes and Insulation / 4.2.3：
Pipe Transport Systems for Granules, Powder, and Fibers / 4.2.4：
Strand Casting and Cooling, Granulating / 4.3：
Strand and Ribbon Casting / 4.3.1：
Ribbon and Strand Cooling / 4.3.2：
Granulating / 4.3.3：
Cutting Forces, Drive Powers / 4.3.4：
Mechanical Chip Dehydration / 4.3.5：
Granulators / 4.3.6：
Chip Production from Powder / 4.3.7：
Initial and Intermediate Products, Final Products: Delivery Conditions and Storage / 4.4：
Shipping Forms, Packaging / 4.4.1：
Chip Storage and Transport / 4.4.2：
Drying, Crystallization, and Solid Phase Polycondensation / 4.5：
Vacuum Drying and Similar Processes / 4.5.1：
Continuous Chip Drying / 4.5.2：
Melt Spinning Plants / 4.6：
Calculation of the Plant and Equipment Sizes / 4.6.1：
Survey of Melt Spinning Installations for Filaments / 4.6.2：
Chip Gate Valves / 4.6.3：
Spin Extruders / 4.6.4：
Single-Screw Spin Extruder / 4.6.4.1：
Double-Screw Extruders / 4.6.4.2：
Spinning Heads and Spinning Beams / 4.6.5：
Spinning Heads / 4.6.5.1：
Spinning Beams / 4.6.5.2：
Electrically Heated Spinning Heads / 4.6.5.3：
Polymer or Melt Valves / 4.6.6：
Static Mixers / 4.6.7：
Spinning Pumps and Other Gear Pumps / 4.6.8：
Spinning Pumps / 4.6.8.1：
Spin Finish Pumps / 4.6.8.2：
Discharge Pumps and "In-Line" Pumps / 4.6.8.3：
Melt and Solution Filters / 4.6.9：
Filter Media and Construction / 4.6.9.1：
Use of High Load Filtration to Protect Spin Pumps / 4.6.9.2：
Large Area Filters / 4.6.9.3：
Spinnerets / 4.6.10：
Spinnerets for Melt Spinning / 4.6.10.1：
Spinnerets for Solution Spinning / 4.6.10.2：
Special Spinnerets / 4.6.10.3：
Spin Packs (Housings) and Bolting / 4.6.11：
Spin Packs for Circular Spinnerets / 4.6.11.1：
Spin Packs for Rectangular Spinnerets / 4.6.11.3：
Auxiliary Devices for Pack Insertion / 4.6.11.4：
Spinneret Bolting / 4.6.11.5：
Spinning Pump Drives / 4.6.12：
Quench Cabinets / 4.7：
Preferred Quenches / 4.7.1：
New Quench Chamber Developments for Very High Spinning Speeds / 4.7.3：
Construction Elements for Quench Chambers / 4.7.4：
Quench Air Rectifiers / 4.7.4.1：
Quick-Change Air Filters / 4.7.4.2：
Air Flow Regulation / 4.7.4.3：
Quench Chamber Accessories / 4.7.5：
Monomer (Fume) Aspirations / 4.7.5.1：
Spinneret Blanketing / 4.7.5.2：
Hot Shrouds (Collars) / 4.7.5.3：
Waste Disposal / 4.7.5.4：
Interfloor Tubes / 4.7.5.5：
Quench Air Supply Ducts / 4.7.5.6：
Air Flow Restriction in the Quench Chamber / 4.7.5.7：
Spin Finish Application Systems / 4.8：
Roll Application / 4.8.1：
Rod (Bar) Application / 4.8.2：
Spray Application / 4.8.3：
Dipping Bath Application / 4.8.4：
Pin Application (Metered Spin Finish) / 4.8.5：
Spinning Take-Up Machines / 4.9：
The Various Types of Take-Up Machines / 4.9.1：
Yarn Inlet Zone / 4.9.2：
Rolls, Godets, Draw Rolls / 4.9.3：
Godets (Small Draw Rolls) / 4.9.3.1：
Duos (Godet Pairs) / 4.9.3.2：
Accessories for Godets / 4.9.3.3：
Operating Data for Godets and Duos / 4.9.3.4：
Separator Rolls / 4.9.4：
Winders / 4.9.5：
Package Drives / 4.9.5.1：
Yarn Traverse Systems / 4.9.5.2：
Package Spindles (Chucks) and Holders / 4.9.5.3：
Relative Movement Between Package and Roll, Including Turret Motion / 4.9.5.4：
Number of Packages and Package Size / 4.9.5.5：
Special and Optional Equipment / 4.9.5.6：
Winders for Spinning and Further Processing / 4.9.5.7：
Winders with Spindle Drive and Dancer Arm Tension Control / 4.9.5.8：
Drawtwisting and Draw-Winding Machines / 4.10：
Drawtwisting Machines (Drawtwisters) / 4.10.1：
Construction Elements for Drawtwisters / 4.10.2：
Warp Drawing, Warp Sizing and Slashing / 4.11：
Texturizing and Drawtexturizing / 4.12：
Comparison of Texturizing Processes / 4.12.1：
False Twist Texturizing Machines / 4.12.2：
Construction and Components / 4.12.2.1：
Texturizing Aggregates / 4.12.2.2：
Drives for (Draw-) Texturizing Machines / 4.12.2.3：
Stuffer Box Crimping Machines for Filament Yarns / 4.12.3：
Air Jet Texturizing for Loop- and Entangled Yarn / 4.12.4：
Air Consumption and Yarn Tensions of Texturizing and Aspirating Jets / 4.12.5：
BCF (Bulked Continuous Filament) Texturizing / 4.12.6：
Staple Fiber Plants / 4.13：
Overview / 4.13.1：
Melt Spinning Lines for Staple Fibers / 4.13.2：
Spinning Take-Up Walls and Can Take-Up / 4.13.3：
Creels / 4.13.4：
Tension Compensation and Dipping Bath / 4.13.5：
Drawing Frames / 4.13.6：
Hot Drawing Ovens / 4.13.7：
Tow Spreading and Plying / 4.13.8：
Stuffer Box Crimpers / 4.13.9：
Dryers and Heat-Setting Machines / 4.13.10：
Tow Packaging / 4.13.11：
Staple Cutters / 4.13.12：
Staple Fiber Transport / 4.13.13：
Balers / 4.13.14：
Dry-Spinning Plants / 4.14：
Principle of Dry-Spinning / 4.14.1：
The Dry-Spinning Tube (Shaft, Duct) / 4.14.2：
Staple Fiber Dry-Spinning Lines / 4.14.3：
Solution Wet-Spinning Plants / 4.15：
Wet-Spinning Process / 4.15.1：
Constructional Details of Wet Spinning Lines / 4.15.2：
Spinning Baths / 4.15.2.1：
Spinning Pumps, Spinning Pipes and Spinnerets / 4.15.2.2：
Drawing and Extraction Baths / 4.15.2.3：
High Throughput Wet-Spinning Machines / 4.15.2.4：
Aftertreatment Lines for Dry-Spun Tow / 4.15.3：
Solution Wet-Spinning of Multi- and Monofilaments / 4.15.4：
Piston (Rod) Spinning Units / 4.16：
Spinning of Very Small Quantities / 4.16.1：
Ram Extrusion / 4.16.2：
Special Processes and Plants / 5：
Short-Spinning Process / 5.1：
"Automatik" Compact Staple Spinning System for PP, PE, PA and PET, Combined with a Fleissner Drawing and Crimping Line / 5.1.1：
"Barmag" Compact Staple Spinning System for PP, PE and PET / 5.1.2：
Other Compact Spinning Plants / 5.1.3：
Compact Staple Spinning Plants for Take-Up Speeds up to 2000 m/min / 5.1.4：
Compact Spinning Machines for Coarse Filaments and Fibers / 5.1.5：
Compact Spinning Machines for Filaments / 5.1.6：
Film Tapes and Monofilaments / 5.1.7：
Bi- and Multicomponent Yarns and Fibers / 5.2：
Bicomponent Spinning Processes, -Spinnerets and -Filament Cross-Sections / 5.2.1：
Melt Manifolds for Bicomponent Yarns, etc / 5.2.2：
Hollow Filaments / 5.3：
Fine Filament Man-Made Fibers / 5.4：
Microfilaments / 5.4.1：
Superdrawing / 5.4.2：
Melt Blowing Process / 5.4.3：
"Flash" Spinning / 5.4.4：
Spunbond / 5.5：
Spinning Equipment / 5.5.1：
Filament Take-Up Devices / 5.5.2：
Spunbond Lines / 5.5.3：
Web Bonding / 5.5.4：
"Claw" Mats / 5.5.5：
High Temperature Spinning / 5.6：
Melt Spinning at Temperatures up to ca. 550[degree]C / 5.6.1：
Melt Spinning Plants for Temperatures above 700[degree]C / 5.6.2：
Carbon Fibers / 5.7：
Processes / 5.7.1：
Process Stages for PAN Precursor Fibers / 5.7.2：
Composites and Prepregs / 5.7.3：
Converters (Tow to Top or Tow to Spun Yarn Process) / 5.8：
PET Tow for Stretch-Break Conversion / 5.8.1：
The Sydel Stretch-Break Converter; The Schlumberger Converter / 5.8.2：
Tirecord and Other Technical Yarns / 5.9：
Yarn Production / 5.9.1：
Cord Construction / 5.9.2：
Cord Physical Properties / 5.9.3：
Fiberfill / 5.10：
Biodegradable Fibers / 5.11：
Auxiliary Plants and Equipment / 6：
Package Handling / 6.1：
Simple Yarn Package Transport Equipment / 6.1.1：
Doffer Systems / 6.1.2：
Bobbin Transport, Storage, and Packing / 6.1.3：
Air Conditioning: Conditions and Plants / 6.2：
Quench Air Conditioning Plants / 6.2.1：
Air Conditioning of the Winding Room / 6.2.2：
Air Conditioning of Staple Fiber Plants / 6.2.3：
Climatization of Other Rooms / 6.2.4：
Dust Content of Conditioned Air / 6.2.5：
Air Conditioning State Plotted on ix-Diagram / 6.2.6：
Air Conditioning Plants / 6.2.7：
Heating Systems and Heat Transfer Media / 6.3：
Heating Plants / 6.3.1：
Protective Gas / 6.4：
Compressed Air / 6.5：
Cleaning of Polymer-Soiled Parts / 6.6：
Burning-Out Ovens / 6.6.1：
Molten Salt Bath Ovens / 6.6.2：
Aluminum Oxide Fluidized Bed Process / 6.6.3：
Hydrolytic (Pre-) Cleaning / 6.6.4：
Solvent Cleaning / 6.6.5：
Vacuum Pyrolysis / 6.6.6：
Final Cleaning and Comments / 6.6.7：
Cleaning Plants / 6.6.8：
Spin Finishes and Spin Finish Systems / 6.7：
Spin Finish / 6.7.1：
Frictional Behavior / 6.7.2：
Filament Cohesion / 6.7.3：
Antistatic / 6.7.4：
Emulsifiers / 6.7.5：
Spin Finish Application in Practice / 6.7.6：
Spin Finish Preparation / 6.7.7：
Uniformity of Spin Finish Application / 6.7.8：
Delustering and Spin Dyeing / 6.8：
Delustering / 6.8.1：
Dyestuffs for Spin Dyeing / 6.8.2：
Addition of Pigments/Dyestuffs / 6.8.3：
Additives / 6.8.4：
Testing of Spinning Pumps / 6.9：
Testing of Spinnerets / 6.10：
Yarn Containers (Spinning Tubes, etc.) / 6.11：
Maintenance / 6.12：
Auxiliary Devices, Calculations, and Construction / 7：
Control Drives / 7.1：
Mechanically Adjustable- and Control Drives / 7.1.1：
Control Motors / 7.1.2：
Current Converters and Inverters / 7.1.3：
Yarn Guides, Spin Finish Applicators, and Yarn Sensors / 7.2：
Yarn and Tow Cutters / 7.3：
Air Jets / 7.4：
Yarn Aspirator Jets / 7.4.1：
Intermingling Jets (Tangling Jets) / 7.4.2：
Rotating Cylinders (Godets, Yarn Bobbins, etc.) / 7.5：
Inclined Rolls / 7.6：
Melt and Solution Viscosity / 7.7：
Melt Viscosity / 7.7.1：
Solution Viscosity / 7.7.2：
Molecular Weight, Polymerization Degree, etc. / 7.7.3：
Uster Uniformity Testing / 7.8：
Temperature Measurements, Melt Pressure Measurements / 7.9：
Temperature Measurement / 7.9.1：
Melt and Solution Pressure Measurement / 7.9.2：
Moisture Measurement / 7.9.3：
Fluid Mechanics / 7.10：
Air Flows for Re = 0.1 ... 500 / 7.10.1：
Laminar and Turbulent Flow / 7.10.2：
Heat Transfer from Yarn to Air / 7.10.3：
Construction Materials / 7.11：
High Temperature Threads / 7.12：
Waste Processing and Recovery (Recycling) / 8：
Chemical Processing of PA 6 Waste / 8.1：
Recovery of Caprolactam from PA 6 by Thermal Decomposition / 8.2.1：
PA 6 Recovery through Deploymerization-Filtration-Re-Polymerization / 8.2.2：
Recovery through Reprecipitation of PA 6 / 8.2.3：
Lactam Recovery across the Entire Production Process / 8.2.4：
Chemical Processing of PA66 Waste / 8.3：
Depolymerization of Polyester / 8.4：
Conversion of Polyester to TPA or DMT / 8.4.1：
DMT Recovery via Glycolysis of PET / 8.4.2：
Recovery of DMT via Polyester Methanolysis / 8.4.3：
Gaseous Byproducts in PET Production / 8.4.4：
Mechanical Waste Processing / 8.5：
Polyester Bottle Granulate / 8.5.1：
Polymer Blocks (Solid Waste and PET Bottles) / 8.5.2：
Compaction of Filament Waste / 8.5.3：
Yarn to Staple Processing / 8.5.4：
Direct Extruder Processing of Yarn and Film Waste / 8.6：
Recovery and Cleaning of Gases and Fluids / 8.7：
Testing and Influencing the Properties of Man-Made Fibers / 9：
Introduction to Testing / 9.1：
Aims and Tasks / 9.1.1：
Fundamental Principles of Textile Testing / 9.1.2：
Quality Systems / 9.1.3：
Terminology and Morphology / 9.2：
Man-Made Fiber Terminology / 9.2.1：
Morphology of Man-Made Fibers / 9.2.2：
Application and Fiber Properties / 9.2.3：
Physical and Textile Properties / 9.3：
Fiber Structure and Fiber Properties / 9.3.1：
External Form and Constitution of Fibers / 9.3.2：
Cross-Section and Surface / 9.3.2.1：
Fineness of Staples and Yarns / 9.3.2.2：
Spun Fiber (Staple) Length / 9.3.2.3：
Crimping (Bulking) Properties / 9.3.2.4：
Twist and Intermingling (Tangling) / 9.3.2.5：
Mechanical Properties / 9.3.3：
Tensile Testing and Properties Derived Therefrom / 9.3.3.1：
Tenacity in the Non-Axial Direction / 9.3.3.2：
Elastic Properties / 9.3.3.3：
Shrinkage and Shrinkage Force / 9.3.4：
Shrinkage of Fibers and Yarns / 9.3.4.1：
Shrinkage Force / 9.3.4.2：
Uniformity of Yarns and Fibers / 9.3.5：
Test Methods for External Uniformity / 9.3.5.1：
Test Methods for Internal Uniformity / 9.3.5.2：
Results from Investigations into Uniformity, and Causes of Non-Uniformity / 9.3.5.3：
Fiber and End-Use Properties / 9.4：
Cause and Effect Chain Between Fiber and Endproduct / 9.4.1：
Fiber Shape: Tactile and Optical Properties / 9.4.1.1：
Influence of the Fiber Properties on Various Endproduct Properties / 9.4.1.2：
Fiber Properties and Physiological Behavior / 9.4.1.3：
Fiber Mixtures / 9.4.1.4：
Methods of Fiber Identification / 9.5：
Diagnostic Dyeing Tests / 9.5.1：
Microphotographs of Fibers / 9.5.2：
Solubility / 9.5.3：
Type Reactions / 9.5.4：
Embedding the Fiber in Specific Reagents / 9.5.5：
Thermal Tests / 9.5.6：
Infrared Spectral Analysis / 9.5.7：
Literature and Further Reading
Conversion Factors and Other Tables / 10：
Decimal Definitions and SI Units / 10.1：
Dimensional Conversion Factors / 10.2：
Molecular Weights of Raw Materials / 10.3：
Definition of Yarn Types According to Spinning and Drawing Speed / 10.4：
Abbreviations for Fibers, Polymers, Pre- and Intermediate Products / 10.5：
Formulas for Spinning, etc / 10.6：
Statistics / 10.7：
Pre-Products, Solids: Properties / 10.8：
Fiber Tables / 11：
Index
Introduction / 1：
General Remarks / 1.1：
Conditions for the Production of Textile Fibers / 1.2：
29.
図書
V J Morris, A R Kirdy, A P Gunning
出版情報:
London : Imperial College Press, c1999 xiv, 332 p. ; 23 cm
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
An Introduction / Chapter 1：
Apparatus / Chapter 2：
The atomic force microscope / 2.1.：
Piezoelectric scanners / 2.2.：
Probes and cantilevers / 2.3.：
Cantilever geometry / 2.3.1.：
Tip shape / 2.3.2.：
Tip functionality / 2.3.3.：
Sample holders / 2.4.：
Liquid cells / 2.4.1.：
Detection methods / 2.5.：
Optical detectors: laser beam deflection / 2.5.1.：
Optical detectors: interferometry / 2.5.2.：
Electrical detectors: electron tunnelling / 2.5.3.：
Electrical detectors: capacitance / 2.5.4.：
Electrical detectors: piezoelectric cantilevers / 2.5.5.：
Control systems / 2.6.：
AFM electronics / 2.6.1.：
Operation of the electronics / 2.6.2.：
Feedback control loops / 2.6.3.：
Design limitations / 2.6.4.：
Enhancing the performance of large scanners / 2.6.5.：
Vibration isolation: thermal and mechanical / 2.7.：
Calibration / 2.8.：
Piezoelectric scanner non-linearity / 2.8.1.：
Tip related factors / 2.8.2.：
Determining cantilever force constants / 2.8.3.：
Calibration standards / 2.8.4.：
Tips for scanning a calibration specimen / 2.8.5.：
Integrated AFMs / 2.9.：
Combined AFM-light microscope (AFM-LM) / 2.9.1.：
'Submarine' AFM-the combined AFM-Langmuir Trough / 2.9.2.：
Combined AFM-surface plasmon resonance (AFM-SPR) / 2.9.3.：
Cryo-AFM / 2.9.4.：
Basic Principles / Chapter 3：
Forces / 3.1.：
The Van der Waals force and force-distance curves / 3.1.1.：
The electrostatic force / 3.1.2.：
Capillary and adhesive forces / 3.1.3.：
Double layer forces / 3.1.4.：
Imaging modes / 3.2.：
Contact dc mode / 3.2.1.：
Non-contact ac modes / 3.2.2.：
Error signal or deflection mode / 3.2.3.：
Image types / 3.3.：
Topographical / 3.3.1.：
Frictional force / 3.3.2.：
Phase / 3.3.3.：
Substrates / 3.4.：
Mica / 3.4.1.：
Glass / 3.4.2.：
Graphite / 3.4.3.：
Common problems / 3.5.：
Thermal drift / 3.5.1.：
Multiple tip effects / 3.5.2.：
Tip convolution and probe broadening / 3.5.3.：
Sample roughness / 3.5.4.：
Sample mobility / 3.5.5.：
Imaging under liquid / 3.5.6.：
Getting started / 3.6.：
DNA / 3.6.1.：
Troublesome large samples / 3.6.2.：
Image optimisation / 3.7.：
Grey levels and colour tables / 3.7.1.：
Brightness and contrast / 3.7.2.：
High and low pass filtering / 3.7.3.：
Normalisation and plane fitting / 3.7.4.：
Despike / 3.7.5.：
Fourier filtering / 3.7.6.：
Correlation averaging / 3.7.7.：
Stereographs / 3.7.8.：
Do your homework! / 3.7.9.：
Macromolecules / Chapter 4：
Imaging methods / 4.1.：
Tip adhesion, molecular damage and displacement / 4.1.1.：
Depositing macromolecules onto substrates / 4.1.2.：
Metal coated samples / 4.1.3.：
Imaging in air / 4.1.4.：
Imaging under non aqueous liquids / 4.1.5.：
Binding molecules to the substrate / 4.1.6.：
Imaging under water or buffers / 4.1.7.：
Nucleic acids: DNA / 4.2.：
Imaging DNA / 4.2.1.：
DNA conformation, size and shape / 4.2.2.：
DNA-protein interactions / 4.2.3.：
Location and mapping of specific sites / 4.2.4.：
Chromosomes / 4.2.5.：
Nucleic acids: RNA / 4.3.：
Polysaccharides / 4.4.：
Imaging polysaccharides / 4.4.1.：
Size, shape, structure and conformation / 4.4.2.：
Aggregates, networks and gels / 4.4.3.：
Cellulose, plant cell walls and starch / 4.4.4.：
Proteoglycans / 4.4.5.：
Proteins / 4.5.：
Globular proteins / 4.5.1.：
Antibodies / 4.5.2.：
Fibrous proteins / 4.5.3.：
Interfacial Systems / Chapter 5：
Introduction to interfaces / 5.1.：
Surface activity / 5.1.1.：
AFM of interfacial systems / 5.1.2.：
The Langmuir trough / 5.1.3.：
Langmuir-Blodgett film transfer / 5.1.4.：
Sample preparation / 5.2.：
Cleaning protocols: glassware and trough / 5.2.1.：
Performing the dip / 5.2.2.：
Phospholipids / 5.3.：
AFM studies / 5.3.1.：
Modification of phospholipid bilayers with the AFM / 5.3.2.：
Studying intrinsic bilayer properties by AFM / 5.3.3.：
Ripple phases in phospholipid bilayers / 5.3.4.：
Mixed phospholipid films / 5.3.5.：
Effect of supporting layers / 5.3.6.：
Dynamic processes of phopholipid layers / 5.3.7.：
Liposomes and intact vesicles / 5.4.：
Lipid-protein mixed films / 5.5.：
Miscellaneous lipid films / 5.6.：
Interfacial protein films / 5.7.：
Specific precautions / 5.7.1.：
AFM studies of interfacial protein films / 5.7.2.：
Ordered Macromolecules / Chapter 6：
Three dimensional crystals / 6.1：
Crystalline cellulose / 6.1.1.：
Protein crystals / 6.1.2.：
Nucleic acid crystals / 6.1.3.：
Viruses and virus crystals / 6.1.4.：
Two dimensional protein crystals / 6.2.：
What does AFM have to offer? / 6.2.1.：
Sample preparation: membrane proteins / 6.2.2.：
Sample preparation: soluble proteins / 6.2.3.：
AFM studies of 2D membrane protein crystals / 6.3.：
Purple membrane / 6.3.1.：
Gap junctions / 6.3.2.：
Photosynthetic protein membranes / 6.3.3.：
ATPase in kidney membranes / 6.3.4.：
OmpF porin / 6.3.5.：
Bacterial S layers / 6.3.6.：
Bacteriophage [phis]29 head-tail connector / 6.3.7.：
Gas vesicle protein / 6.3.8.：
AFM studies of 2D crystals of soluble proteins / 6.4.：
Imaging conditions / 6.4.1.：
Electrostatic considerations / 6.4.2.：
Cells, Tissue and Biominerals / Chapter 7：
Force mapping and mechanical measurements / 7.1.：
Microbial cells: bacteria, spores and yeasts / 7.2.：
Bacteria / 7.2.1.：
Yeasts / 7.2.2.：
Blood cells / 7.3.：
Erythrocytes / 7.3.1.：
Leukocytes and lymphocytes / 7.3.2.：
Platelets / 7.3.3.：
Neurons and Glial cells / 7.4.：
Epithelial cells / 7.5.：
Non-confluent renal cells / 7.6.：
Endothelial cells / 7.7.：
Cardiocytes / 7.8.：
Other mammalian cells / 7.9.：
Plant cells / 7.10.：
Tissue / 7.11.：
Embedded sections / 7.11.1.：
Embedment-free sections / 7.11.2.：
Hydrated sections / 7.11.3.：
Freeze-fracture replicas / 7.11.4.：
Immunolabelling / 7.11.5.：
Biominerals / 7.12.：
Bone, tendon and cartilage / 7.12.1.：
Teeth / 7.12.2.：
Shells / 7.12.3.：
Other Probe Microscopes / Chapter 8：
Overview / 8.1.：
Scanning tunnelling microscope (STM) / 8.2.：
Scanning near-field optical microscope (SNOM) / 8.3.：
Scanning ion conductance microscope (SICM) / 8.4.：
Scanning thermal microscope (SThM) / 8.5.：
Optical tweezers and the photonic force microscope (PFM) / 8.6.：
SPM books
Index
An Introduction / Chapter 1：
Apparatus / Chapter 2：
The atomic force microscope / 2.1.：
30.
ＥＢ
Xiaoyuan Tu
出版情報:
SpringerLink Books - AutoHoldings , Springer Berlin Heidelberg, 1999
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Introduction / 1：
Motivation / 1.1：
Challenges / 1.2：
Conventional Animation Techniques / 1.2.1：
Methodology: Artificial Life for Computer Animation / 1.3：
Criteria and Goals / 1.3.1：
Artificial Animals / 1.3.2：
From Physics to Realistic Locomotion / 1.3.3：
Realistic Perception / 1.3.4：
Realistic Behavior / 1.3.5：
Fidelity and Efficiency / 1.3.6：
Contributions and Results / 1.4：
Primary Contributions / 1.4.1：
Auxiliary Technical Contributions / 1.4.2：
Thesis Overview / 1.5：
Background / 2：
Physics-Based Modeling / 2.1：
Constraint-Based Approach / 2.1.1：
Motion Synthesis Approach / 2.1.2：
Behavioral Animation / 2.2：
Perception Modeling / 2.2.1：
Control of Behavior / 2.2.2：
The Modeling of Action Selection / 2.3：
Defining Action / 2.3.1：
Goals and Means / 2.3.2：
Previous Work / 2.3.3：
ITask Level Motion Planning
Summary / 2.4：
Functional Anatomy of an Artificial Fish / 3：
Motor System / 3.1：
Perception System / 3.2：
Behavior System / 3.3：
Biomechanical Fish Model and Locomotion / 4：
Discrete Physics-Based Models / 4.1：
Structure of the Dynamic Fish Model / 4.2：
Mechanics / 4.3：
Viscoelastic Units / 4.3.1：
Muscles and Hydrodynamics / 4.4：
Numerical Solution / 4.5：
System Matrix Assembling and the Skyline Storage Scheme / 4.5.1：
Algorithm Outline and Discussion / 4.5.2：
Motor Controllers / 4.6：
Muscle Motor Controllers / 4.6.1：
Pectoral Fin Motor Controllers / 4.6.2：
Modeling the Form and Appearance of Fishes / 5：
Constructing 3D Geometric Fish Models / 5.1：
Obtaining Texture Coordinates / 5.2：
Deformable Mesh / 5.2.1：
Texture-Mapped Models / 5.3：
Coupling the Dynamic and Display Models / 5.4：
Visualization of the Pectoral Motions / 5.5：
Perception Modeling for Animation / 6：
Overview of the Artificial Fish's Perception System / 6.2：
Vision Sensor Modeling / 6.3：
Perceptual Range / 6.3.1：
Occlusion / 6.3.2：
Functionality / 6.3.3：
Computing Visibility / 6.4：
Visibility of a Point / 6.4.1：
Visibility of Another Fish / 6.4.2：
Visibility of a Cylinder / 6.4.3：
Visibility of Seaweeds / 6.4.4：
Discussion / 6.4.5：
The Focusser / 6.5：
Focus of Attention in Animals / 6.5.1：
Design of the Focusser / 6.5.2：
From Perception to Behavior / 6.5.3：
An Example: Collision Detection / 6.6.1：
Synthetic Vision Models / 6.7：
The Behavior System / 7：
Effective Action Selection Mechanisms / 7.1：
Behavior Control and Ethology / 7.2：
The Intention Level / 7.2.1：
The Action Level / 7.2.2：
Habits / 7.2.3：
Mental State / 7.4：
Intention Generator / 7.5：
Why Hierarchy? / 7.5.1：
Intention-Guided Perception: Control of the Focusser / 7.6：
Persistence in Behavior / 7.7：
Behavior Memory / 7.7.1：
Inhibitory Gain and Fatigue / 7.7.2：
Persistence in Targeting / 7.7.3：
Behavior Routines / 7.8：
Primitive Behavior: Avoiding Potential Collisions / 7.8.1：
Primitive Behavior: Moving Target Pursuit / 7.8.2：
Artificial Fish Types / 7.9：
Predators / 7.9.1：
Prey / 7.9.2：
Pacifists / 7.9.3：
Analysis / 7.10：
Modeling the Marine Environment / 7.10.2：
Water Current / 8.1：
Seaweeds, Plankton and Air Bubbles / 8.2：
The Graphical User Interface / 9：
Initialization Panels / 9.1：
Manipulation Panels / 9.2：
Control Panels / 9.3：
Animation Results / 9.4：
"Go Fish!" / 10.1：
"The Undersea World of Jack Cousto" / 10.2：
Animation Short: Preying Behavior / 10.3：
Animation Short: Schooling Behavior / 10.4：
Animation Short: Mating Behavior / 10.5：
Conclusion and Future Work / 11：
Conclusion / 11.1：
Additional Impact in Animation and Artificial Life / 11.2：
Impact in Computer Vision and Robotics / 11.3：
Potential Applications in Ethology / 11.4：
Other Artificial Animals / 11.5：
Future Research Directions / 11.6：
Animation / 11.6.1：
Artificial Life / 11.6.2：
Epilogue / 12：
Deformable Contour Models / A：
Animating the Pectoral Flapping Motion / B：
Animating the Pectoral Oaring Motion / B.2：
Prior Action Selection Mechanisms / C：
Behavior Choice Network / C.1：
Free-Flow Hierarchy / C.2：
Color Images / D：
References
Index
Introduction / 1：
Motivation / 1.1：
Challenges / 1.2：
31.
図書
Kaan Ozbay, Pushkin Kachroo
目次情報:
続きを見る
Preface
Introduction / 1：
Highway Congestion / 1.1：
Impact of Incidents on Highway Congestion / 1.2：
Incident Types and Impacts / 1.3：
Incident Management / 1.4：
Agencies Involved in Incident Management / 1.5：
Incident Management Process / 1.6：
Problems in Incident Management / 1.7：
Review of Incident Management Systems / 2：
Proposed Implementation Frameworks for Incident Management Support Systems / 2.1：
System Requirements and Characteristics / 2.2.1：
Blackboard Architecture / 2.2.2：
Incident Management Frameworks Based on Expert Systems / 2.3：
Incident Management Systems Based on Geographical Information Systems / 2.4：
Summary / 2.5：
Review Questions
Wide-Area Incident Management Support System Software / 3：
Design Considerations / 3.1：
Overall Concept / 3.1.1：
Framework for Integration / 3.1.2：
Application Design / 3.2：
Decision Support Modules / 3.2.1：
Duration Estimation Module / 3.2.2：
Delay Calculation Module / 3.2.3：
Response Module / 3.2.4：
Software Implementation / 3.3：
Software Implementation Architecture / 3.3.1：
Application Development / 3.3.2：
Data-level Integration / 3.3.3：
Command-level Integration / 3.3.4：
Incident Detection / 3.4：
What Is Incident Detection? / 4.1：
Traffic Surveillance and Data / 4.2.1：
Analysis of Traffic Data / 4.2.2：
Importance of Incident Detection Time / 4.2.3：
Effect of Incident Detection Time on Overall Incident Duration / 4.3：
Incident Detection Issues / 4.4：
Surveillance Issues / 4.4.1：
Algorithmic Issues / 4.4.2：
Verification Issues: Evaluation of Incident Detection Systems / 4.5：
Operational Field Tests / 4.6：
Transcom Transmit Project / 4.6.1：
I-880 Field Experiment: Incident Detection Using Cellular Phones / 4.6.2：
Incident Duration and Delay Prediction / 4.7：
Incident Duration Estimation Models / 5.1：
Northern Virginia Case Study: Methodological Structure / 5.2：
Structure and Design of Survey Forms and Data Collection / 5.2.1：
Analysis of New Incident Data / 5.2.2：
Detailed Analysis / 5.2.3：
Summary of Detailed Data Analysis / 5.2.4：
Development of Incident Clearance Time Prediction/Decision Trees / 5.2.5：
Validation of Prediction/Decision Trees / 5.2.6：
Distribution Properties of Incident Duration Data Collected for Case Study / 5.2.7：
Comparison of Our Results With Previous Work / 5.2.8：
Incident Delay Prediction / 5.3：
Deterministic Queuing Diagram / 5.3.1：
Other Methods to Determine Incident Delays / 5.3.2：
Incident Response / 5.4：
The Incident Response Problem / 6.1：
Tools / 6.1.1：
Research Needs for the Development of Incident Response Support Tools / 6.1.2：
Existing Incident Response Systems / 6.2：
Orange County, California: Caltrans / 6.2.1：
I-95 Corridor Coalition / 6.2.2：
Northern Virginia / 6.2.3：
Research on Incident Response / 6.2.4：
Formulation of a Response Plan / 6.3：
Incident Characterization / 6.3.1：
Service Identification / 6.3.2：
Agency Notification / 6.3.3：
Clearance Process / 6.3.4：
Computer Implementation of the Conceptual Computer-Based Response Plan / 6.3.5：
Case Study / 6.4：
Study Area and Response Statistics / 6.4.1：
Statistical Analysis of Resources / 6.4.2：
Resource Allocation / 6.4.3：
Implementation of Response Rule Base as Part of WAIMSS / 6.4.4：
Traffic Diversion for Real-Time Traffic Management During Incidents / 6.5：
A Scenario / 7.1：
The Solution Approach / 7.2：
Traffic Diversion / 7.3：
Diversion System Architecture of WAIMSS / 7.4：
System Components / 7.4.1：
Diversion Initiation Module / 7.4.2：
Diversion Strategy Planning Module (Heuristic Network Generator) / 7.4.3：
Diversion Control/Routing Module / 7.4.4：
Functions and Theory of the Network Generator / 7.5：
Network Aggregation Models / 7.6：
Theoretical Modeling of the Network Generator / 7.7：
Elements and Types of Diversion Strategies / 7.7.1：
Estimation of Incident Impact Area / 7.8：
Representation of Incident Impact Area Knowledge / 7.8.1：
Estimation of Diversion Volume / 7.8.2：
Dynamic Link Elimination Concept / 7.8.3：
Proposed Approach for Link Elimination / 7.8.4：
Factors Influencing Link Elimination / 7.8.5：
Rule Base for Dynamic Link Elimination / 7.8.6：
Link Elimination Decision Making / 7.8.7：
Link Elimination Rule Structure / 7.8.8：
Link Elimination Decision Process / 7.8.9：
Cumulative Weight Function for Conflict Resolution / 7.8.10：
Rule Antecedents / 7.8.11：
Link Elimination Rules / 7.8.12：
Route Generation / 7.9：
Summary and Need for Further Research / 7.10：
Route Prioritization / 7.10.1：
Testing and Validation of Diversion Strategies / 7.10.2：
Multiple-Point Diversion / 7.10.3：
Network Connectivity and Existence of Multiple Diversion Routes / 7.10.4：
Online Traffic Control / 8：
Traffic Control Problems in ITS: Dynamic Traffic Routing/Assignment / 8.1：
Traditional Techniques / 8.2.1：
Ramp Metering Control / 8.2.2：
Signalized Intersection Control / 8.2.3：
Traffic Speed Control / 8.2.4：
Feedback Control Designs for Macroscopic Control Problems / 8.3：
Example Problem / 8.4：
Conclusions and Future Research / 8.5：
Conclusions / 9.1：
Incident Input / 9.1.1：
Duration Estimation and Delay Prediction / 9.1.2：
Response Plan Development / 9.1.3：
Traffic Diversion and Control / 9.1.4：
Future Research / 9.2：
Validation and Elaboration of Duration Prediction / 9.2.1：
Real-World Implementation of Duration and Delay Models / 9.2.3：
Advanced Traffic Control Algorithms / 9.2.4：
Evaluation of Existing Incident Management Programs / 9.2.5：
About the Authors
Index
Preface
Introduction / 1：
Highway Congestion / 1.1：
32.
図書
David J. Duke, Ivan Herman, M. Scott Marshall
目次情報:
続きを見る
PREMO: A Standard for Distributed Multimedia
Introduction / 1.1：
What PREMO Is / 1.1.1：
What PREMO Isn't / 1.1.2：
Formal Description Techniques and PREMO / 1.2：
Structure of the Book / 1.3：
Typographical Conventions / 1.4：
Graphical Conventions / 1.5：
An Overview of PREMO
The Structure of PREMO / 2.1：
The PREMO Object Model / 2.3：
Overview / 2.3.1：
From Language Bindings to Environment Bindings / 2.3.2：
Object References / 2.3.3：
Active Objects / 2.3.4：
Operation Dispatching / 2.3.5：
Attributes / 2.3.6：
Non-object Data Types / 2.3.7：
The Foundation Component / 2.4：
Structures, Services, and Types / 2.4.1：
Inter-Object Communication / 2.4.2：
Synchronization / 2.4.3：
Time / 2.4.4：
Property Management / 2.4.5：
Object Factories / 2.4.6：
The Multimedia Systems Services Component / 2.5：
The Paradigm of Media Networks / 2.5.1：
Virtual Resources / 2.5.2：
Stream Control / 2.5.3：
Virtual Devices / 2.5.4：
Virtual Connections / 2.5.5：
Higher-Levels of Organization: Groups and Logical Devices / 2.5.6：
Working in Unison / 2.5.7：
The Modelling, Rendering, and Interaction Component / 2.6：
Object-Oriented Rendering / 2.6.1：
Primitives / 2.6.2：
Modelling and Rendering Devices / 2.6.3：
Coordination / 2.6.4：
Closing Remarks / 2.7：
The Fundamentals of PREMO
Basic Concepts / 3.1：
PREMO Objects and Object Types / 3.2.1：
Non-object Types / 3.2.2：
Object Identity and Object References / 3.2.4：
Operations / 3.3：
Subtyping / 3.4：
Inheritance / 3.5：
Protected Operations / 3.6：
Operation Selection, and Casting / 3.7：
Operation Request Modes / 3.8：
Exceptions / 3.9：
The Object and Object Reference Lifecycle / 3.10：
The Environment Binding / 3.11：
General Implementation Issues
Implementation Choices / 4.1：
Implementation Language / 4.1.1：
Implementation Environment / 4.1.2：
PREMO Specifications in Java and Java RMI / 4.2：
Constraints on the Specification Details / 4.2.1：
Registering Server Objects / 4.2.2：
PREMO Non-object Types / 5.1：
Basic Data Types / 5.2.1：
Constructed Data Types / 5.2.2：
Top Layer of the PREMO Object Hierarchy / 5.2.3：
The PREMOObject Interface / 5.3.1：
Simple PREMO Objects / 5.3.2：
Event Structures / 5.3.2.1：
Constraint Structures / 5.3.2.2：
Callbacks / 5.3.3：
Enhanced PREMO Objects / 5.3.4：
Enhanced PREMO Objects as Service Objects / 5.3.4.1：
Top Layer of PREMO / 5.3.4.2：
General Utility Objects / 5.4：
Event Management / 5.4.1：
The PREMO Event Model / 5.4.1.1：
The Event Handler Object / 5.4.1.2：
Synchronization Points / 5.4.1.3：
Finite State Machines: Controller Objects / 5.4.2：
Detailed Specification of a Controller / 5.4.2.1：
Activity of Controllers / 5.4.2.2：
Time Objects / 5.4.3：
General Notions / 5.4.3.1：
Specification of the PREMO Time Objects / 5.4.3.2：
Synchronization Facilities / 5.5：
Synchronizable Objects / 5.5.1：
Overview: Event-Based Synchronization / 5.5.1.1：
State Transition Monitoring / 5.5.1.2：
Detailed Specification of the Synchronizable Object / 5.5.1.3：
Synchronizable Objects as Callbacks / 5.5.1.4：
Time and Synchronizable Objects / 5.5.2：
Stop-Watch and Progression / 5.5.2.1：
Time and Progression Space / 5.5.2.2：
Reference Point Specifications in Time / 5.5.2.3：
Combining TimeSynchronizable Objects: Time Slaves / 5.5.3：
Time-Lines / 5.5.4：
Negotiation and Configuration Management / 5.6：
Property Inquiry Objects / 5.6.1：
Constraining Properties / 5.6.3：
Dynamic Change of Properties / 5.6.4：
Interaction among Properties / 5.6.5：
Some Conclusions on the Negotiation Facilities / 5.6.6：
Creation of Service Objects / 5.7：
Generic Factory Objects / 5.7.1：
Factory Finders / 5.7.2：
Use of Factories and Factory Finders / 5.7.3：
Multimedia Systems Services Component
Configuration Objects / 6.1：
Format Objects / 6.2.1：
Transport and Media Stream Protocol Objects / 6.2.2：
Quality of Service Descriptor Objects / 6.2.3：
The StreamControl Object / 6.3：
SyncStreamControl Objects / 6.3.2：
Property Control of Configurations / 6.4：
Resource and Configuration Management / 6.4.2：
Monitoring Resource Behaviour and Quality of Service Violations / 6.4.3：
Configuring Devices / 6.5：
Global Configuration / 6.5.1.1：
Port Configurations / 6.5.1.2：
Examples of Virtual Devices / 6.5.2：
Simple Media Devices / 6.5.2.1：
Transformer Devices / 6.5.2.2：
Detailed Specification of Virtual Connections / 6.6：
Examples of Virtual Connections / 6.6.3：
Multicast Connections / 6.6.4：
Groups / 6.7：
Logical Devices / 6.8：
The Role of Primitives in PREMO / 7.1：
The Hierarchy in Overview / 7.2.2：
Captured Primitives / 7.2.3：
Form Primitives / 7.2.4：
Tactile Primitives / 7.2.5：
Modifier Primitives / 7.2.6：
Wrapper Primitives / 7.2.7：
Tracer Primitives / 7.2.8：
Structured Primitives / 7.2.9：
Aggregate Primitives / 7.2.9.1：
TimeComposite / 7.2.9.2：
Reference Primitives / 7.2.10：
Coordinate Spaces / 7.3：
Coordinate / 7.3.1：
TimeLocation / 7.3.2：
Colour / 7.3.3：
Devices for Modelling, Rendering, and Interaction / 7.4：
MRI_Format / 7.4.1：
Efficiency Measures / 7.4.2：
MRI Device / 7.4.3：
Modeller / 7.4.4：
Renderer / 7.4.5：
MediaEngine / 7.4.6：
Input Devices, and Routing / 7.5：
InputDevice / 7.5.1：
Router / 7.5.2：
The Scene Database / 7.6：
Management / 7.7：
Allocation / 7.7.2：
Detailed Java Specifications of the PREMO Objects / 7.7.3：
Foundation Objects / 8.1：
Enumerations / 8.2.1：
Additional Data Types / 8.2.2：
Top Level of PREMO Hierarchy / 8.2.3：
Structures / 8.2.4：
Controllers / 8.2.5：
Sychronization Objects / 8.2.5.3：
Multimedia Systems Services / 8.2.7：
Structures and Additional Data Types / 8.3.1：
Virtual Resource / 8.3.3：
Virtual Device / 8.3.6：
Group / 8.3.7：
Logical Device / 8.3.9：
Objects for Coordinate Spaces / 8.4：
Coordinate Object / 8.4.1.1：
Colour Object / 8.4.1.2：
TimeLocation Object / 8.4.1.3：
Name Object / 8.4.2：
Objects for Media Primitives / 8.4.3：
Primitive Object / 8.4.3.1：
Captured Object / 8.4.3.2：
Primitives with Spatial and/or Temporal Form / 8.4.3.3：
Form Primitives for Audio Media Data / 8.4.3.4：
Form Primitives for Geometric Media Data / 8.4.3.5：
Primitives for the Modification of Media Data / 8.4.3.6：
Modifier Primitives for Audio Media Data / 8.4.3.7：
Modifier Primitives for Structural Aspects of Media Data / 8.4.3.8：
Modifier Primitives for Visual Aspects of Media Data / 8.4.3.9：
Organising Primitives into Structures / 8.4.3.10：
Organising Media Data within Time / 8.4.3.11：
Objects for Describing Properties of Devices / 8.4.4：
MRI_Format Object / 8.4.4.1：
EfficiencyMeasure Object / 8.4.4.2：
Processing Devices for Media Data / 8.4.5：
MRI_Device Object / 8.4.5.1：
Modeller Object / 8.4.5.2：
Renderer Object / 8.4.5.3：
MediaEngine Object / 8.4.5.4：
Scene Object / 8.4.6：
Objects for Supporting Interaction / 8.4.7：
InputDevice Object / 8.4.7.1：
Router Object / 8.4.7.2：
Coordinator Object / 8.4.8：
Selected Implementation Issues
The PREMO Environment / A.1：
Activity of Objects / A.1.1：
Top Level of the PREMO Hierarchy / A.1.2：
Distribution and the Creation of PREMO Objects / A.1.3：
Specific Part 3 Objects / A.2：
Virtual Connection Objects / A.2.1：
Devices on the Same JVM: Piped Streams / A.2.1.1：
Devices on Different JVM's: Sockets / A.2.1.2：
References / A.2.1.3：
Index
PREMO: A Standard for Distributed Multimedia
Introduction / 1.1：
What PREMO Is / 1.1.1：
33.
図書
Christopher D. Manning, Hinrich Schütze
出版情報:
Cambridge, Mass. ; London : MIT Press, c1999 xxxvii, 680 p. ; 24 cm
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
List of Tables
List of Figures
Table of Notations
Preface
Road Map
Preliminaries / I：
Introduction / 1：
Ratinalist and Empiricist Approaches to Language / 1.1：
Scientific Content / 1.2：
Questions that linguistics should answer / 1.2.1：
Non-categorical phenomena in language / 1.2.2：
Language and cognition as probabilistic phenomena / 1.2.3：
The Ambiguity of Language: Why NLP Is Difficult / 1.3：
Dirty Hands / 1.4：
Lexical resources / 1.4.1：
Word counts / 1.4.2：
Zipf's laws / 1.4.3：
Collocations / 1.4.4：
Concordances / 1.4.5：
Further Reading / 1.5：
Exercises / 1.6：
Mathematical Foundations / 2：
Elementary Probability Theory / 2.1：
Probability spaces / 2.1.1：
Conditional probability and independence / 2.1.2：
Bayes' theorem / 2.1.3：
Random variables / 2.1.4：
Expectation and variance / 2.1.5：
Notation / 2.1.6：
Joint and conditional distributions / 2.1.7：
Determining P / 2.1.8：
Standard distributions / 2.1.9：
Bayesian statistics / 2.1.10：
Essential Information Theory / 2.1.11：
Entropy / 2.2.1：
Joint entropy and conditional entropy / 2.2.2：
Mutual information / 2.2.3：
The noisy channel model / 2.2.4：
Relative entropy or Kullback-Leibler divergence / 2.2.5：
The relation to language: Cross entropy / 2.2.6：
The entropy of English / 2.2.7：
Perplexity / 2.2.8：
Linguistic Essentials / 2.2.9：
Parts of Speech and Morphology / 3.1：
Nouns and pronouns / 3.1.1：
Words that accompany nouns: Determiners and adjectives / 3.1.2：
Verbs / 3.1.3：
Other parts of speech / 3.1.4：
Phrase Structure / 3.2：
Phrase structure grammars / 3.2.1：
Dependency: Arguments and adjuncts / 3.2.2：
X' theory / 3.2.3：
Phrase structure ambiguity / 3.2.4：
Semantics and Pragmatics / 3.3：
Other Areas / 3.4：
Corpus-Based Work / 3.5：
Getting Set Up / 4.1：
Computers / 4.1.1：
Corpora / 4.1.2：
Software / 4.1.3：
Looking at Text / 4.2：
Low-level formatting issues / 4.2.1：
Tokenization: What is a word? / 4.2.2：
Morphology / 4.2.3：
Sentences / 4.2.4：
Marked-up Data / 4.3：
Markup schemes / 4.3.1：
Grammatical tagging / 4.3.2：
Words / 4.4：
Frequency / 5：
Mean and Variance / 5.2：
Hypothesis Testing / 5.3：
The t test / 5.3.1：
Hypothesis testing of differences / 5.3.2：
Pearson's chi-square test / 5.3.3：
Likelihood ratios / 5.3.4：
Mutual Information / 5.4：
The Notion of Collocation / 5.5：
Statistical Inference: n-gram Models over Sparse Data / 5.6：
Bins: Forming Equivalence Classes / 6.1：
Reliability vs. discrimination / 6.1.1：
n-gram models / 6.1.2：
Building n-gram models / 6.1.3：
Statistical Estimators / 6.2：
Maximum Likelihood Estimation (MLE) / 6.2.1：
Laplace's law, Lidstone's law and the Jeffreys-Perks law / 6.2.2：
Held out estimation / 6.2.3：
Cross-validation (deleted estimation) / 6.2.4：
Good-Turing estimation / 6.2.5：
Briefly noted / 6.2.6：
Combining Estimators / 6.3：
Simple linear interpolation / 6.3.1：
Katz's backing-off / 6.3.2：
General linear interpolation / 6.3.3：
Language models for Austen / 6.3.4：
Conclusions / 6.4：
Word Sense Disambiguation / 6.5：
Methodological Preliminaries / 7.1：
Supervised and unsupervised learning / 7.1.1：
Pseudowords / 7.1.2：
Upper and lower bounds on performance / 7.1.3：
Supervised Disambiguation / 7.2：
Bayesian classification / 7.2.1：
An information-theoretic approach / 7.2.2：
Dictionary-Based Disambiguation / 7.3：
Disambiguation based on sense definitions / 7.3.1：
Thesaurus-based disambiguation / 7.3.2：
Disambiguation based on translations in a second-language corpus / 7.3.3：
One sense per discourse, one sense per collocation / 7.3.4：
Unsupervised Disambiguation / 7.4：
What Is a Word Sense? / 7.5：
Lexical Acquisition / 7.6：
Evaluation Measures / 8.1：
Verb Subcategorization / 8.2：
Attachment Ambiguity / 8.3：
Hindle and Rooth (1993) / 8.3.1：
General remarks on PP attachment / 8.3.2：
Selectional Preferences / 8.4：
Semantic Similarity / 8.5：
Vector space measures / 8.5.1：
Probabilistic measures / 8.5.2：
The Role of Lexical Acquisition in Statistical NLP / 8.6：
Grammar / 8.7：
Markov Models / 9：
Hidden Markov Models / 9.1：
Why use HMMs? / 9.2.1：
General form of an HMM / 9.2.2：
The Three Fundamental Questions for HMMs / 9.3：
Finding the probability of an observation / 9.3.1：
Finding the best state sequence / 9.3.2：
The third problem: Parameter estimation / 9.3.3：
HMMs: Implementation, Properties, and Variants / 9.4：
Implementation / 9.4.1：
Variants / 9.4.2：
Multiple input observations / 9.4.3：
Initialization of parameter values / 9.4.4：
Part-of-Speech Tagging / 9.5：
The Information Sources in Tagging / 10.1：
Markov Model Taggers / 10.2：
The probabilistic model / 10.2.1：
The Viterbi algorithm / 10.2.2：
Variations / 10.2.3：
Hidden Markov Model Taggers / 10.3：
Applying HMMs to POS tagging / 10.3.1：
The effect of initialization on HMM training / 10.3.2：
Transformation-Based Learning of Tags / 10.4：
Transformations / 10.4.1：
The learning algorithm / 10.4.2：
Relation to other models / 10.4.3：
Automata / 10.4.4：
Summary / 10.4.5：
Other Methods, Other Languages / 10.5：
Other approaches to tagging / 10.5.1：
Languages other than English / 10.5.2：
Tagging Accuracy and Uses of Taggers / 10.6：
Tagging accuracy / 10.6.1：
Applications of tagging / 10.6.2：
Probabilistic Context Free Grammars / 10.7：
Some Features of PCFGs / 11.1：
Questions for PCFGs / 11.2：
The Probability of a String / 11.3：
Using inside probabilities / 11.3.1：
Using outside probabilities / 11.3.2：
Finding the most likely parse for a sentence / 11.3.3：
Training a PCFG / 11.3.4：
Problems with the Inside-Outside Algorithm / 11.4：
Probabilistic Parsing / 11.5：
Some Concepts / 12.1：
Parsing for disambiguation / 12.1.1：
Treebanks / 12.1.2：
Parsing models vs. language models / 12.1.3：
Weakening the independence assumptions of PCFGs / 12.1.4：
Tree probabilities and derivational probabilities / 12.1.5：
There's more than one way to do it / 12.1.6：
Phrase structure grammars and dependency grammars / 12.1.7：
Evaluation / 12.1.8：
Equivalent models / 12.1.9：
Building parsers: Search methods / 12.1.10：
Use of the geometric mean / 12.1.11：
Some Approaches / 12.2：
Non-lexicalized treebank grammars / 12.2.1：
Lexicalized models using derivational histories / 12.2.2：
Dependency-based models / 12.2.3：
Discussion / 12.2.4：
Applications and Techniques / 12.3：
Statistical Alignment and Machine Translation / 13：
Text Alignment / 13.1：
Aligning sentences and paragraphs / 13.1.1：
Length-based methods / 13.1.2：
Offset alignment by signal processing techniques / 13.1.3：
Lexical methods of sentence alignment / 13.1.4：
Word Alignment / 13.1.5：
Statistical Machine Translation / 13.3：
Clustering / 13.4：
Hierarchical Clustering / 14.1：
Single-link and complete-link clustering / 14.1.1：
Group-average agglomerative clustering / 14.1.2：
An application: Improving a language model / 14.1.3：
Top-down clustering / 14.1.4：
Non-Hierarchical Clustering / 14.2：
K-means / 14.2.1：
The EM algorithm / 14.2.2：
Topics in Information Retrieval / 14.3：
Some Background on Information Retrieval / 15.1：
Common design features of IR systems / 15.1.1：
Evaluation measures / 15.1.2：
The probability ranking principle (PRP) / 15.1.3：
The Vector Space Model / 15.2：
Vector similarity / 15.2.1：
Term weighting / 15.2.2：
Term Distribution Models / 15.3：
The Poisson distribution / 15.3.1：
The two-Poisson model / 15.3.2：
The K mixture / 15.3.3：
Inverse document frequency / 15.3.4：
Residual inverse document frequency / 15.3.5：
Usage of term distribution models / 15.3.6：
Latent Semantic Indexing / 15.4：
Least-squares methods / 15.4.1：
Singular Value Decomposition / 15.4.2：
Latent Semantic Indexing in IR / 15.4.3：
Discourse Segmentation / 15.5：
TextTiling / 15.5.1：
Text Categorization / 15.6：
Decision Trees / 16.1：
Maximum Entropy Modeling / 16.2：
Generalized iterative scaling / 16.2.1：
Application to text categorization / 16.2.2：
Perceptrons / 16.3：
k Nearest Neighbor Classification / 16.4：
Tiny Statistical Tables / 16.5：
Bibliography
Index
List of Tables
List of Figures
Table of Notations
34.
図書
Alexander Afriat and Franco Selleri
出版情報:
New York : Plenum Press, c1999 xiii, 248 p. ; 24 cm
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Early Formulations / Chapter 1：
The Original Einstein-Podolsky-Rosen Argument / 1.1.：
Bohr's Reply: Complementarity / 1.2.：
Schrodinger's Extension of the Paradox / 1.3.：
Furry's Hypothesis / 1.4.：
Bohm's Simplification of the Paradox / 1.5.：
Bohm-Aharonov and the Experimental Issue / 1.6.：
EPR Correlations for Pairs of Neutral Kaons / 1.7.：
Bell's Inequality / 1.8.：
Additional Assumption and Strong Inequalities / 1.9.：
Wigner's Proof of Bell's Inequality / 1.10.：
References
Bell's Inequality and Its Elementary Background / Chapter 2：
Local Realism / 2.1.：
The Reality Postulate / 2.1.1.：
The Locality Postulate / 2.1.2.：
The Postulate of Time's Arrow / 2.1.3.：
Definition of Local Realism / 2.1.4.：
Elementary Proof of Bell's Inequality / 2.2.：
Preliminaries / 2.2.1.：
Demonstration of Bell's Inequality / 2.2.2.：
Incompatibility with Quantum Mechanics / 2.2.3.：
Original Proof of Bell's Inequality / 2.2.4.：
Other Formulations of the EPR Paradox / 2.3.：
Systems without a State / 2.3.1.：
Determination at a Distance of the State / 2.3.2.：
Criticism of the Copenhagen Approach / 2.4.：
Heisenberg's Indeterminacy Relations / 2.4.1.：
Complementarity for Space-Time and Causality / 2.4.2.：
Complementarity for Spin Components / 2.4.3.：
General Quantum Predictions for Spin-1/2 / 2.4.4.：
Simultaneous Reality of Different Spin Components / 2.4.5.：
Historical Roots / 2.4.6.：
Local Realism versus Quantum Nonlocality / Chapter 3：
Nonlocality, Interference, Quantum Potential / 3.1.：
The Quantum Potential in Configuration Space / 3.1.1.：
Quantum Correlations and Interference / 3.1.2.：
Factorizable and Nonfactorizable State Vectors / 3.2.：
Degree of Entanglement / 3.2.1.：
Bell's Inequality and Factorizable State Vectors / 3.2.2.：
Bell's Inequality and Nonfactorizable State Vectors / 3.2.3.：
Probabilistic Local Realism / 3.3.：
Propensities and Probabilities / 3.3.1.：
Quantum Sets Are Not Homogeneous / 3.3.2.：
Homogeneous Sets and Probabilities / 3.3.3.：
New Factorizable Form of Joint Probabilities / 3.3.4.：
Proofs of Weak and Strong Inequalities / 3.4.：
Weak Inequalities / 3.4.1.：
Strong Inequalities for One-Way Polarizers / 3.4.2.：
Strong Inequalities for Two-Way Polarizers / 3.4.3.：
Weak and Strong Freedman Inequalities / 3.4.4.：
Generalized Bell-Type Inequalities / 3.4.5.：
The GHZ Formulation of the EPR Paradox / 3.4.6.：
Experiments with Atomic Photon Pairs / 3.5.：
Correlated Atomic Photon Pairs / 3.5.1.：
Review of Published Experiments / 3.5.2.：
Empirical Falsification of the Furry Hypothesis / 3.5.3.：
Inequality for Parametric Down-Conversion Experiments / 3.5.4.：
The EPR Paradox in Particle Physics / Chapter 4：
Some Features of Particle Physics / 4.1.：
Conservation of Energy and Momentum / 4.1.1.：
Families of Particles / 4.1.2.：
Nuclear Physics Experiments on the EPR Paradox / 4.1.3.：
Realism and the Neutral Kaon System / 4.2.：
Neutral Kaons in Quantum Theory / 4.2.1.：
Reinterpretation of Quantum Probabilities / 4.2.2.：
The Probabilities of Local Realism / 4.2.3.：
The Most General Set of Probabilities / 4.2.4.：
The Debate on the EPR Paradox for Pairs of Particles / 4.3.：
Forbidden Symmetrical Observations / 4.3.1.：
Some Applications of Furry's Hypothesis / 4.3.2.：
Other Proposed Forms of the Paradox / 4.3.3.：
Direct Applications of Local Realism / 4.3.4.：
General Local Realistic Predictions / 4.4.：
The Case of Neutral Kaon Pairs / 4.4.1.：
Two Time Probabilities / 4.4.2.：
Unicity of the Local Realistic Model for Single Kaons / 4.4.3.：
Proposed Solutions of the Paradox / 4.4.4.：
Action at a Distance / 5.1.：
Wholeness and Holograms / 5.1.1.：
Superluminal Motions in an Ether of Rigid Particles / 5.1.2.：
Nonlocal Sea of Microlevel Potentialities / 5.1.3.：
Retroactions and Ergodicity / 5.2.：
The Victory of Formalism over Modelism / 5.2.1.：
A Polarizable Fundamental Medium / 5.2.2.：
Generalized Probabilities / 5.2.3.：
Variable Probability of Detection / 5.3.：
A Particular Local Model / 5.3.1.：
Divergence with Respect to Quantum Theory / 5.3.2.：
Enhanced Particle Detection / 5.3.3.：
Correlated Detections of Two Photons / 5.3.4.：
Experiments with Three Polarizers / 5.3.5.：
The Local Model, Quantum Theory, and Experiments / 5.3.6.：
Other Realist Proposals / 5.4.：
Chaotic Ball Model / 5.4.1.：
Restricted Quantum Mechanics / 5.4.2.：
A Different Version of the EPR Experiment / 5.4.3.：
Index
Early Formulations / Chapter 1：
The Original Einstein-Podolsky-Rosen Argument / 1.1.：
Bohr's Reply: Complementarity / 1.2.：
35.
図書
edited by Olli Tiihonen ; organized by OECD Nuclear Energy Agency
出版情報:
Espoo, Finland : Valtion Teknillinen Tutkimuskeskus, 1999 600 p. ; 26 cm
シリーズ名:
VTT Symposium ; 194
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
36.
図書
Internatoinal Institute of Refrigeration = Institut International du Froid
37.
図書
Gerardo M.E. Perillo, María Cintia Piccolo, Mario Pino-Quivira (eds.)
出版情報:
New York : Springer, c1999 xvi, 223 p. ; 24 cm
シリーズ名:
Environmental science
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
What Do We Know About the Geomorphology and Physical Oceanography of South American Estuaries? / 1：
Introduction / 1.1：
World Estuary Distribution / 1.2：
Estuaries of South America / 1.3：
International Publications About South American Estuaries / 1.4：
Conclusions / 1.5：
Acknowledgements
References
The Maracaibo System: A Physical Profile / 2：
Geomorphology / 2.1：
Geological History of the Estuary / 2.3：
Climatology / 2.4：
Temperature / 2.4.1：
Wind Regime / 2.4.2：
Precipitation / 2.4.3：
Water Balance / 2.4.4：
Hydrography / 2.5：
Tides / 2.5.1：
Water Levels / 2.5.2：
Currents / 2.5.3：
Salinity / 2.6：
Salinity Patterns / 2.6.1：
Salt Intrusion / 2.6.2：
Salt Balance of the Lake / 2.6.3：
Chemistry and Fertility of the Water / 2.7：
Dissolved Oxygen / 2.7.1：
Nutrients / 2.7.2：
Coastal Lagoons of Southeastern Brazil: Physical and Biogeochemkal Characteristics / 2.8：
Coastal Lagoons in Brazil / 3.1：
Coastal I.agoon Evolution / 3.3：
Tidal Choking / 3.4：
Hydrology and Water Balance / 3.5：
Wind Effects / 3.6：
Salinity and Stratification / 3.7：
Flushing Time / 3.8：
Nutrient Standing Stock and Particulate Organic Matter / 3.9：
Primary Producers / 3.10：
Primary Production / 3.11：
Pelagic and Benthic Metabolism / 3.12：
Nutrient Sources and Primary Production / 3.13：
Trophic State / 3.14：
Human Impact / 3.15：
Management Issues / 3.16：
Nutrients and Suspended Matter Behaviour in the Patos Lagoon Estuary (Brazil) / 4：
Materials and Methods / 4.1：
Data Reduction for Determining Estuarine Behaviour of Nutrients and Total Suspended Matter / 4.2.1：
Results and Discussions / 4.3：
Total Suspended Matter / 4.3.1：
Phosphate / 4.3.4：
Nitrate, Nitrite and Ammonium / 4.3.5：
Silicate / 4.3.6：
Hydrographical Characteristics of the Estuarine Area of Patos Lagoon / 4.4：
Main Characteristics of the Area / 5.1：
Data Sampling and Treatment / 5.3：
Longitudinal Surveys / 5.3.1：
Time Series Surveys / 5.3.2：
Results / 5.4：
Longitudinal Salinity and Temperature Distribution / 5.4.1：
Temporal Variations of Water Level, Currents and Salinity / 5.4.2：
Estuarine Classification of the Channel Area / 5.4.3：
Longitudinal Salt Transport / 5.4.4：
Discussion and Conclusions / 5.5：
The Argentina Estuaries: A Review / 6：
RÃo de la Plata Estuary / 6.1：
Estuaries of the Buenos Aires Province Between Samborombon Bay and Bahfa Blanca / 6.3：
Mar Chiquita Coastal Lagoon / 6.3.1：
Quequén Grande Estuary / 6.3.2：
Bahia Blanca Estuary / 6.3.3：
Estuaries of the Patagonia / 6.4：
Colorado River Hstuary / 6.4.1：
Negro River Estuary / 6.4.2：
Chubut River Estuary / 6.4.3：
Estuaries of Southern Patagonia / 6.5：
RÃo Gallegos Estuary / 6.5.1：
Tierra del Fuego Estuaries / 6.6：
San Sebastian Bay / 6.6.1：
Summary
Hydrography and Sediment Transport Characteristics of the RÃo de la Plata: A Review / 7：
Regional Setting / 7.1：
Drainage Basin / 7.2.1：
Tributary River Discharge / 7.2.2：
Meteorology / 7.2.3：
Hydrographic Characteristics / 7.3：
Morphology / 7.3.1：
Surficial Bottom Sediments / 7.3.2：
Tides and Tidal Currents / 7.3.3：
Suspended Sediments / 73.4：
Synthesis / 7.4：
Physical Characteristics and Processes of the Rio de la Plata Estuary / 8：
Rio de la Plata Environment / 8.1：
Physiographic Setting / 8.2.1：
River Input / 8.2.2：
Tides in the Estuary / 8.3：
Tidal Currents / 8.3.2：
Storm Surges / 8.3.3：
Salinity and Water Stratification / 8.4：
Background / 8.4.1：
Seasonal Distribution / 8.4.2：
Vertical Distribution and Stratification / 8.4.3：
Sea Surface Temperature / 8.5：
Turbidity Front / 8.6：
Mean Distribution / 8.6.1：
Geomorphological and Physical Characteristics of the BahÃa Blanca Estuary, Argentina / 8.6.2：
Geological Setting / 9.1：
Geomorphology of the Tidal Channels / 9.3：
Physical Processes / 9.4：
Wind Influence / 9.4.1：
Salinity and Temperature / 9.4.3：
Residual Fluxes / 9.4.4：
Subject Index / 9.5：
Geographic Index
What Do We Know About the Geomorphology and Physical Oceanography of South American Estuaries? / 1：
Introduction / 1.1：
World Estuary Distribution / 1.2：
38.
図書
ANTEC ; Society of Plastics Engineers
39.
図書
edited by Stéphane Chatty, Prasun Dewan
40.
図書
Marcelo Juanicó, Inka Dor, eds
出版情報:
New York : Springer, c1999 xxiii, 394 p. ; 24 cm
シリーズ名:
Environmental science
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Limnology and Technology / Part I：
Research and Development Policy / 1：
Introduction / 1.1：
Background Data / 1.2：
Water Scarcity and Wastewater Reuse / 1.2.1：
Wastewater Reclamation Plan / 1.2.2：
Surface Wastewater Reservoirs / 1.2.3：
R&D Support / 1.3：
The R&D Policy / 1.3.1：
Overview of the Ongoing R&D Programme / 1.3.2：
Results Dissemination / 1.4：
Discussion / 1.5：
References
Wastewater Storage and Reuse for Irrigation in Israel / 2：
Wastewater Treatment / 2.1：
Pretreatment / 2.2.1：
Treatment: Conventional Processes / 2.2.2：
Advanced Treatment / 2.2.3：
Sewage Treatment and Reuse in Israel / 2.3：
Main Water Reclamation Projects in Israel / 2.4：
Effect of Irrigation with Treated Sewage Effluent on Soil, Crops and Environment / 2.5：
Health and Treatment Requirements for Wastewater Irrigation / 3：
The Development of Wastewater Recycling and Reuse / 3.1：
Early Major Wastewater Irrigation Projects / 3.2.1：
Present Status of Interest in Wastewater Recycling and Reuse / 3.2.2：
Public Health Risks Associated with Wastewater Irrigation / 3.3：
Pathogenic Microorganisms in Wastewater / 3.3.1：
Survival of Pathogens in the Environment / 3.3.2：
Proposed Model to Predict the Relative Effectiveness of Pathogens in Causing Infections Through Wastewater Irrigation / 3.3.3：
Evaluation of the Epidemiological Evidence of Human Health Effects Associated with Wastewater Irrigation / 3.4：
Early Microbial Guidelines for Wastewater Irrigation Lack Epidemiological Basis / 3.4.1：
Population Groups Consuming Vegetables and Salad Crops Irrigated with Raw Wastewater / 3.4.2：
Health Effects among Sewage Farm Workers / 3.4.3：
Health Effects among Population Groups Residing Near Wastewater-Irrigated Fields / 3.4.4：
Reduction in Negative Health Effects by Wastewater Treatment / 3.4.5：
Implications for Developing Countries / 3.4.6：
Evaluating Health Guidelines for Recycling Wastewater in Agriculture / 3.5：
Scientific, Historical, and Social Influences / 3.5.1：
The Engelberg Report and the New WHO Guidelines / 3.5.2：
The USEPA/USAID Recommended Wastewater Reuse Guidelines / 3.5.3：
A Risk Assessment/Cost-Effectiveness Approach for Comparing the Various Guidelines / 3.5.4：
Reduction of Health Risks by Various Agronomic Technics / 3.6：
Restricting Crops / 3.6.1：
Modification and Control of Irrigation Techniques / 3.6.2：
Appropriate Low-Cost Methods of Wastewater Treatment for Irrigation / 3.7：
Goals of Wastewater Treatment for Recycling and Reuse in Irrigation / 3.7.1：
Interseasonal Wastewater Stabilisation/Storage Reservoirs / 3.7.2：
Advantages of Centrally Managed, Engineered Environmental Interventions / 3.7.3：
Empirical Data for Monitoring and Control / 4：
Materials and Methods / 4.1：
Results / 4.3：
Conclusions / 4.4：
Acknowledgements
Process Design and Operation / 5：
Water Demand for Irrigation in Israel and the Hydrological Cycle in the Reservoirs / 5.1：
Basic Concepts in Designing Wastewater Reservoirs / 5.1.2：
Basic Operational Regimes and Water Demand Curves for Irrigation / 5.2：
The `Old' Continuous-Flow Single Reservoirs / 5.3：
Volume and Depth / 5.3.1：
Outlet and Inlet Location / 5.3.2：
The Hydraulics of Continuous-Flow Wastewater Reservoirs as Reactors / 5.3.3：
MRT and PFE in Continuous-Flow Wastewater Reservoirs / 5.3.4：
Calculating Surface Organic Loading / 5.3.5：
Performance and Limitations of the Continuous-Flow Reservoirs / 5.3.6：
The Removal of Coliforms / 5.3.7：
The New Sequential Batch Reservoirs / 5.4：
Example I. Batch Operation During Winter / 5.4.1：
Example II. Batch Operation During Spring / 5.4.2：
Several Reservoirs Working in Sequential Batch / 5.4.3：
Maximum Organic Loading / 5.5：
Mean Surface Organic Loading / 5.5.1：
Increasing the Surface Organic Loading / 5.5.2：
Shocks of High Organic Loading / 5.5.3：
The Tools for Design / 5.6：
Control and Monitoring / 5.7：
Sampling / 5.7.1：
Data Analysis / 5.7.2：
Hydraulic Age Distribution / 6：
Concepts: The Hydraulic Age Distribution / 6.1：
PFE: Percentage of Fresh Effluents / 6.2.1：
The Leslie Matrix Model / 6.3：
Background / 6.3.1：
The Leslie Matrix Model Applied to Age Class Structure of Effluents in a Reactor / 6.3.2：
Age Distribution in Different Types of Reactors / 6.3.3：
Computer Algorithms / 6.3.4：
A Case Study: The Geta'ot Reservoir in 1989 / 6.4：
Notation / 6.5：
Modelling / 7：
Milestones in the Development of Models of Aquatic Ecosystems / 7.1：
Models of Stabilisation Reservoirs / 7.2：
Models for Predicting Maximal Permitted Dissolved BOD in Stabilisation Reservoirs / 7.2.1：
Model for the Prediction of the Accumulation of Organic Matter in the Sediment of Stabilisation Reservoirs / 7.2.2：
Statistical models for Predicting BOD and COD Removal as a Function of the Operational Regime / 7.2.3：
Model of Hydraulic Age Distribution in Stabilisation Reservoirs / 7.2.4：
Simulation Model of Stabilisation Reservoirs / 7.3：
Assumptions / 7.3.1：
Forcing Functions / 7.3.3：
State Variables / 7.3.4：
The Logical Structure of the Model and the Computer Programme / 7.3.5：
Summary and Conclusions / 7.3.6：
Sediment-Water Interrelationship / 7.5：
Accumulation of Nutrients in Bottom Soils / 8.1：
Release of Nutrients from the Bottom / 8.3：
Nutrient Balance of Reservoirs / 8.4：
Modelling of Soil Bottom Processes / 8.5：
Specific Construction Details / 9：
Earthen Reservoirs / 9.1：
The Spillway / 9.2：
The Floating Outlet Pipe / 9.3：
Elements of the Outlet Pipe / 9.3.1：
Details of the Design / 9.3.2：
Details of the Joints / 9.3.3：
The Road at the Top of the Embankment / 9.4：
Nitrogen and Nitrification / 10：
Ammonia in Wastewater Reservoirs / 10.1：
General Aspects / 10.2.1：
Inhibition by Ammonia of Algal Photosynthesis and Growth / 10.2.2：
Nitrifying Bacteria in Reservoirs / 10.3：
Abundance of Nitrifying Bacteria / 10.3.1：
Detection of Nitrifying Bacteria in Wastewater Reservoirs / 10.3.2：
Nitrifying Bacteria in Anaerobic Environments / 10.3.3：
Unbalanced Nitrification of Ammonia / 10.4：
Nitrification of Ammonia in Wastewater Reservoirs / 10.4.1：
Summary / 10.5：
Phytoplankton / 11：
Wastewater Reservoir as an Algal Habitat / 11.1：
Composition and Seasonality of Phytoplankton / 11.3：
Algae-Bacteria Relationships / 11.4：
Fauna / 12：
Limnological Parameters / 12.1：
Faunal Limits and Definitions / 12.3：
Faunal Composition and Frequency / 12.4：
Aquatic Birds / 12.5：
Spatial and Temporal Distribution / 12.6：
Food Chains / 12.7：
The Effect of Grazing / 12.8：
The Reservoirs as an Environmental Opportunity / 12.9：
Unwanted Effects of the Fauna of the Hypertrophic Reservoirs / 12.10：
Fish Introduction for Manipulative Purposes / 12.11：
Faunistic Succession and Typology of the Hypertrophic Reservoirs / 12.12：
Odorous Compound / 12.13：
Sampling at the Na'an Reservoir / 13.1：
Materials / 13.2.2：
Analytical Methods / 13.2.3：
Results and Discussion / 13.3：
Degradation of Organosynthetic Pollutants / 13.4：
Organic Pollutants Identified / 14.1：
Reservoirs in the Judean Hills / 14.2.2：
Na'an Reservoir / 14.2.3：
Givat Brenner Wastewater Treatment Facility / 14.2.4：
Distribution of Organosynthetic Chemicals in Agricultural Soils Irrigated with Effluents from the Reservoirs / 14.2.5：
Degradation Mechanisms / 14.2.6：
Trace Metals / 14.3：
The Studied Reservoirs and Water Balance / 15.1：
Potential Sources of Errors / 15.2.2：
Operation of the Reservoirs and Water Balance / 15.3：
Concentration of Metals in Inflow and Outflow / 15.3.2：
Input/Output Amounts / 15.3.3：
Losses by Seepage / 15.3.4：
Removal and Metal Budget / 15.3.5：
Sedimentation Rates / 15.3.6：
Sedimentation Quantities / 15.3.7：
Parameters Affecting the Removal of Metals in the Reservoirs / 15.3.8：
Conclusions and Recommendations / 15.4：
The Clogging Capacity of Effluents / 16：
Drip Irrigation / 16.1：
Measurements of the Clogging Capacity of Effluents on Screen Filters / 16.3：
Filterability Index and Filter Specific Resistance / 16.3.1：
"ATMMIN" and "ATMLIT" / 16.3.2：
Clogging Time / 16.3.3：
Causes for Screen Filter Clogging / 16.4：
Causes Related to Filter Operation / 16.4.1：
Causes Related to the Effluent / 16.4.2：
Reservoir Management Alternatives / 16.5：
The Biological Approach / 16.5.1：
The Chemical Approach / 16.5.2：
The Operational Approach / 16.5.3：
Concluding Comments / 16.6：
Particle Characterization and Filtration / 17：
Particle Characterization / 17.1：
Mechanical Filtration / 17.3：
Granular Media Filtration / 17.4：
General Conclusions / 17.5：
Satellite Remote Sensing of Water Quality / 18：
SPOT Images of Wastewater Reservoirs / 18.1：
Deep Wastewater Reservoirs / 18.2.1：
Ground Truth / 18.2.2：
Reservoir Classification / 18.2.3：
Radiance Values / 18.2.4：
Chromatic Coordinates / 18.2.5：
Atmospheric Effects / 18.2.6：
The Spectral Radiance Model / 18.3：
The Optical Properties of Hypertrophic Wastewater Reservoirs / 18.3.1：
Model Structure and Inputs / 18.3.2：
The Optical Properties of the Water Constituents / 18.3.3：
Model Results / 18.3.4：
Principal Components Analysis / 18.4：
Principal Components / 18.4.1：
Spectral Interpretation of the PCA / 18.4.2：
Interpretation of Model Results by Principal Components / 18.4.3：
Limnology and Technology / Part I：
Research and Development Policy / 1：
Introduction / 1.1：
41.
図書
Robert D. Rodman
目次情報:
続きを見る
Preface
About Speech / 1：
Introduction / 1.1：
How Speech Is Produced / 1.2：
The Vocal Tract / 1.2.1：
Articulatory Phonetics / 1.2.2：
Phonetic Alphabets / 1.2.3：
Prosody and Suprasegmentals / 1.2.4：
Syllables / 1.2.5：
Dialects / 1.2.6：
Languages (Other Than English) / 1.2.7：
Acoustic Phonetics / 1.3：
Phonemics / 1.4：
Articulatory Processes / 1.5：
References
Representing Speech in the Computer / 2：
Microphones / 2.1：
Sampling / 2.3：
Sampling Rate / 2.3.1：
Quantization / 2.3.2：
Speech Digitization / 2.4：
Wave Form Coders / 2.4.1：
Voice Coders (Vocoders) / 2.4.2：
The Frequency Domain / 2.5：
The Game of Jumble: Spectrum-Cepstrum, Frequency-Quefrency, Filtering-Liftering / 2.5.1：
Spectrograms: A Hybrid Representation of Speech / 2.5.2：
Speech Recognition / 3：
Speech Recognition: What It Is; What It Isn't / 3.1：
Why Is Speech Recognition Easy for Us and Difficult for Our Computers? / 3.3：
A Brief History of Speech Recognition / 3.4：
The Era of ARPA / 3.4.1：
After ARPA / 3.4.2：
Three Dimensions of Speech Recognition / 3.5：
Continuous Versus Noncontinuous / 3.5.1：
Speaker-Independent Versus Speaker-Dependent / 3.5.2：
Vocabulary Size / 3.5.3：
Tradeoffs and Interactions / 3.5.4：
Units of Speech Recognition / 3.6：
Words and Phrases / 3.6.1：
Phonemes / 3.6.2：
Diphones and Triphones / 3.6.4：
Representing the Units / 3.7：
Acoustic Features / 3.7.1：
Comparing the Units / 3.8：
Dynamic Time Warping (DTW) / 3.8.1：
Hidden Markov Models (HMMs) / 3.8.2：
Future Challenges I / 3.9：
Artificial Neural Networks (ANNs) / 3.9.1：
Errors / 3.10：
Types of Errors / 3.10.1：
Error Tolerances / 3.10.2：
Performance Evaluation of Speech Recognizers / 3.11：
Error Rates / 3.11.1：
Other Factors / 3.11.2：
Error Reduction / 3.12：
Environmental Effects / 3.12.1：
Human Factors / 3.12.2：
Subsetting / 3.12.3：
Vocabulary Selection / 3.12.4：
Error Detection and Correction / 3.13：
Feedback Systems / 3.13.1：
Higher Levels of Linguistic Knowledge / 3.13.2：
Automatic Error Correction / 3.13.3：
Future Challenges II / 3.14：
Speech Synthesis / 4：
Introduction and History / 4.1：
Parametric Coding (Electronic Synthesis) / 4.2：
Parameters of Parametric Speech Synthesis / 4.2.1：
Input Units of Parametric Speech Synthesis / 4.2.2：
Concatenative Synthesis / 4.3：
Allophone Concatenation / 4.3.1：
Diphone Concatenation / 4.3.2：
Demisyllable Concatenation / 4.3.3：
Waveform of Concatenative Units / 4.3.4：
Text-to-Speech Processing / 4.4：
Rules and Exceptions / 4.4.1：
Morphological Analysis / 4.4.2：
Articulation Effects / 4.4.3：
Prosody / 4.4.4：
Special Problems / 4.4.5：
Concept-to-Speech / 4.5：
Languages of the World / 4.6：
Performance Evaluation / 4.6.1：
Intelligibility / 4.7.1：
Comprehensibility / 4.7.2：
Pleasantness/Naturalness / 4.7.3：
Future Challenges / 4.8：
Speaker Recognition, Language Identification, and Lip Synchronization / 5：
Speaker Recognition / 5.1：
Speaker Recognition Versus Speech Recognition / 5.1.1：
Types of Speaker Recognition / 5.1.2：
Text-Dependent, Text-Independent, and Text-Prompted Speaker Recognition / 5.1.3：
"Voiceprints" / 5.1.4：
Methods of Speaker Recognition / 5.1.5：
Noise / 5.1.6：
Performance Evaluation of Speaker Recognition Systems / 5.1.7：
Co-channel Speaker Separation / 5.2：
Language Identification / 5.3：
Four Computational Approaches to Language Identification / 5.3.1：
Performance Evaluation of Language Identification Systems / 5.3.2：
Lip Synchronization / 5.4：
Visemes / 5.4.1：
Mapping Directly From the Speech Signal to Mouth Shapes / 5.4.2：
Applications in Speech Recognition / 5.5：
Criteria for a Viable Speech Recognition Application / 6.1：
Hands Busy, Eyes Busy / 6.1.1：
Remoteness / 6.1.2：
Miniaturization / 6.1.3：
2001 Won't Be 2001 / 6.2：
The Role of Human Factors in Speech Recognition Applications / 6.3：
Application Areas / 6.4：
Assistive Technology / 6.4.1：
Telecommunications / 6.4.2：
Command and Control / 6.4.3：
Data Entry and Retrieval / 6.4.4：
Education / 6.4.5：
Applications in Speech Synthesis / 7：
"At the Tone, the Time Will Be..." / 7.1：
When To Use Text-to-Speech; When To Use Digitally Recorded Speech / 7.2：
Interactive Voice Response Systems (IVRs) / 7.3：
Human Factors Revisited / 7.4：
Aid for Persons With Disabilities / 7.5：
Emergency Scenarios / 7.5.2：
En Masse Advisories / 7.5.4：
Information Retrieval / 7.5.5：
Information Reporting / 7.5.6：
Electronic Mail and Fax Readers / 7.5.7：
In the Dark / 7.5.8：
Toys and Games / 7.5.9：
Transportation / 7.5.10：
Government Services / 7.5.11：
Disguise / 7.5.12：
Applications in Speaker Recognition, Language Identification, and Lip Synchronization / 8：
Applications in Speaker Recognition / 8.1：
Access / 8.1.1：
Authentication / 8.1.2：
Monitoring / 8.1.3：
Fraud Prevention / 8.1.4：
Forensics / 8.1.5：
Personal Services / 8.1.6：
Applications in Language Identification / 8.2：
Communications Monitoring / 8.2.1：
Public Information Systems / 8.2.3：
Applications in Automatic Lip Synching / 8.3：
Animation / 8.3.1：
Glossary
About the Author
Index
Preface
About Speech / 1：
Introduction / 1.1：
42.
図書
Joachim Paul Walser ; foreword by Henry Kautz
目次情報:
続きを見る
Introduction / 1：
Integer Optimization and Heuristics / 1.1：
Integer Local Search / 1.2：
Experimental Results / 1.3：
Research Contributions / 1.4：
Frameworks for Combinatorial Optimization / 2：
Integer Programming Branch- and- Bound / 2.1：
Finite Domain Constraint Programming / 2.2：
Local Search / 2.3：
Meta- heuristics / 2.3.1：
RISC and CISC Local Search / 2.3.2：
Local Search for SAT / 2.3.3：
Application Domains of SAT Local Search / 2.3.4：
Modeling Languages / 2.4：
Search Relaxations and Integer Local Search / 2.5：
Local Search for Integer Constraints / 3：
Over- Constrained Integer Programs / 3.1：
Definition / 3.1.1：
Relation to Integer Linear Programs / 3.1.2：
Constraint-Bounds / 3.1.3：
Integer Local Search: Wsat(oip) / 3.2：
The Score / 3.2.1：
The Main Loop / 3.2.2：
Move Selection and Tabu Search Extensions / 3.2.3：
Combinations with Linear Programming / 3.3：
Bounds from LP Relaxations / 3.3.1：
Initialization by Rounding LP Solutions / 3.3.2：
Search Space Reduction Using LP Reduced Costs / 3.3.3：
Implementation Issues / 3.3.4：
A Graphical Interpretation / 3.4：
Related Work / 3.5：
Integer Programming Heuristics / 3.5.1：
Local Search in Constraint Satisfaction / 3.5.2：
Summary / 3.6：
Case Studies Methodology / 4：
Optimization in Practice: Criteria of Success / 4.1：
Scaling with Increasing Problem Size / 4.1.1：
Scaling with Increasing Constrainedness / 4.1.2：
Flexibility and Residual Robustness / 4.1.3：
The Problem Class Selection / 4.2：
The Empirical Comparisons / 4.3：
Time-Tabling and Sports Scheduling / 5：
The Progressive Party Problem / 5.1：
Problem Description and Formulation / 5.1.1：
Experimental Results and Comparison / 5.1.2：
The ACC Basketball Scheduling Problem / 5.2：
Double Round Robin Scheduling / 5.2.1：
Problem Specification of ACC97/98 / 5.2.2：
Integer Local Search Formulation / 5.2.3：
Redundant Constraints / 5.2.4：
Previous (Multi- stage) Approaches / 5.2.5：
Experimental Results under Varied Constrainedness / 5.2.6：
Minimal Distortion Mirroring / 5.2.7：
Conclusions / 5.3：
Covering and Assignment / 6：
Radar Surveillance Covering / 6.1：
Experimental Results under Varied Problem Size / 6.1.1：
Course Assignment / 6.2：
A Related Application: Reviewer Assignment / 6.2.1：
Capacitated Production Planning / 6.3：
Capacitated Lot- Sizing / 7.1：
Mixed Integer Programming Formulation / 7.2：
Lagrangean Relaxation Approach / 7.3.1：
Restricting the Problem / 7.3.2：
Comparison of Results / 7.4：
Lower Bounds / 7.4.2：
Extensions / 7.5：
Current Limitations / 8.1：
An Alternative Scoring Scheme / 8.2：
Future Research / 8.3：
A Complete AMPL Model for ACC97/98 / 8.4：
References
Index
Introduction / 1：
Integer Optimization and Heuristics / 1.1：
Integer Local Search / 1.2：
43.
図書
by Anna Nagurney
目次情報:
続きを見る
Preface
Acknowledgments
Glossary of Notation
Theory and Fundamentals / I：
Variational Inequality Theory / 1：
The Variational Inequality Problem / 1.1：
Basic Existence and Uniqueness Results / 1.2：
Partitionable Variational Inequalities / 1.3：
Sensitivity Analysis / 1.4：
Projected Dynamical Systems / 1.5：
Stability Results / 1.6：
Sources and Notes / 1.7：
Algorithms / 2：
VI General Iterative Scheme / 2.1：
The Projection Method / 2.1.1：
The Relaxation Method / 2.1.2：
The Modified Projection Method / 2.2：
Decomposition Algorithms / 2.3：
PDS General Iterative Scheme / 2.4：
Equilibration Algorithms / 2.5：
Demand Market Equilibration Algorithm / 2.5.1：
General Equilibration Algorithms / 2.5.2：
Partial Equilibrium-Perfect Competition / 2.6：
Spatial Price Equilibrium / 3：
Static Spatial Price Equilibrium Models / 3.1：
Quantity Formulation / 3.1.1：
Price Formulation / 3.1.2：
Policy Interventions / 3.2：
Algorithms and Computation / 3.3.1：
A Dynamic Spatial Price Model / 3.5：
Stability Analysis / 3.5.1：
Discrete Time Algorithm / 3.5.2：
Massively Parallel Results / 3.5.3：
Traffic Network Equilibrium / 3.6：
Traffic Network Equilibrium Models / 4.1：
Elastic Demand Model with Disutility Functions / 4.1.1：
Elastic Demand Model with Demand Functions / 4.1.2：
Fixed Demand Model / 4.1.3：
Toll Policies / 4.2：
Solution of the Link-Toll Collection Policy / 4.3.1：
Solution of the Path-Toll Collection Policy / 4.3.2：
Computation of Traffic Network Equilibria / 4.4：
Dynamic Traffic with Elastic Demands / 4.5：
Migration Equilibrium / 4.5.1：
Costless Migration / 5.1：
Migration with Migration Costs / 5.2：
Migration with Class Transformations / 5.3：
Computation of Migration Equilibria / 5.4：
Numerical Results / 5.5：
Partial Equilibrium-Imperfect Competition / 5.6：
Oligopolistic Market Equilibrium / 6：
Classical Oligopoly Problems / 6.1：
Computation of Classical Oligopoly Problems / 6.1.1：
A Spatial Oligopoly Model / 6.2：
Relationship Between Spatial Oligopolies and Spatial Price Equilibrium Problems / 6.2.1：
Computation of Oligopolistic Equilibria / 6.3：
Dynamic Spatial Oligopoly Model / 6.4.1：
Environmental Networks / 6.4.2：
The Spatial Oligopoly Model with Permits / 7.1：
Qualitative Properties / 7.2：
Knowledge Network Equilibrium / 7.3：
A Knowledge Network Equilibrium Model / 8.1：
A Tatonnement Process / 8.2：
A Discrete Time Algorithm / 8.2.1：
General Equilibrium / 8.4：
Walrasian Price Equilibrium / 9：
Network Equilibrium Equivalence / 9.1：
A General Walrasian Iterative Scheme / 9.2：
The Projection Method for Discontinuous Aggregate Excess Demand Functions / 9.3.1：
A Numerical Example / 9.4：
Financial Equilibrium / 9.5：
Quadratic Utility Functions / 10.1：
General Utility Functions / 10.2：
Computation of Financial Equilibria / 10.2.1：
A Dynamic Financial Model / 10.5：
Estimation / 10.6.1：
Constrained Matrix Problems / 11：
The General Constrained Matrix Problem / 11.1：
The Splitting Equilibration Algorithm / 11.2：
SEA for Diagonal Problems / 11.2.1：
Dual Interpretation and Theoretical Analysis / 11.2.2：
SEA for General Problems / 11.2.3：
Computation of Large-Scale Matrices / 11.3：
Serial Experiments for General Problems / 11.3.1：
Parallel Experiments for General Problems / 11.3.2：
Serial Experiments for Diagonal Problems / 11.3.3：
Parallel Experiments for Diagonal Problems / 11.3.4：
Massively Parallel Experiments / 11.3.5：
Financial Flow-of-Funds Estimation / 11.4：
Network Model of Financial Flow of Funds / 11.4.1：
SEA for Financial Flow of Funds / 11.4.2：
An Application / 11.4.3：
A Problems / 11.5：
Preface
Acknowledgments
Glossary of Notation
44.
ＥＢ
Joachim Paul Walser, Joachim P. Walser
出版情報:
SpringerLink Books - AutoHoldings , Springer Berlin Heidelberg, 1999
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Introduction / 1：
Integer Optimization and Heuristics / 1.1：
Integer Local Search / 1.2：
Experimental Results / 1.3：
Research Contributions / 1.4：
Frameworks for Combinatorial Optimization / 2：
Integer Programming Branch- and- Bound / 2.1：
Finite Domain Constraint Programming / 2.2：
Local Search / 2.3：
Meta- heuristics / 2.3.1：
RISC and CISC Local Search / 2.3.2：
Local Search for SAT / 2.3.3：
Application Domains of SAT Local Search / 2.3.4：
Modeling Languages / 2.4：
Search Relaxations and Integer Local Search / 2.5：
Local Search for Integer Constraints / 3：
Over- Constrained Integer Programs / 3.1：
Definition / 3.1.1：
Relation to Integer Linear Programs / 3.1.2：
Constraint-Bounds / 3.1.3：
Integer Local Search: Wsat(oip) / 3.2：
The Score / 3.2.1：
The Main Loop / 3.2.2：
Move Selection and Tabu Search Extensions / 3.2.3：
Combinations with Linear Programming / 3.3：
Bounds from LP Relaxations / 3.3.1：
Initialization by Rounding LP Solutions / 3.3.2：
Search Space Reduction Using LP Reduced Costs / 3.3.3：
Implementation Issues / 3.3.4：
A Graphical Interpretation / 3.4：
Related Work / 3.5：
Integer Programming Heuristics / 3.5.1：
Local Search in Constraint Satisfaction / 3.5.2：
Summary / 3.6：
Case Studies Methodology / 4：
Optimization in Practice: Criteria of Success / 4.1：
Scaling with Increasing Problem Size / 4.1.1：
Scaling with Increasing Constrainedness / 4.1.2：
Flexibility and Residual Robustness / 4.1.3：
The Problem Class Selection / 4.2：
The Empirical Comparisons / 4.3：
Time-Tabling and Sports Scheduling / 5：
The Progressive Party Problem / 5.1：
Problem Description and Formulation / 5.1.1：
Experimental Results and Comparison / 5.1.2：
The ACC Basketball Scheduling Problem / 5.2：
Double Round Robin Scheduling / 5.2.1：
Problem Specification of ACC97/98 / 5.2.2：
Integer Local Search Formulation / 5.2.3：
Redundant Constraints / 5.2.4：
Previous (Multi- stage) Approaches / 5.2.5：
Experimental Results under Varied Constrainedness / 5.2.6：
Minimal Distortion Mirroring / 5.2.7：
Conclusions / 5.3：
Covering and Assignment / 6：
Radar Surveillance Covering / 6.1：
Experimental Results under Varied Problem Size / 6.1.1：
Course Assignment / 6.2：
A Related Application: Reviewer Assignment / 6.2.1：
Capacitated Production Planning / 6.3：
Capacitated Lot- Sizing / 7.1：
Mixed Integer Programming Formulation / 7.2：
Lagrangean Relaxation Approach / 7.3.1：
Restricting the Problem / 7.3.2：
Comparison of Results / 7.4：
Lower Bounds / 7.4.2：
Extensions / 7.5：
Current Limitations / 8.1：
An Alternative Scoring Scheme / 8.2：
Future Research / 8.3：
A Complete AMPL Model for ACC97/98 / 8.4：
References
Index
Introduction / 1：
Integer Optimization and Heuristics / 1.1：
Integer Local Search / 1.2：
45.
図書
Jean-Claude Derniame, Badara Ali Kaba, David Wastell (eds.)
目次情報:
続きを見る
The Software Process: Modelling and Technology / 1：
Introduction / 1.1：
The Perspective of this Book / 1.2：
Processes and Process Models / 1.3：
A Simple Example: Software Change / 1.4：
Process Modelling / 1.5：
Basic Elements / 1.5.1：
Process Model Levels / 1.5.2：
Process Model Views / 1.5.3：
Process-sensitive Software Engineering Environments / 1.6：
Meta-Process / 1.7：
Conclusion / 1.8：
Software Process - Standards, Assessments and Improvement / 2：
Standard Processes / 2.1：
ISO 9000-3 / 2.2.1：
PSS-05 / 2.2.2：
ISO-12207 / 2.2.3：
Assessment Methods / 2.3：
The Capability Maturity Model / 2.3.1：
Bootstrap / 2.3.2：
SPICE / 2.3.3：
Summary / 2.3.4：
Improvement Methods / 2.4：
Quality Improvement Paradigm / 2.4.1：
The Personal Software Process / 2.4.2：
Total Quality Management / 2.4.3：
Standards and Software Process Technology / 2.5：
Process Modelling Languages / 3：
Requirements on Process Modelling Languages / 3.1：
Process Elements / 3.2.1：
PML Requirements and Meta-process Phases / 3.2.2：
Possible PML Technologies from Other Languages/Domains / 3.3：
Project Management / 3.3.1：
Formal Specification Languages / 3.3.2：
Informal Design Notations / 3.3.3：
Programming Languages / 3.3.4：
Database Languages / 3.3.5：
CASE Tools and Tool Integration Mechanisms / 3.3.6：
WorkFlow and Groupware / 3.3.7：
The PML Design Dilemma: One or Many PMLs? / 3.3.8：
Process Modelling Languages in the Promoter Context / 3.4：
The Survey Method / 3.4.1：
EPOS SPELL / 3.4.2：
SOCCA / 3.4.3：
Merlin / 3.4.4：
OIKOS / 3.4.5：
ALF / 3.4.6：
ADELE-TEMPO / 3.4.7：
SPADE / 3.4.8：
PEACE+ / 3.4.9：
E3 / 3.4.10：
PADM / 3.4.11：
Discussion / 3.4.12：
Other PMLs / 3.5：
APPL/A / 3.5.1：
MARVEL / 3.5.2：
Process Weaver / 3.5.3：
Possible Groups of PMLs and PSEEs / 3.6：
Overview / 3.7：
Meta-Process and Quality Improvement / 4.1.2：
Existing Meta-Processes / 4.1.3：
Requirements for a Meta-Process / 4.2：
A Model of the Meta-Process / 4.3：
Control and Problem Solving / 4.3.1：
Consistency Management / 4.3.3：
Task Decomposition / 4.3.4：
Method Specialisation / 4.3.5：
Remarks on the Model / 4.3.6：
PROMOTER Reference Model (PRM) / 4.4：
Model Structure / 4.4.1：
Validation of the PRM with Respect to Requirements / 4.4.2：
Empirical Justification of PRM / 4.6：
The Customisation of PRM as QIP / 4.6.1：
The Customisation of PRM as PRISM / 4.6.3：
The Customisation of PRM as "Process Life-cycle" / 4.6.4：
Experience from Empirical Justification / 4.6.5：
Validation with respect to CMM / 4.7：
Task Decomposition View / 4.7.1：
Method Specialisation View / 4.7.4：
Validation of PRM with respect to Implementation / 4.8：
Process Wise Integrator / 4.8.1：
The Model / 4.8.3：
The Scenario / 4.8.4：
Requirements / 4.9：
Managing the Process Improvement Process / 4.9.2：
Looking at other Meta-Processes / 4.9.3：
Why Use a PRM? / 4.9.4：
The Way Forward / 4.9.5：
Architectural Views and Alternatives / 5：
Basic Components / 5.1：
A Reference Model for Architectures in PSEEs / 5.1.1：
Dialog Management / 5.1.2：
Process Management / 5.1.3：
Workspace Management / 5.1.4：
Repository Management / 5.1.5：
Communication Management / 5.1.6：
Tools / 5.1.7：
Architectures for Distributed PSEEs / 5.2：
Determinant Requirements on Architectures for Distributed PSEEs / 5.2.1：
Architectural Alternatives for Distributed PSEEs / 5.2.2：
Example Architecture: The Distributed PSEE Merlin / 5.3：
Instance View on the Merlin Architecture / 5.3.1：
Type View on the Merlin Architecture / 5.3.2：
Cooperation Control in PSEE / 6：
Objective / 6.1：
An Illustrative Example / 6.1.2：
Organisation of the Chapter / 6.1.3：
Moving from Traditional to Advanced Applications / 6.2：
ACID Properties / 6.2.1：
From ACID to Non-ACID / 6.2.2：
From Flat to Nested / 6.2.3：
From Closed to Open / 6.2.4：
Hierarchical versus Layered / 6.2.5：
Homogeneous versus Heterogeneous / 6.2.6：
From Transient to Persistent / 6.2.7：
Available Advanced Transaction Models / 6.2.8：
Summary and Analysis / 6.2.9：
Impact of Cooperation Control on the Architecture of PSEE / 6.3：
Impact of the Repository on Consistency Maintenance / 6.3.1：
Workspaces: an Abstract Level to Support Flexibility / 6.3.2：
Predefined Synchronisation Strategies Layer / 6.3.3：
The Knowledge Management Layer / 6.3.4：
The Interface Layer / 6.3.5：
Current Work / 6.4：
The COO System / 6.4.1：
The MERLIN System / 6.4.2：
The ADELE System / 6.4.3：
The SPADE System / 6.4.4：
Other Facets of Cooperation / 6.4.5：
The Human Dimension of the Software Process / 6.5：
Three Organisational Contexts of Software Development / 7.1：
In-house Development in "ACME Stores": the Fetish of Methodology / 7.2.1：
Case B: Implementing Quality Management in a Software House (Columbine) / 7.2.2：
Case C: User Involvement in the Development of a Medical Workstation / 7.2.3：
General Remarks on the Cases / 7.2.4：
The Social Dynamics of the Software Process / 7.3：
MIS Research on the Software Process / 7.3.1：
The Contribution of Software Psychology / 7.3.2：
Process Modelling and Enactment: Some Practical Experiences / 7.3.3：
The Human Role in the Software Process: Dowson's framework / 7.4：
Dowson's Framework / 7.4.1：
User Interaction / 7.4.2：
User Interaction, Learning and the Meta-Process / 7.4.3：
Interpersonal Interaction / 7.4.4：
A Human-Centred Approach to Software Process Support / 7.5：
The Need for an "Ecological Approach" in Software Process Research / 7.5.1：
Synergy with Computer Supported Cooperative Work / 7.5.2：
The Limits of the Process Enactment Paradigm / 7.5.3：
The Software Process is a Learning Process / 7.5.4：
Software Process: Key Issues and Future Directions / 7.6：
Summary of Key Issues / 8.1：
The Meta-Process / 8.2.1：
PSEE Architecture / 8.2.3：
Cooperation Control / 8.2.4：
Social Aspects / 8.2.5：
Wider Applications / 8.3：
Future Trends / 8.4：
Evolution of Software Development Practice / 8.4.1：
Technology Evolution / 8.4.2：
Application Domain Evolution / 8.4.3：
Appendix
Lifecycle (Sub) Process Demonstration Scenario (ISPW 9) / A：
Background / A.1：
Problem Reporting and Change Process / A.2：
Sub-scenarios / A.4：
Annotated Bibliography on PSEE/PML / B：
PMLs / B.1：
Japanese and American PSEEs / B.1.1：
European PSEEs / B.1.2：
Case Study Demonstrating the Wider Applicability of the PSEE Paradigm / C：
Informal Formulation of the Example / C.1：
A Preliminary Discussion of the Example / C.3：
A First Level of Process Modelling / C.4：
A Top-Down LCPS Model for the Example Process / C.5：
Discussion of the Example Process Models / C.6：
Assessment Framework for PSEEs / C.7：
Product / D.1：
Activity / D.2：
Workspace / D.3：
Cooperation / D.4：
Process and Meta-process Support / D.5：
Process Tracking and Time Constraints / D.6：
Human and Social Aspects: Costs and Benefits / D.7：
Glossary
References
Index
The Software Process: Modelling and Technology / 1：
Introduction / 1.1：
The Perspective of this Book / 1.2：
46.
ＥＢ
Jean-Claude Derniame, Jean Claude Derniame, Badara Ali Kaba, David Wastell, Badara A. Kaba
出版情報:
SpringerLink Books - AutoHoldings , Springer Berlin Heidelberg, 1999
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
The Software Process: Modelling and Technology / 1：
Introduction / 1.1：
The Perspective of this Book / 1.2：
Processes and Process Models / 1.3：
A Simple Example: Software Change / 1.4：
Process Modelling / 1.5：
Basic Elements / 1.5.1：
Process Model Levels / 1.5.2：
Process Model Views / 1.5.3：
Process-sensitive Software Engineering Environments / 1.6：
Meta-Process / 1.7：
Conclusion / 1.8：
Software Process - Standards, Assessments and Improvement / 2：
Standard Processes / 2.1：
ISO 9000-3 / 2.2.1：
PSS-05 / 2.2.2：
ISO-12207 / 2.2.3：
Assessment Methods / 2.3：
The Capability Maturity Model / 2.3.1：
Bootstrap / 2.3.2：
SPICE / 2.3.3：
Summary / 2.3.4：
Improvement Methods / 2.4：
Quality Improvement Paradigm / 2.4.1：
The Personal Software Process / 2.4.2：
Total Quality Management / 2.4.3：
Standards and Software Process Technology / 2.5：
Process Modelling Languages / 3：
Requirements on Process Modelling Languages / 3.1：
Process Elements / 3.2.1：
PML Requirements and Meta-process Phases / 3.2.2：
Possible PML Technologies from Other Languages/Domains / 3.3：
Project Management / 3.3.1：
Formal Specification Languages / 3.3.2：
Informal Design Notations / 3.3.3：
Programming Languages / 3.3.4：
Database Languages / 3.3.5：
CASE Tools and Tool Integration Mechanisms / 3.3.6：
WorkFlow and Groupware / 3.3.7：
The PML Design Dilemma: One or Many PMLs? / 3.3.8：
Process Modelling Languages in the Promoter Context / 3.4：
The Survey Method / 3.4.1：
EPOS SPELL / 3.4.2：
SOCCA / 3.4.3：
Merlin / 3.4.4：
OIKOS / 3.4.5：
ALF / 3.4.6：
ADELE-TEMPO / 3.4.7：
SPADE / 3.4.8：
PEACE+ / 3.4.9：
E3 / 3.4.10：
PADM / 3.4.11：
Discussion / 3.4.12：
Other PMLs / 3.5：
APPL/A / 3.5.1：
MARVEL / 3.5.2：
Process Weaver / 3.5.3：
Possible Groups of PMLs and PSEEs / 3.6：
Overview / 3.7：
Meta-Process and Quality Improvement / 4.1.2：
Existing Meta-Processes / 4.1.3：
Requirements for a Meta-Process / 4.2：
A Model of the Meta-Process / 4.3：
Control and Problem Solving / 4.3.1：
Consistency Management / 4.3.3：
Task Decomposition / 4.3.4：
Method Specialisation / 4.3.5：
Remarks on the Model / 4.3.6：
PROMOTER Reference Model (PRM) / 4.4：
Model Structure / 4.4.1：
Validation of the PRM with Respect to Requirements / 4.4.2：
Empirical Justification of PRM / 4.6：
The Customisation of PRM as QIP / 4.6.1：
The Customisation of PRM as PRISM / 4.6.3：
The Customisation of PRM as "Process Life-cycle" / 4.6.4：
Experience from Empirical Justification / 4.6.5：
Validation with respect to CMM / 4.7：
Task Decomposition View / 4.7.1：
Method Specialisation View / 4.7.4：
Validation of PRM with respect to Implementation / 4.8：
Process Wise Integrator / 4.8.1：
The Model / 4.8.3：
The Scenario / 4.8.4：
Requirements / 4.9：
Managing the Process Improvement Process / 4.9.2：
Looking at other Meta-Processes / 4.9.3：
Why Use a PRM? / 4.9.4：
The Way Forward / 4.9.5：
Architectural Views and Alternatives / 5：
Basic Components / 5.1：
A Reference Model for Architectures in PSEEs / 5.1.1：
Dialog Management / 5.1.2：
Process Management / 5.1.3：
Workspace Management / 5.1.4：
Repository Management / 5.1.5：
Communication Management / 5.1.6：
Tools / 5.1.7：
Architectures for Distributed PSEEs / 5.2：
Determinant Requirements on Architectures for Distributed PSEEs / 5.2.1：
Architectural Alternatives for Distributed PSEEs / 5.2.2：
Example Architecture: The Distributed PSEE Merlin / 5.3：
Instance View on the Merlin Architecture / 5.3.1：
Type View on the Merlin Architecture / 5.3.2：
Cooperation Control in PSEE / 6：
Objective / 6.1：
An Illustrative Example / 6.1.2：
Organisation of the Chapter / 6.1.3：
Moving from Traditional to Advanced Applications / 6.2：
ACID Properties / 6.2.1：
From ACID to Non-ACID / 6.2.2：
From Flat to Nested / 6.2.3：
From Closed to Open / 6.2.4：
Hierarchical versus Layered / 6.2.5：
Homogeneous versus Heterogeneous / 6.2.6：
From Transient to Persistent / 6.2.7：
Available Advanced Transaction Models / 6.2.8：
Summary and Analysis / 6.2.9：
Impact of Cooperation Control on the Architecture of PSEE / 6.3：
Impact of the Repository on Consistency Maintenance / 6.3.1：
Workspaces: an Abstract Level to Support Flexibility / 6.3.2：
Predefined Synchronisation Strategies Layer / 6.3.3：
The Knowledge Management Layer / 6.3.4：
The Interface Layer / 6.3.5：
Current Work / 6.4：
The COO System / 6.4.1：
The MERLIN System / 6.4.2：
The ADELE System / 6.4.3：
The SPADE System / 6.4.4：
Other Facets of Cooperation / 6.4.5：
The Human Dimension of the Software Process / 6.5：
Three Organisational Contexts of Software Development / 7.1：
In-house Development in "ACME Stores": the Fetish of Methodology / 7.2.1：
Case B: Implementing Quality Management in a Software House (Columbine) / 7.2.2：
Case C: User Involvement in the Development of a Medical Workstation / 7.2.3：
General Remarks on the Cases / 7.2.4：
The Social Dynamics of the Software Process / 7.3：
MIS Research on the Software Process / 7.3.1：
The Contribution of Software Psychology / 7.3.2：
Process Modelling and Enactment: Some Practical Experiences / 7.3.3：
The Human Role in the Software Process: Dowson's framework / 7.4：
Dowson's Framework / 7.4.1：
User Interaction / 7.4.2：
User Interaction, Learning and the Meta-Process / 7.4.3：
Interpersonal Interaction / 7.4.4：
A Human-Centred Approach to Software Process Support / 7.5：
The Need for an "Ecological Approach" in Software Process Research / 7.5.1：
Synergy with Computer Supported Cooperative Work / 7.5.2：
The Limits of the Process Enactment Paradigm / 7.5.3：
The Software Process is a Learning Process / 7.5.4：
Software Process: Key Issues and Future Directions / 7.6：
Summary of Key Issues / 8.1：
The Meta-Process / 8.2.1：
PSEE Architecture / 8.2.3：
Cooperation Control / 8.2.4：
Social Aspects / 8.2.5：
Wider Applications / 8.3：
Future Trends / 8.4：
Evolution of Software Development Practice / 8.4.1：
Technology Evolution / 8.4.2：
Application Domain Evolution / 8.4.3：
Appendix
Lifecycle (Sub) Process Demonstration Scenario (ISPW 9) / A：
Background / A.1：
Problem Reporting and Change Process / A.2：
Sub-scenarios / A.4：
Annotated Bibliography on PSEE/PML / B：
PMLs / B.1：
Japanese and American PSEEs / B.1.1：
European PSEEs / B.1.2：
Case Study Demonstrating the Wider Applicability of the PSEE Paradigm / C：
Informal Formulation of the Example / C.1：
A Preliminary Discussion of the Example / C.3：
A First Level of Process Modelling / C.4：
A Top-Down LCPS Model for the Example Process / C.5：
Discussion of the Example Process Models / C.6：
Assessment Framework for PSEEs / C.7：
Product / D.1：
Activity / D.2：
Workspace / D.3：
Cooperation / D.4：
Process and Meta-process Support / D.5：
Process Tracking and Time Constraints / D.6：
Human and Social Aspects: Costs and Benefits / D.7：
Glossary
References
Index
The Software Process: Modelling and Technology / 1：
Introduction / 1.1：
The Perspective of this Book / 1.2：
47.
図書
Victor W. Guillemin, Shlomo Sternberg
出版情報:
Berlin : Springer, 1999 xxiii, 228 p. ; 25 cm
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Introduction
Equivariant Cohomology in Topology / 1：
Equivariant Cohomology via Classifying Bundles / 1.1：
Existence of Classifying Spaces / 1.2：
Bibliographical Notes for Chapter 1 / 1.3：
G* Modules / 2：
Differential-Geometric Identities / 2.1：
The Language of Superalgebra / 2.2：
From Geometry to Algebra / 2.3：
Cohomology / 2.3.1：
Acyclicity / 2.3.2：
Chain Homotopies / 2.3.3：
Free Actions and the Condition (C) / 2.3.4：
The Basic Subcomplex / 2.3.5：
Equivariant Cohomology of G* Algebras / 2.4：
The Equivariant de Rham Theorem / 2.5：
Bibliographical Notes for Chapter 2 / 2.6：
The Weil Algebra / 3：
The Koszul Complex / 3.1：
Classifying Maps / 3.2：
W* Modules / 3.4：
Bibliographical Notes for Chapter 3 / 3.5：
The Weil Model and the Cartan Model / 4：
The Mathai-Quillen Isomorphism / 4.1：
The Cartan Model / 4.2：
Equivariant Cohomology of W* Modules / 4.3：
H ((A ⊗ E)bas ) does not depend on E / 4.4：
The Characteristic Homomorphism / 4.5：
Commuting Actions / 4.6：
The Equivariant Cohomology of Homogeneous Spaces / 4.7：
Exact Sequences / 4.8：
Bibliographical Notes for Chapter 4 / 4.9：
Cartan's Formula / 5：
The Cartan Model for W* Modules / 5.1：
Bibliographical Notes for Chapter 5 / 5.2：
Spectral Sequences / 6：
Spectral Sequences of Double Complexes / 6.1：
The First Term / 6.2：
The Long Exact Sequence / 6.3：
Useful Facts for Doing Computations / 6.4：
Functorial Behavior / 6.4.1：
Gaps / 6.4.2：
Switching Rows and Columns / 6.4.3：
The Cartan Model as a Double Complex
HG (A) as an S(g*)G -Module
Morphisms of G* Modules
Restricting the Group
Bibliographical Notes for Chapter 6 / 6.5：
Fermionic Integration / 7：
Definition and Elementary Properties / 7.1：
Integration by Parts / 7.1.1：
Change of Variables / 7.1.2：
Gaussian Integrals / 7.1.3：
Iterated Integrals / 7.1.4：
The Fourier Transform / 7.1.5：
The Mathai-Quillen Construction
The Fourier Transform of the Koszul Complex / 7.2：
Bibliographical Notes for Chapter 7 / 7.3：
Characteristic Classes / 8：
Vector Bundles / 8.1：
The Invariants / 8.2：
G = U(n) / 8.2.1：
G = O(n) / 8.2.2：
G = SO(2n) / 8.2.3：
Relations Between the Invariants / 8.3：
Restriction from U(n) to O(n) / 8.3.1：
Restriction from SO(2n) to U(n) / 8.3.2：
Restriction from U(n) to U(k) × U(ℓ) / 8.3.3：
Symplectic Vector Bundles / 8.4：
Consistent Complex Structures / 8.4.1：
Characteristic Classes of Symplectic Vector Bundles / 8.4.2：
Equivariant Characteristic Classes / 8.5：
Equivariant Chern classes / 8.5.1：
Equivariant Characteristic Classes of a Vector Bundle Over a Point / 8.5.2：
Equivariant Characteristic Classes as Fixed Point Data / 8.5.3：
The Splitting Principle in Topology
Bibliographical Notes for Chapter 8
Equivariant Symplectic Forms / 9：
Equivariantly Closed Two-Forms / 9.1：
The Case M = G / 9.2：
Equivariantly Closed Two-Forms on Homogeneous Spaces / 9.3：
The Compact Case / 9.4：
Minimal Coupling / 9.5：
Symplectic Reduction / 9.6：
The Duistermaat-Heckman Theorem / 9.7：
The Cohomology Ring of Reduced Spaces / 9.8：
Flag Manifolds / 9.8.1：
Delzant Spaces / 9.8.2：
Reduction: The Linear Case / 9.8.3：
Equivariant Duistermaat-Heckman
Group Valued Moment Maps
The Canonical Equivariant Closed Three-Form on G / 9.10.1：
The Exponential Map / 9.10.2：
G-Valued Moment Maps on Hamiltonian G-Manifolds / 9.10.3：
Conjugacy Classes / 9.10.4：
Bibliographical Notes for Chapter 9 / 9.11：
The Thom Class and Localization / 10：
Fiber Integration of Equivariant Forms / 10.1：
The Equivariant Normal Bundle / 10.2：
Modifying ν / 10.3：
Verifying that τ is a Thom Form / 10.4：
The Thom Class and the Euler Class / 10.5：
The Fiber Integral on Cohomology / 10.6：
Push-Forward in General / 10.7：
Localization / 10.8：
The Localization for Torus Actions / 10.9：
Bibliographical Notes for Chapter 10 / 10.10：
The Abstract Localization Theorem / 11：
Relative Equivariant de Rham Theory / 11.1：
Mayer-Vietoris / 11.2：
S(g*) Modules / 11.3：
The Chang-Skjelbred Theorem / 11.4：
Some Consequences of Equivariant Formality / 11.6：
Two Dimensional G-Manifolds / 11.7：
A Theorem of Goresky-Kottwitz-Mac Pherson / 11.8：
Bibliographical Notes for Chapter 11 / 11.9：
Appendix
Notions d'algèbre différentielle; application aux groupes de Lie et aux variétés où opère un groupe de Lie / Henri Cartan
La transgression dans un groupe de Lie et dans un espace fibré principal
Bibliography
Index
Introduction
Equivariant Cohomology in Topology / 1：
Equivariant Cohomology via Classifying Bundles / 1.1：
48.
図書
Jan Willers Amtrup
目次情報:
続きを見る
Overview
Introduction / 1：
Incremental Natural Language Processing / 1.1：
Incremental Speech Understanding / 1.2：
Incremental Architectures and the Architecture of MILC / 1.3：
Summary / 1.4：
Graph Theory and Natural Language Processing / 2：
General Definitions / 2.1：
The Use of Word Graphs for Natural Language Processing Systems / 2.2：
Evaluation of Word Graphs: Size and Quality Measures / 2.3：
Evaluation of Word Graphs: Quality Measures / 2.4：
Further Operations on Word Graphs / 2.5：
Removing Isolated Silence / 2.5.1：
Removing Consecutive Silence / 2.5.2：
Removing All Silence Edges / 2.5.3：
Merging Mutually Unreachable Vertices / 2.5.4：
Hypergraphs / 2.6：
Formal Definition of Hypergraphs / 2.6.1：
Merging of Hyperedges / 2.6.2：
Combination of Hyperedges / 2.6.3：
Search in Graphs / 2.7：
Unification-Based Formalisms for Translation in Natural Language Processing / 2.8：
Unification-Based Formalisms for Natural Language Processing / 3.1：
Definition of Typed Feature Structures with Appropriateness / 3.1.1：
Type Lattices / 3.1.2：
Feature Structures / 3.1.3：
Functions as Values of Features / 3.1.4：
Unification-Based Machine Translation / 3.2：
Architecture and Implementation of the Formalism / 3.3：
Definition and Implementation of Type Lattices / 3.3.1：
Definition and Implementation of Feature Structures / 3.3.2：
MILC: Structure and Implementation / 3.4：
Layered Charts / 4.1：
Communication Within the Application / 4.2：
Communication Architecture of an Application / 4.2.1：
Channel Models / 4.2.2：
Information Service and Synchronization / 4.2.3：
Termination / 4.2.4：
Overview of the Architecture of MILC / 4.3：
Word Recognition / 4.4：
Idiom Processing / 4.5：
Parsing / 4.6：
Derivation of Verbal Complexes / 4.6.1：
Spontaneous Speech and Word Recognition / 4.6.2：
Structure and Processing Strategies / 4.6.3：
Utterance Integration / 4.7：
Transfer / 4.8：
Chart-Based Transfer / 4.8.1：
The Implementation of Transfer for MILC / 4.8.2：
Generation / 4.9：
Visualization / 4.10：
Extensions / 4.11：
Extension of the Architecture / 4.11.1：
Anytime Translation / 4.11.2：
System Size / 4.12：
Experiments and Results / 4.13：
Translation / 5.1：
Data Material / 5.2.1：
Linguistic Knowledge Sources / 5.2.2：
Experiments and System Parameters / 5.2.3：
Evaluation / 5.2.4：
Comparison With Non-incremental Methods / 5.2.5：
Conclusion and Outlook / 5.4：
Bibliography
Glossary
Index
Overview
Introduction / 1：
Incremental Natural Language Processing / 1.1：
49.
図書
edited by S.M. Rao
目次情報:
続きを見る
Preface
Acknowledgments
Contributors
Introduction / Miller1.：
An Initial Exploration of Time Domain Phenomena / 1.1：
The Infinite-Length Wire Antenna / 1.1.1：
The Finite-Length Wire Antenna / 1.1.2：
The Finite-Length Wire Scatterer / 1.1.3：
Late-Time Radiation from an Impulsively Excited Perfect Conductor / 1.1.4：
Some Special Capabilities of Time Domain Models / 1.1.5：
Modeling Chocies in CEM / 1.2：
Why Model in the Time Domain? / 1.2.1：
Evolution of Time Domain Modeling / 1.2.2：
Some General References / 1.2.3：
General Aspects of Time Domain Modeling / 1.3：
Model Development / 1.3.1：
Explicit vs Implicit Solution / 1.3.2：
Excitation Requirements / 1.3.3：
TD Solution / 1.3.4：
Time Domain Integral Equation Modeling / 1.4：
Some Representative TDIEs / 1.4.1：
A Prototype TDIE Model / 1.4.2：
Alternate Forms for a TDIE Solution / 1.4.3：
Excitation of a TDIE Model / 1.4.4：
Physical Implication of a TDIE Explicit Model / 1.4.5：
A Near-Neighbor TD Approximation / 1.4.6：
Time Domain Differential Equation Modeling / 1.5：
Space-Time Sampling of TDDE / 1.5.1：
Some Spatial-Mesh Alternatives / 1.5.2：
Mesh Closure Conditions / 1.5.3：
Handling Small Features in DE Models / 1.5.4：
Obtaining Far Fields from DE Models / 1.5.5：
Variations of TDDE Models / 1.5.6：
Comparison of TDDE and TDIE Models / 1.5.7：
Specific Issues Related to Time Domain Modeling / 1.6：
Increasing the Stability of the Time-Stepping Solution / 1.6.1：
Exploiting EM Singularities / 1.6.2：
Signal Processing as a Part of TD Modeling / 1.6.3：
Total-Field and Scattered-Field Formulations / 1.6.4：
Handling Frequency Dispersion and Loading in TD Models / 1.6.5：
Handling Medium and Component Nonlinearities or Time Variations in TD Models / 1.6.6：
Hybrid TD Models / 1.6.7：
The Concept of Pseudo-Time in Iterative FD Solutions / 1.6.8：
Exploiting Symmetries in TD Modeling / 1.6.9：
Concluding Remarks / 1.7：
Bibliography
Wire Structures: TDIE Solution / Rao ; Sarkar2.：
Basic Analysis / 2.1：
Analysis of a Straight Wire / 2.2：
Method of Moments Solution / 2.2.1：
Conjugate Gradient Method Solution / 2.2.2：
Numerical Example / 2.2.3：
Analysis of an Arbitrary Wire / 2.3：
Moment Method Solution / 2.3.1：
Conjugate Gradient Method / 2.3.2：
Numerical Examples / 2.3.3：
Implicit Solution Scheme / 2.4：
Application to Arbitrary Wire / 2.4.1：
Numerical Implementation / 2.4.2：
Analysis of Multiple Wires and Wire Junctions / 2.4.3：
Infinite Conducting Cylinders: TDIE Solution / Vechinski2.6：
Integral Equation Formulation / 3.1：
Discretization Scheme / 3.2：
TM Incidence: EFIE Formulation / 3.3：
Explicit Solution Procedure / 3.3.1：
Implicit Solution Procedure / 3.3.2：
TE Incidence: EFIE Formulation / 3.3.3：
TE Incidence: HFIE Formulation / 3.4.1：
Finite Conducting Bodies: TDIE Solution / 3.5.1：
Numerical Solution Scheme / 4.1：
Explicit Numerical Method / 4.2.1：
Implicit Numerical Method / 4.2.2：
Efficiency Considerations / 4.2.3：
Far-Scattered Fields / 4.2.4：
Near-Scattered Fields / 4.3.1：
Extrapolation of Time Domain Response / 4.5：
Matrix Pencil Method / 4.5.1：
Total Least Squares Matrix Pencil / 4.5.2：
Dielectric Bodies: TDIE Solution / 4.5.3：
Two-Dimensional Cylinders / 5.1：
Numerical Solution Procedure / 5.2.1：
Three-Dimensional Bodies / 5.2.2：
Finite-Difference Time Domain Method / Umashankar5.3.1：
Introduction to FDTD / 6.1：
Pulse Propagation in a Lossy, Inhomogeneous, Layered Medium / 6.2：
Propagation of Half-Sine Pulse / 6.2.1：
Remote Sensing of Inhomogeneous, Lossy, Layered Media / 6.3：
Profile Inversion Results / 6.3.1：
Key Elements of FDTD Modeling Theory / 6.4：
FDTD Formulation for Two-Dimensional Closed-Region Problems / 6.5：
FDTD Formulation for TM and TE Cases / 6.5.1：
Hollow Rectangular Waveguide / 6.5.2：
Dielectric Slab-Loaded Rectangular Waveguide / 6.5.3：
Shielded Microstrip Lines / 6.5.4：
FDTD Formulation for Two-Dimensional Open-Region Problems / 6.6：
Absorbing Radiation Boundary Condition / 6.6.1：
Second-Order Radiation Boundary Condition / 6.6.2：
Plane Wave Source Condition / 6.7：
Near- to Far-Field Transformation / 6.8：
FDTD Modeling of Curved Surfaces / 6.9：
Perfectly Conducting Object: The TE Case / 6.9.1：
Perfectly Conducting Object: The TM Case / 6.9.2：
Homogeneous Dielectric Object: The TE Case / 6.9.3：
FDTD Formulation for Three-Dimensional Closed-Region Problems / 6.10：
Three-Dimensional Full-Wave Analysis / 6.10.1：
Compact Two-Dimensional FDTD Algorithm / 6.10.2：
Evaluation of Dispersion Characteristics / 6.10.3：
FDTD Formulation for Three-Dimensional Open-Region Problems / 6.11：
Three-Dimensional Plane Wave Source Condition / 6.11.1：
Near- to Far-Field Transformation for the Three-Dimensional Case / 6.12：
RCS of a Flat-Plate Scatterer / 6.12.1：
Computer Resources and Modeling Implications / 6.13：
Transmission Line Modeling Method / Gothard ; German6.14：
The Two-Dimensional TLM / 7.1：
Time Domain Wave Equation / 7.1.1：
Time Domain Transmission Line Equation / 7.1.2：
Equating Maxwell's and the Circuit Equations / 7.1.3：
General Scattering Matrix Theory / 7.1.4：
Applying Scattering Theory to the Free-Space Shunt T-Line / 7.1.5：
Modeling Inhomogeneous Lossy Media / 7.1.6：
Excitation of the TLM Mesh and Metallic Boundaries / 7.1.7：
TLM Mesh Truncation Conditions / 7.1.8：
Discretization of the TLM Spatial Grid / 7.1.9：
TLM Output / 7.1.10：
The Series Node and Duality / 7.1.11：
Outline of the Algorithm for Two-Dimensional TLM Code / 7.1.12：
Three-Dimensional TLM / 7.2：
Special Features in TLM / 7.3：
Frequency-Dependent Material / 7.3.1：
Alternative Meshing Schemes / 7.3.2：
Antenna Array / 7.4：
Electromagnetic Scattering / 7.4.2：
Finite-Element Time Domain Method / Roy ; Salazar-Palma ; Djordjevic7.5：
Incident Field / 8.1：
Transverse Magnetic Case / 8.2：
Formulation / 8.2.1：
Finite-Element Procedure / 8.2.2：
Time-Stepping Procedure / 8.2.3：
Numerical Results / 8.2.4：
Transverse Electric Case / 8.3：
Finite-Volume Time Domain Method / Bonnet ; Ferrieres ; Michielsen ; Klotz ; Roumiguieres8.3.1：
Maxwell's Equations as a Hyperbolic Conservative System / 9.1：
The Conservative Form of Maxwell's Equations / 9.1.1：
Characteristics and Wavefront Propagation / 9.1.2：
An Elementary Form of the Finite-Volume Method / 9.1.3：
Finite-Volume Discretization of Maxwell's Equations / 9.2：
Spatial Discretizations / 9.2.1：
Temporal Discretization / 9.2.2：
Consistency and Stability / 9.2.3：
Hybridization of the FVTD Method with Other Models and Methods / 9.3：
Thin-Wire Models in the FVTD Method / 9.3.1：
Hybridization of the FVTD and the FDTD Methods / 9.3.2：
Another Approach of the Finite-Volume Approach / 9.3.3：
Dielectric Structures / 9.4：
Thin Screens with Finite Conductivity / 9.4.2：
Thin Wires / 9.4.3：
Index / 9.5：
Preface
Acknowledgments
Contributors
50.
図書
Hermann Hellwagner, Alexander Reinefeld (eds.)
目次情報:
続きを見る
SCI and Competitive Interconnects for Cluster Computing / Part I：
The SCI Standard and Applications of SCI / Hermann Hellwagner1：
Introduction / 1.1：
SCI Overview / 1.2：
Background / 1.2.1：
Goals / 1.2.2：
Concepts / 1.2.3：
Discussion / 1.2.4：
The SCI Standard and Some Extensions / 1.3：
Logical Layer / 1.3.1：
Cache Coherence Layer / 1.3.2：
Extensions / 1.3.3：
Applications of SCI / 1.4：
System Area Network for Clusters / 1.4.1：
Memory Interconnect for Cache-Coherent Multiprocessors / 1.4.2：
I/O Subsystem Interconnect / 1.4.3：
Large-Scale Data Acquisition System / 1.4.4：
Related Communication Networks and Concepts / 1.5：
Concluding Remarks / 1.6：
A Comparison of Three Gigabit Technologies: SCI, Myrinet and SGI/Cray T3D / Christian Kurmann ; Thomas Stricker2：
Levels of Comparison / 2.1：
Direct Deposit / 2.2.1：
Message Passing (MPI/PVM) / 2.2.2：
Protocol Emulation (TCP/IP) / 2.2.3：
Gigabit Network Technologies / 2.3：
The Intel 80686 Hardware Platform / 2.3.1：
Myricom Myrinet Technology / 2.3.2：
Dolphin PCI-SCI Technology / 2.3.3：
The SGI/Cray T3D - A Reference Point / 2.3.4：
ATM: QoS - But Still Short of a Gigabit/s / 2.3.5：
Gigabit Ethernet - An Outlook / 2.3.6：
Transfer Modes / 2.4：
Overview / 2.4.1：
"Native" and "Alternate" Transfer Modes in the Three Architectures / 2.4.2：
Performance Evaluation / 2.5：
Performance of Local Memory Copy / 2.5.1：
Performance of Direct Transfers to Remote Memory / 2.5.2：
Performance of MPI/PVM Transfers / 2.5.3：
Performance of TCP/IP Transfers / 2.5.4：
Discussion and Comparison / 2.5.5：
Summary / 2.6：
SCI Hardware / Part II：
Dolphin SCI Adapter Cards / Marius Christian Liaaen ; Hugo Kohmann3：
Overview of the Adapter Cards / 3.1：
Operating Modes of the SCI Cards / 3.3：
SCI Requester / 3.4：
Address Mapping / 3.4.1：
SCI Transaction Handling / 3.4.2：
SCI Packet Requester / 3.4.3：
SCI Responder / 3.5：
Mailbox / 3.5.1：
Access Protection / 3.5.2：
Atomic Access / 3.5.3：
Host Bridge Capabilities / 3.5.4：
DMA Transfers / 3.6：
DMA Transfers on the SBus Card / 3.6.1：
DMA Transfers on the PCI Card / 3.6.2：
Interrupter / 3.7：
Concurrency Issues / 3.8：
Write Assembly / 3.8.1：
Efficient Store Barrier / 3.8.2：
Performance / 3.9：
Applications and Topologies / 3.10：
SAN Interface Adapter / 3.10.1：
Remote I/O Connection and Data Acquisition / 3.10.2：
Switches and Topologies / 3.10.3：
Cluster Software / 3.11：
The TUM PCI/SCI Adapter / Georg Acher ; Wolfgang Karl ; Markus Leberecht4：
The PCI/SCI Adapter Architecture / 4.1：
SCI Packet Encoding and Decoding / 4.3：
Overview of Packet Processing / 4.3.1：
Choosing the Technology / 4.3.2：
Internal Structure of the FPGA / 4.3.3：
Structure of the Packet Manag er as a Microcode Sequencer / 4.3.4：
Microcode Examples / 4.3.5：
Benefits of the Micro Sequencer / 4.3.6：
The SCI Unit / 4.4：
Preliminary Results for the PCI/SCI Adapter / 4.5：
Related Work / 4.6：
Conclusion / 4.7：
Interconnection Networks with SCI / Part III：
Low-Level SCI Protocols and Their Application to Flexible Switches / Andreas C. Döring ; Wolfgang Obelöer ; Gunther Lustig ; Erik Maehle5：
Data Format of SCI Packets / 5.1：
Flow Control / 5.3：
Flow Control in Rings / 5.3.1：
Packet Sequence in SCI / 5.3.2：
Determination of State Transitions / 5.3.3：
Bandwidth Multiplexing / 5.4：
Bandwidth Management in One Ring / 5.4.1：
Idle Symbols / 5.4.2：
Time-Out Determination / 5.4.3：
Network Interface / 5.5：
Requirements / 5.5.1：
Products / 5.5.2：
Routers / 5.6：
Products and Challenges / 5.6.1：
Flexible Router / 5.6.3：
Strip-off Decision / 5.6.4：
Routing Decision and Topology / 5.6.5：
Rule-Based Routing / 5.7：
Conclusion and Outlook / 5.8：
SCI Rings, Switches, and Networks for Data Acquisition Systems / Harald Richter ; Richard Kleber ; Matthias Ohlenroth6：
SCI-based Data Acquisition Systems / 6.1：
SCINET Test Beds / 6.3：
Measurement Results / 6.4：
SCI Switches / 6.5：
Efficient Use of SCI Switches / 6.6：
Multistage SCI Networks / 6.7：
Simulation Results / 6.8：
Summary and Conclusions / 6.9：
Scalability of SCI Ringlets / Geir Horn7：
Do SCI Ringlets Scale in Number of Nodes? / 7.1：
Ringlet Bandwidth Model / 7.2：
Transaction Formats / 7.2.1：
Packet Generation / 7.2.2：
Address Distribution / 7.2.3：
Locality / 7.2.4：
Bypass Rate / 7.2.5：
Echo Packet Rate / 7.2.6：
Output Link Utilization Factor / 7.2.7：
Scalability Evaluation / 7.3：
Common Assumptions / 7.3.1：
Uniform Ringlet Traffic / 7.3.2：
Non-uniform Ringlet Traffic / 7.3.3：
Changing Packet Lengths / 7.3.4：
Affordable Scalability Using Multi-Cubes / HÃ¥kon Bugge ; Knut Omang7.4：
Interconnect Overview / 8.1：
Methodology / 8.3：
Analysis / 8.4：
"Hot-Link" Analysis / 8.4.1：
"Hot-B-Link" Analysis / 8.4.2：
Results / 8.5：
Conclusions / 8.6：
Device Driver Software and Low-Level APIs / Part IV：
Interfacing SCI Device Drivers to Linux / Roger Butenuth ; Hans-Ulrich Heiss9：
Layers of Functionality / 9.1：
Address Spaces / 9.2.1：
Levels of Hardware Abstraction / 9.2.2：
Resource Management / 9.2.3：
Virtual Mapping / 9.2.4：
Robustness / 9.2.5：
Why Linux? / 9.3：
Interfaces of the Driver / 9.4：
Hardware / 9.4.1：
Linux / 9.4.2：
User Processes / 9.4.3：
SCI Drivers on Other Nodes / 9.4.4：
SCI Physical Layer API / Volker Lindenstruth ; David B. Gustavson9.5：
Scope of the Standard / 10.1：
SCI Physical Layer API Architecture and Features / 10.2：
Exception Handling / 10.2.1：
Endianness / 10.2.2：
Supported Data Types / 10.3：
Miscellaneous Procedures / 10.4：
Address Translation Model / 10.5：
Global Object Identifier / 10.5.1：
SCI Global Address Resolution / 10.5.2：
Shared Memory Transactions / 10.6：
Packet Transactions / 10.7：
Block Transactions / 10.8：
Message Passing Transactions / 10.9：
Cache Transactions / 10.10：
Message Passing Libraries / 10.11：
SCI Sockets Library / Josef Weidendorfer11：
Rationale / 11.1：
Features and Design / 11.1.2：
Features / 11.2.1：
Components / 11.2.2：
Communication via the SSLib / 11.2.3：
Connection Setup / 11.2.4：
Handling Special System Calls / 11.2.5：
Other Calls Intercepted and Handled by the SSLib / 11.2.6：
Out of Band Data / 11.2.7：
Implementation Aspects / 11.3：
Communication Among Components / 11.3.1：
SSLib Layers / 11.3.2：
Choice of Most Efficient Communication Mechanism / 11.3.3：
SSLib Implementations / 11.3.4：
Control Transfers / 11.3.5：
Functional Tests and Performance / 11.4：
TCP/IP over SCI under Linux / Hüseyin Taskin11.5：
SCIP Structure / 12.1：
Packet Driver Interface / 12.2.1：
Hardware Address Resolution / 12.2.2：
Other Implementation Issues / 12.2.3：
Configuration / 12.3：
Latency / 12.3.2：
Throughput / 12.3.3：
PVM for SCI Clusters / Markus Fischer ; Alexander Reinefeld12.4：
Parallel Virtual Machine / 13.1：
PVM Implementations / 13.2.1：
Models for Zero-Memory-Copy Data Transfer / 13.2.2：
SCI Communication Model / 13.3：
PVM-SCI / 13.4：
System Architecture / 13.4.1：
Supporting Multiple Interconnects / 13.4.2：
Reducing Memory Copies / 13.4.3：
Ring Buffer Management / 13.4.4：
Performance Results / 13.4.5：
ScaMPI - Design and Implementation / L.P. Huse ; K. Omang ; H. Bugge ; H. Ry ; A.T. Haugsdal ; E. Rustad13.5：
Scali Systems / 14.1：
The SCI Memory Model / 14.3：
Coordinating Use of Shared Locations / 14.3.1：
Ensuring Safe Data Transport in SCI - Checkpointing / 14.3.2：
Shared Address Space Programming without the Drawbacks / 14.3.3：
ScaMPI Design Goals / 14.4：
ScaMPI Implementation / 14.5：
Fault Tolerance / 14.5.1：
User Friendliness / 14.5.2：
Third Party Software / 14.5.3：
Barrier / 14.6：
All-to-All Communication / 14.6.2：
Shared Memory Programming Models and Runtime Mechanisms / 14.7：
Shared Memory vs Message Passing on SCI: A CaseStudy Using Split-C / Max Ibel ; Michael Schmitt ; Klaus Schauser ; Anurag Acharya15：
Introduction to Split-C / 15.1：
Introduction to Active Messages / 15.1.2：
Message-Passing Implementation / 15.2：
Active Messages on Top of SCI / 15.2.1：
Split-C on Top of Active Messages / 15.2.2：
Shared Memory Implementation / 15.3：
Split-C on Top of SCI / 15.3.1：
Experimental Evaluation / 15.4：
Micro-benchmarks / 15.4.1：
SCI and Competitive Interconnects for Cluster Computing / Part I：
The SCI Standard and Applications of SCI / Hermann Hellwagner1：
Introduction / 1.1：
51.
ＥＢ
Hermann Hellwagner, Hermann Hellwagner, Alexander Reinefeld
出版情報:
SpringerLink Books - AutoHoldings , Springer Berlin Heidelberg, 1999
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
SCI and Competitive Interconnects for Cluster Computing / Part I：
The SCI Standard and Applications of SCI / Hermann Hellwagner1：
Introduction / 1.1：
SCI Overview / 1.2：
Background / 1.2.1：
Goals / 1.2.2：
Concepts / 1.2.3：
Discussion / 1.2.4：
The SCI Standard and Some Extensions / 1.3：
Logical Layer / 1.3.1：
Cache Coherence Layer / 1.3.2：
Extensions / 1.3.3：
Applications of SCI / 1.4：
System Area Network for Clusters / 1.4.1：
Memory Interconnect for Cache-Coherent Multiprocessors / 1.4.2：
I/O Subsystem Interconnect / 1.4.3：
Large-Scale Data Acquisition System / 1.4.4：
Related Communication Networks and Concepts / 1.5：
Concluding Remarks / 1.6：
A Comparison of Three Gigabit Technologies: SCI, Myrinet and SGI/Cray T3D / Christian Kurmann ; Thomas Stricker2：
Levels of Comparison / 2.1：
Direct Deposit / 2.2.1：
Message Passing (MPI/PVM) / 2.2.2：
Protocol Emulation (TCP/IP) / 2.2.3：
Gigabit Network Technologies / 2.3：
The Intel 80686 Hardware Platform / 2.3.1：
Myricom Myrinet Technology / 2.3.2：
Dolphin PCI-SCI Technology / 2.3.3：
The SGI/Cray T3D - A Reference Point / 2.3.4：
ATM: QoS - But Still Short of a Gigabit/s / 2.3.5：
Gigabit Ethernet - An Outlook / 2.3.6：
Transfer Modes / 2.4：
Overview / 2.4.1：
"Native" and "Alternate" Transfer Modes in the Three Architectures / 2.4.2：
Performance Evaluation / 2.5：
Performance of Local Memory Copy / 2.5.1：
Performance of Direct Transfers to Remote Memory / 2.5.2：
Performance of MPI/PVM Transfers / 2.5.3：
Performance of TCP/IP Transfers / 2.5.4：
Discussion and Comparison / 2.5.5：
Summary / 2.6：
SCI Hardware / Part II：
Dolphin SCI Adapter Cards / Marius Christian Liaaen ; Hugo Kohmann3：
Overview of the Adapter Cards / 3.1：
Operating Modes of the SCI Cards / 3.3：
SCI Requester / 3.4：
Address Mapping / 3.4.1：
SCI Transaction Handling / 3.4.2：
SCI Packet Requester / 3.4.3：
SCI Responder / 3.5：
Mailbox / 3.5.1：
Access Protection / 3.5.2：
Atomic Access / 3.5.3：
Host Bridge Capabilities / 3.5.4：
DMA Transfers / 3.6：
DMA Transfers on the SBus Card / 3.6.1：
DMA Transfers on the PCI Card / 3.6.2：
Interrupter / 3.7：
Concurrency Issues / 3.8：
Write Assembly / 3.8.1：
Efficient Store Barrier / 3.8.2：
Performance / 3.9：
Applications and Topologies / 3.10：
SAN Interface Adapter / 3.10.1：
Remote I/O Connection and Data Acquisition / 3.10.2：
Switches and Topologies / 3.10.3：
Cluster Software / 3.11：
The TUM PCI/SCI Adapter / Georg Acher ; Wolfgang Karl ; Markus Leberecht4：
The PCI/SCI Adapter Architecture / 4.1：
SCI Packet Encoding and Decoding / 4.3：
Overview of Packet Processing / 4.3.1：
Choosing the Technology / 4.3.2：
Internal Structure of the FPGA / 4.3.3：
Structure of the Packet Manag er as a Microcode Sequencer / 4.3.4：
Microcode Examples / 4.3.5：
Benefits of the Micro Sequencer / 4.3.6：
The SCI Unit / 4.4：
Preliminary Results for the PCI/SCI Adapter / 4.5：
Related Work / 4.6：
Conclusion / 4.7：
Interconnection Networks with SCI / Part III：
Low-Level SCI Protocols and Their Application to Flexible Switches / Andreas C. Döring ; Wolfgang Obelöer ; Gunther Lustig ; Erik Maehle5：
Data Format of SCI Packets / 5.1：
Flow Control / 5.3：
Flow Control in Rings / 5.3.1：
Packet Sequence in SCI / 5.3.2：
Determination of State Transitions / 5.3.3：
Bandwidth Multiplexing / 5.4：
Bandwidth Management in One Ring / 5.4.1：
Idle Symbols / 5.4.2：
Time-Out Determination / 5.4.3：
Network Interface / 5.5：
Requirements / 5.5.1：
Products / 5.5.2：
Routers / 5.6：
Products and Challenges / 5.6.1：
Flexible Router / 5.6.3：
Strip-off Decision / 5.6.4：
Routing Decision and Topology / 5.6.5：
Rule-Based Routing / 5.7：
Conclusion and Outlook / 5.8：
SCI Rings, Switches, and Networks for Data Acquisition Systems / Harald Richter ; Richard Kleber ; Matthias Ohlenroth6：
SCI-based Data Acquisition Systems / 6.1：
SCINET Test Beds / 6.3：
Measurement Results / 6.4：
SCI Switches / 6.5：
Efficient Use of SCI Switches / 6.6：
Multistage SCI Networks / 6.7：
Simulation Results / 6.8：
Summary and Conclusions / 6.9：
Scalability of SCI Ringlets / Geir Horn7：
Do SCI Ringlets Scale in Number of Nodes? / 7.1：
Ringlet Bandwidth Model / 7.2：
Transaction Formats / 7.2.1：
Packet Generation / 7.2.2：
Address Distribution / 7.2.3：
Locality / 7.2.4：
Bypass Rate / 7.2.5：
Echo Packet Rate / 7.2.6：
Output Link Utilization Factor / 7.2.7：
Scalability Evaluation / 7.3：
Common Assumptions / 7.3.1：
Uniform Ringlet Traffic / 7.3.2：
Non-uniform Ringlet Traffic / 7.3.3：
Changing Packet Lengths / 7.3.4：
Affordable Scalability Using Multi-Cubes / HÃ¥kon Bugge ; Knut Omang7.4：
Interconnect Overview / 8.1：
Methodology / 8.3：
Analysis / 8.4：
"Hot-Link" Analysis / 8.4.1：
"Hot-B-Link" Analysis / 8.4.2：
Results / 8.5：
Conclusions / 8.6：
Device Driver Software and Low-Level APIs / Part IV：
Interfacing SCI Device Drivers to Linux / Roger Butenuth ; Hans-Ulrich Heiss9：
Layers of Functionality / 9.1：
Address Spaces / 9.2.1：
Levels of Hardware Abstraction / 9.2.2：
Resource Management / 9.2.3：
Virtual Mapping / 9.2.4：
Robustness / 9.2.5：
Why Linux? / 9.3：
Interfaces of the Driver / 9.4：
Hardware / 9.4.1：
Linux / 9.4.2：
User Processes / 9.4.3：
SCI Drivers on Other Nodes / 9.4.4：
SCI Physical Layer API / Volker Lindenstruth ; David B. Gustavson9.5：
Scope of the Standard / 10.1：
SCI Physical Layer API Architecture and Features / 10.2：
Exception Handling / 10.2.1：
Endianness / 10.2.2：
Supported Data Types / 10.3：
Miscellaneous Procedures / 10.4：
Address Translation Model / 10.5：
Global Object Identifier / 10.5.1：
SCI Global Address Resolution / 10.5.2：
Shared Memory Transactions / 10.6：
Packet Transactions / 10.7：
Block Transactions / 10.8：
Message Passing Transactions / 10.9：
Cache Transactions / 10.10：
Message Passing Libraries / 10.11：
SCI Sockets Library / Josef Weidendorfer11：
Rationale / 11.1：
Features and Design / 11.1.2：
Features / 11.2.1：
Components / 11.2.2：
Communication via the SSLib / 11.2.3：
Connection Setup / 11.2.4：
Handling Special System Calls / 11.2.5：
Other Calls Intercepted and Handled by the SSLib / 11.2.6：
Out of Band Data / 11.2.7：
Implementation Aspects / 11.3：
Communication Among Components / 11.3.1：
SSLib Layers / 11.3.2：
Choice of Most Efficient Communication Mechanism / 11.3.3：
SSLib Implementations / 11.3.4：
Control Transfers / 11.3.5：
Functional Tests and Performance / 11.4：
TCP/IP over SCI under Linux / Hüseyin Taskin11.5：
SCIP Structure / 12.1：
Packet Driver Interface / 12.2.1：
Hardware Address Resolution / 12.2.2：
Other Implementation Issues / 12.2.3：
Configuration / 12.3：
Latency / 12.3.2：
Throughput / 12.3.3：
PVM for SCI Clusters / Markus Fischer ; Alexander Reinefeld12.4：
Parallel Virtual Machine / 13.1：
PVM Implementations / 13.2.1：
Models for Zero-Memory-Copy Data Transfer / 13.2.2：
SCI Communication Model / 13.3：
PVM-SCI / 13.4：
System Architecture / 13.4.1：
Supporting Multiple Interconnects / 13.4.2：
Reducing Memory Copies / 13.4.3：
Ring Buffer Management / 13.4.4：
Performance Results / 13.4.5：
ScaMPI - Design and Implementation / L.P. Huse ; K. Omang ; H. Bugge ; H. Ry ; A.T. Haugsdal ; E. Rustad13.5：
Scali Systems / 14.1：
The SCI Memory Model / 14.3：
Coordinating Use of Shared Locations / 14.3.1：
Ensuring Safe Data Transport in SCI - Checkpointing / 14.3.2：
Shared Address Space Programming without the Drawbacks / 14.3.3：
ScaMPI Design Goals / 14.4：
ScaMPI Implementation / 14.5：
Fault Tolerance / 14.5.1：
User Friendliness / 14.5.2：
Third Party Software / 14.5.3：
Barrier / 14.6：
All-to-All Communication / 14.6.2：
Shared Memory Programming Models and Runtime Mechanisms / 14.7：
Shared Memory vs Message Passing on SCI: A CaseStudy Using Split-C / Max Ibel ; Michael Schmitt ; Klaus Schauser ; Anurag Acharya15：
Introduction to Split-C / 15.1：
Introduction to Active Messages / 15.1.2：
Message-Passing Implementation / 15.2：
Active Messages on Top of SCI / 15.2.1：
Split-C on Top of Active Messages / 15.2.2：
Shared Memory Implementation / 15.3：
Split-C on Top of SCI / 15.3.1：
Experimental Evaluation / 15.4：
Micro-benchmarks / 15.4.1：
SCI and Competitive Interconnects for Cluster Computing / Part I：
The SCI Standard and Applications of SCI / Hermann Hellwagner1：
Introduction / 1.1：
52.
ＥＢ
出版情報:
IEEE Electronic Library (IEL) Conference Proceedings , IEEE, 1999
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
53.
図書
Andrew W. Lo, A. Craig MacKinlay
出版情報:
Princeton, N.J. : Princeton University Press, c1999 xxiii, 424 p. ; 24 cm
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
List of Figures
List of Tables
Preface
Introduction / 1：
The Random Walk and Efficient Markets / 1.1：
The Current State of Efficient Markets / 1.2：
Practical Implications / 1.3：
Stock Market Prices Do Not Follow Random Walks: Evidence from a Simple Specification Test / Part I：
The Specification Test / 2.1：
Homoskedastic Increments / 2.1.1：
Heteroskedastic Increments / 2.1.2：
The Random Walk Hypothesis for Weekly Returns / 2.2：
Results for Market Indexes / 2.2.1：
Results for Size-Based Portfolios / 2.2.2：
Results for Individual Securities / 2.2.3：
Spurious Autocorrelation Induced by Nontrading / 2.3：
The Mean-Reverting Alternative to the Random Walk / 2.4：
Conclusion / 2.5：
Proof of Theorems / Appendix A2：
The Size and Power of the Variance Ratio Test in Finite Samples: A Monte Carlo Investigation / 3：
The Variance Ratio Test / 3.1：
The IID Gaussian Null Hypothesis / 3.2.1：
The Heteroskedastic Null Hypothesis / 3.2.2：
Variance Ratios and Autocorrelations / 3.2.3：
Properties of the Test Statistic under the Null Hypotheses / 3.3：
The Gaussian IID Null Hypothesis / 3.3.1：
A Heteroskedastic Null Hypothesis / 3.3.2：
Power / 3.4：
The Variance Ratio Test for Large q / 3.4.1：
Power against a Stationary AR(1) Alternative / 3.4.2：
Two Unit Root Alternatives to the Random Walk / 3.4.3：
An Econometric Analysis of Nonsynchronous Trading / 3.5：
A Model of Nonsynchronous Trading / 4.1：
Implications for Individual Returns / 4.2.1：
Implications for Portfolio Returns / 4.2.2：
Time Aggregation / 4.3：
An Empirical Analysis of Nontrading / 4.4：
Daily Nontrading Probabilities Implicit in Autocorrelations / 4.4.1：
Nontrading and Index Autocorrelations / 4.4.2：
Extensions and Generalizations / 4.5：
Proof of Propositions / Appendix A4：
When Are Contrarian Profits Due to Stock Market Overreaction? / 5：
A Summary of Recent Findings / 5.1：
Analysis of Contrarian Profitability / 5.3：
The Independently and Identically Distributed Benchmark / 5.3.1：
Stock Market Overreaction and Fads / 5.3.2：
Trading on White Noise and Lead-Lag Relations / 5.3.3：
Lead-Lag Effects and Nonsynchronous Trading / 5.3.4：
A Positively Dependent Common Factor and the Bid-Ask Spread / 5.3.5：
An Empirical Appraisal of Overreaction / 5.4：
Long Horizons Versus Short Horizons / 5.5：
Long-Term Memory in Stock Market Prices / 5.6：
Long-Range Versus Short-Range Dependence / 6.1：
The Null Hypothesis / 6.2.1：
Long-Range Dependent Alternatives / 6.2.2：
The Rescaled Range Statistic / 6.3：
The Modified R/S Statistic / 6.3.1：
The Asymptotic Distribution of Q[subscript n] / 6.3.2：
The Relation Between Q[subscript n] and Q[subscript n] / 6.3.3：
The Behavior of Q[subscript n] Under Long Memory Alternatives / 6.3.4：
R/S Analysis for Stock Market Returns / 6.4：
The Evidence for Weekly and Monthly Returns / 6.4.1：
Size and Power / 6.5：
The Size of the R/S Test / 6.5.1：
Power Against Fractionally-Differenced Alternatives / 6.5.2：
Multifactor Models Do Not Explain Deviations from the CAPM / 6.6：
Linear Pricing Models, Mean-Variance Analysis, and the Optimal Orthogonal Portfolio / 7.1：
Squared Sharpe Measures / 7.3：
Implications for Risk-Based Versus Nonrisk-Based Alternatives / 7.4：
Zero Intercept F-Test / 7.4.1：
Testing Approach / 7.4.2：
Estimation Approach / 7.4.3：
Asymptotic Arbitrage in Finite Economies / 7.5：
Data-Snooping Biases in Tests of Financial Asset Pricing Models / 7.6：
Quantifying Data-Snooping Biases With Induced Order Statistics / 8.1：
Asymptotic Properties of Induced Order Statistics / 8.1.1：
Biases of Tests Based on Individual Securities / 8.1.2：
Biases of Tests Based on Portfolios of Securities / 8.1.3：
Interpreting Data-Snooping Bias as Power / 8.1.4：
Monte Carlo Results / 8.2：
Simulation Results for [theta subscript p] / 8.2.1：
Effects of Induced Ordering on F-Tests / 8.2.2：
F-Tests With Cross-Sectional Dependence / 8.2.3：
Two Empirical Examples / 8.3：
Sorting By Beta / 8.3.1：
Sorting By Size / 8.3.2：
How the Data Get Snooped / 8.4：
Maximizing Predictability in the Stock and Bond Markets / 8.5：
Motivation / 9.1：
Predicting Factors vs. Predicting Returns / 9.2.1：
Numerical Illustration / 9.2.2：
Empirical Illustration / 9.2.3：
Maximizing Predictability / 9.3：
Maximally Predictable Portfolio / 9.3.1：
Example: One-Factor Model / 9.3.2：
An Empirical Implementation / 9.4：
The Conditional Factors / 9.4.1：
Estimating the Conditional-Factor Model / 9.4.2：
The Maximally Predictable Portfolios / 9.4.3：
Statistical Inference for the Maximal R[subscript 2] / 9.5：
Monte Carlo Analysis / 9.5.1：
Three Out-of-Sample Measures of Predictability / 9.6：
Naive vs. Conditional Forecasts / 9.6.1：
Merton's Measure of Market Timing / 9.6.2：
The Profitability of Predictability / 9.6.3：
An Ordered Probit Analysis of Transaction Stock Prices / 9.7：
The Ordered Probit Model / 10.1：
Other Models of Discreteness / 10.2.1：
The Likelihood Function / 10.2.2：
The Data / 10.3：
Sample Statistics / 10.3.1：
The Empirical Specification / 10.4：
The Maximum Likelihood Estimates / 10.5：
Diagnostics / 10.5.1：
Endogeneity of [Delta]t[subscript k] and IBS[subscript k] / 10.5.2：
Applications / 10.6：
Order-Flow Dependence / 10.6.1：
Measuring Price Impact Per Unit Volume of Trade / 10.6.2：
Does Discreteness Matter? / 10.6.3：
A Larger Sample / 10.7：
Index-Futures Arbitrage and the Behavior of Stock Index Futures Prices / 10.8：
Arbitrage Strategies and the Behavior of Stock Index Futures Prices / 11.1：
Forward Contracts on Stock Indexes (No Transaction Costs) / 11.1.1：
The Impact of Transaction Costs / 11.1.2：
Empirical Evidence / 11.2：
Data / 11.2.1：
Behavior of Futures and Index Series / 11.2.2：
The Behavior of the Mispricing Series / 11.2.3：
Path Dependence of Mispricing / 11.2.4：
Order Imbalances and Stock Price Movements on October 19 and 20, 1987 / 11.3：
Some Preliminaries / 12.1：
The Source of the Data / 12.1.1：
The Published Standard and Poor's Index / 12.1.2：
The Constructed Indexes / 12.2：
Buying and Selling Pressure / 12.3：
A Measure of Order Imbalance / 12.3.1：
Time-Series Results / 12.3.2：
Cross-Sectional Results / 12.3.3：
Return Reversals / 12.3.4：
Appendix A12 / 12.4：
Index Levels / A12.1：
Fifteen-Minute Index Returns / A12.2：
References
Index
List of Figures
List of Tables
Preface
54.
図書
Adrian Pagan, Aman Ullah
出版情報:
Cambridge, England ; New York : Cambridge University Press, 1999 xviii, 424 p. ; 24 cm
シリーズ名:
Themes in modern econometrics
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Preface
Introduction / 1：
Methods of Density Estimation / 2：
Nonparametric Density Estimation / 2.1：
A "Local" Histogram Approach / 2.2.1：
A Formal Derivation of andfirac;[subscript 1] (x) / 2.2.2：
Rosenblatt-Parzen Kernel Estimator / 2.2.3：
The Nearest Neighborhood Estimator / 2.2.4：
Variable Window-Width Estimators / 2.2.5：
Series Estimators / 2.2.6：
Penalized Likelihood Estimators / 2.2.7：
The Local Log-Likelihood Estimators / 2.2.8：
Summary / 2.2.9：
Estimation of Derivatives of a Density / 2.3：
Finite-Sample Properties of the Kernel Estimator / 2.4：
The Exact Bias and Variance of the Estimator andfirac; / 2.4.1：
Approximations to the Bias and Variance and Choices of h and K / 2.4.2：
Reduction of Bias / 2.4.3：
Asymptotic Properties of the Kernel Density Estimator andfirac; with Independent Observations / 2.5：
Asymptotic Unbiasedness / 2.5.1：
Consistency / 2.5.2：
Asymptotic Normality / 2.5.3：
Small-Sample Confidence Intervals / 2.5.4：
Sampling Properties of the Kernel Density Estimator with Dependent Observations / 2.6：
Unbiasedness / 2.6.1：
Bibliographical Summary (Approximate and Asymptotic Results) / 2.6.2：
Choices of Window Width and Kernel: Further Discussion / 2.7：
Choice of h / 2.7.1：
Choice of Higher Order Kernels / 2.7.2：
Choice of h for Density Derivatives / 2.7.3：
Multivariate Density Estimation / 2.8：
Testing Hypotheses about Densities / 2.9：
Comparison with a Known Density Function / 2.9.1：
Testing for Symmetry / 2.9.2：
Comparison of Unknown Densities / 2.9.3：
Testing for Independence / 2.9.4：
Examples / 2.10：
Density of Stock Market Returns / 2.10.1：
Estimating the Dickey-Fuller Density / 2.10.2：
Conditional Moment Estimation / 3：
Estimating Conditional Moments by Kernel Methods / 3.1：
Parametric Estimation / 3.2.1：
Nonparametric Estimation: A "Local" Regression Approach / 3.2.2：
Kernel-Based Estimation: A Formal Derivation / 3.2.3：
A General Nonparametric Estimator of m(x) / 3.2.4：
Unifying Nonparametric Estimators / 3.2.5：
Estimation of Higher Order Conditional Moments / 3.2.6：
Finite-Sample Properties / 3.3：
Approximate Results: Stochastic x / 3.3.1：
The Local Linear Regression Estimator / 3.3.2：
Combining Parametric and Nonparametric Estimators / 3.3.3：
Asymptotic Properties / 3.4：
Asymptotic Properties of the Kernel Estimator with Independent Observations / 3.4.1：
Asymptotic Properties of the Kernel Estimator with Dependent Observations / 3.4.2：
Bibliographical Summary (Asymptotic Results) / 3.5：
Implementing the Kernel Estimator / 3.6：
Choice of Window Width / 3.6.1：
Robust Nonparametric Estimation of Moments / 3.7：
Estimating Conditional Moments by Series Methods / 3.8：
Asymptotic Properties of Series Estimators with Independent Observations / 3.9：
Asymptotic Properties of Series Estimators with Dependent Observations / 3.10：
Implementing the Estimator / 3.11：
Imposing Structure on the Conditional Moments / 3.12：
Generalized Additive Models / 3.12.1：
Projection Pursuit Regression / 3.12.2：
Neural Networks / 3.12.3：
Measuring the Affinity of Parametric and Nonparametric Models / 3.13：
A Model of Strike Duration / 3.14：
Earnings-Age Profiles / 3.14.2：
Review of Applied Work on Nonparametric Regression / 3.14.3：
Nonparametric Estimation of Derivatives / 4：
The Model and Partial Derivative Formulae / 4.1：
Estimation / 4.3：
Estimation of Partial Derivatives by Kernel Methods / 4.3.1：
Estimation of Partial Derivatives by Series Methods / 4.3.2：
Estimation of Average Derivatives / 4.3.3：
Local Linear Derivative Estimators / 4.3.4：
Pointwise Versus Average Derivatives / 4.3.5：
Restricted Estimation and Hypothesis Testing / 4.4：
Imposing Linear Equality Restriction on Partial Derivatives / 4.4.1：
Imposing Linear Inequality Restrictions / 4.4.2：
Hypothesis Testing / 4.4.3：
Asymptotic Properties of Partial Derivative Estimators / 4.5：
Asymptotic Properties of Kernel-Based Estimators / 4.5.1：
Series-Based Estimators / 4.5.2：
Higher Order Derivatives / 4.5.3：
Local Linear Estimators / 4.5.4：
Asymptotic Properties of Kernel-Based Average Derivative Estimators / 4.6：
Implementing the Derivative Estimators / 4.7：
Illustrative Examples / 4.8：
A Monte Carlo Experiment with a Production Function / 4.8.1：
Earnings-Age Relationship / 4.8.2：
Review of Applied Work / 4.8.3：
Semiparametric Estimation of Single-Equation Models / 5：
Semiparametric Estimation of the Linear Part of a Regression Model / 5.1：
General Results / 5.2.1：
Diagnostic Tests after Nonparametric Regression / 5.2.2：
Semiparametric Estimation of Some Macro Models / 5.2.3：
The Asymptotic Covariance Matrix of SP Estimators without Asymptotic Independence / 5.2.4：
Efficient Estimation of Semiparametric Models in the Presence of Heteroskedasticity of Unknown Form / 5.3：
Conditions for Adaptive Estimation / 5.4：
Efficient Estimation of Regression Parameters with Unknown Error Density / 5.5：
Efficient Estimation by Likelihood Approximation / 5.5.1：
Efficient Estimation by Kernel-Based Score Approximation / 5.5.2：
Efficient Estimation by Moment-Based Score Approximation / 5.5.3：
Estimation of Scale Parameters / 5.6：
Optimal Diagnostic Tests in Linear Models / 5.7：
Adaptive Estimation with Dependent Observations / 5.8：
M-Estimators / 5.9：
Diagnostic Tests with M-Estimators / 5.9.1：
Sequential M-Estimators / 5.9.3：
The Semiparametric Efficiency Bound for Moment-Based Estimators / 5.10：
Approximating the SP Efficiency Bound by a Conditional Moment Estimator / 5.10.1：
Applications / 5.11：
Semiparametric Estimation of a Heteroskedastic Model / 5.11.1：
Adaptive Estimation of a Model of House Prices / 5.11.2：
Review of Other Applications / 5.11.3：
Semiparametric and Nonparametric Estimation of Simultaneous Equation Models / 6：
Single-Equation Estimators / 6.1：
Rilstone's Semiparametric Two-Stage Least Squares Estimator / 6.2.1：
Systems Estimation / 6.3：
A Parametric Estimator / 6.3.1：
The SP3SLS Estimator / 6.3.2：
Newey's Estimator / 6.3.3：
Newey's Efficient Distribution-Free Estimators / 6.3.4：
Nonparametric Estimation / 6.4：
Identification / 6.5.1：
Nonparametric Two-Stage Least Squares (2SLS) Estimation / 6.5.2：
Semiparametric Estimation of Discrete Choice Models / 7：
Parametric Estimation of Binary Discrete Choice Models / 7.1：
Semiparametric Efficiency Bounds for Binary Discrete Choice Models / 7.3：
Semiparametric Estimation of Binary Discrete Choice Models / 7.4：
Ichimura's Estimator / 7.4.1：
Klein and Spady's Estimator / 7.4.2：
The SNP Maximum Likelihood Estimator / 7.4.3：
Local Maximum Likelihood Estimation / 7.4.4：
Alternative Consistent SP Estimators / 7.5：
Manski's Maximum Score Estimator / 7.5.1：
Horowitz's Smoothed Maximum Score Estimator / 7.5.2：
Han's Maximum Rank Correlation Estimator / 7.5.3：
Cosslett's Approximate MLE / 7.5.4：
An Iterative Least Squares Estimator / 7.5.5：
Derivative-Based Estimators / 7.5.6：
Models with Discrete Explanatory Variables / 7.5.7：
Multinomial Discrete Choice Models / 7.6：
Some Specification Tests for Discrete Choice Models / 7.7：
Semiparametric Estimation of Selectivity Models / 7.8：
Some Parametric Estimators / 8.1：
Some Sequential Semiparametric Estimators / 8.3：
Cosslett's Dummy Variable Method / 8.3.1：
Powell's Kernel Estimator / 8.3.2：
Newey's Series Estimator / 8.3.3：
Newey's GMM Estimator / 8.3.4：
Maximum Likelihood-Type Estimators / 8.4：
Gallant and Nychka's Estimator / 8.4.1：
Estimation of the Intercept in Selection Models / 8.4.2：
Applications of the Estimators / 8.6：
Conclusions / 8.7：
Semiparametric Estimation of Censored Regression Models / 9：
Semiparametric Efficiency Bounds for the Censored Regression Model / 9.1：
The Kaplan-Meier Estimator of the Distribution Function of a Censored Random Variable / 9.4：
Semiparametric Density-Based Estimators / 9.5：
The Semiparametric Generalized Least Squares Estimator (SGLS) / 9.5.1：
Estimators Replacing Part of the Sample / 9.5.2：
Maximum Likelihood Type Estimators / 9.5.3：
Semiparametric Nondensity-Based Estimators / 9.6：
Powell's Censored Least Absolute Deviation (CLAD) Estimator / 9.6.1：
Powell's (1986a) Censored Quantile Estimators / 9.6.2：
Powell's Symmetrically Censored Least Squares Estimators / 9.6.3：
Newey's Efficient Estimator under Conditional Symmetry / 9.6.4：
Comparative Studies of the Estimators / 9.7：
Retrospect and Prospect / 10：
Statistical Methods / A：
Probability Concepts / A.1：
Random Variable and Distribution Function / A.1.1：
Conditional Distribution and Independence / A.1.2：
Borel Measurable Functions / A.1.3：
Inequalities Involving Expectations / A.1.4：
Characteristic Function (c.f.) / A.1.5：
Results on Convergence / A.2：
Weak and Strong Convergence of Random Variables / A.2.1：
Laws of Large Numbers / A.2.2：
Convergence of Distribution Functions / A.2.3：
Central Limit Theorems / A.2.4：
Further Results on the Law of Large Numbers and Convergence in Moments and Distributions / A.2.5：
Convergence in Moments / A.2.6：
Some Probability Inequalities / A.3：
Order of Magnitudes (Small o and Large O) / A.4：
Asymptotic Theory for Dependent Observations / A.5：
Ergodicity / A.5.1：
Mixing Sequences / A.5.2：
Near-Epoch Dependent Sequences / A.5.3：
Martingale Differences and Mixingales / A.5.4：
Rosenblatt's (1970) Measure of Dependence [beta][subscript n] / A.5.5：
Stochastic Equicontinuity / A.5.6：
References
Index
Preface
Introduction / 1：
Methods of Density Estimation / 2：
55.
図書
Xiaoyuan Tu
目次情報:
続きを見る
Introduction / 1：
Motivation / 1.1：
Challenges / 1.2：
Conventional Animation Techniques / 1.2.1：
Methodology: Artificial Life for Computer Animation / 1.3：
Criteria and Goals / 1.3.1：
Artificial Animals / 1.3.2：
From Physics to Realistic Locomotion / 1.3.3：
Realistic Perception / 1.3.4：
Realistic Behavior / 1.3.5：
Fidelity and Efficiency / 1.3.6：
Contributions and Results / 1.4：
Primary Contributions / 1.4.1：
Auxiliary Technical Contributions / 1.4.2：
Thesis Overview / 1.5：
Background / 2：
Physics-Based Modeling / 2.1：
Constraint-Based Approach / 2.1.1：
Motion Synthesis Approach / 2.1.2：
Behavioral Animation / 2.2：
Perception Modeling / 2.2.1：
Control of Behavior / 2.2.2：
The Modeling of Action Selection / 2.3：
Defining Action / 2.3.1：
Goals and Means / 2.3.2：
Previous Work / 2.3.3：
ITask Level Motion Planning
Summary / 2.4：
Functional Anatomy of an Artificial Fish / 3：
Motor System / 3.1：
Perception System / 3.2：
Behavior System / 3.3：
Biomechanical Fish Model and Locomotion / 4：
Discrete Physics-Based Models / 4.1：
Structure of the Dynamic Fish Model / 4.2：
Mechanics / 4.3：
Viscoelastic Units / 4.3.1：
Muscles and Hydrodynamics / 4.4：
Numerical Solution / 4.5：
System Matrix Assembling and the Skyline Storage Scheme / 4.5.1：
Algorithm Outline and Discussion / 4.5.2：
Motor Controllers / 4.6：
Muscle Motor Controllers / 4.6.1：
Pectoral Fin Motor Controllers / 4.6.2：
Modeling the Form and Appearance of Fishes / 5：
Constructing 3D Geometric Fish Models / 5.1：
Obtaining Texture Coordinates / 5.2：
Deformable Mesh / 5.2.1：
Texture-Mapped Models / 5.3：
Coupling the Dynamic and Display Models / 5.4：
Visualization of the Pectoral Motions / 5.5：
Perception Modeling for Animation / 6：
Overview of the Artificial Fish's Perception System / 6.2：
Vision Sensor Modeling / 6.3：
Perceptual Range / 6.3.1：
Occlusion / 6.3.2：
Functionality / 6.3.3：
Computing Visibility / 6.4：
Visibility of a Point / 6.4.1：
Visibility of Another Fish / 6.4.2：
Visibility of a Cylinder / 6.4.3：
Visibility of Seaweeds / 6.4.4：
Discussion / 6.4.5：
The Focusser / 6.5：
Focus of Attention in Animals / 6.5.1：
Design of the Focusser / 6.5.2：
From Perception to Behavior / 6.5.3：
An Example: Collision Detection / 6.6.1：
Synthetic Vision Models / 6.7：
The Behavior System / 7：
Effective Action Selection Mechanisms / 7.1：
Behavior Control and Ethology / 7.2：
The Intention Level / 7.2.1：
The Action Level / 7.2.2：
Habits / 7.2.3：
Mental State / 7.4：
Intention Generator / 7.5：
Why Hierarchy? / 7.5.1：
Intention-Guided Perception: Control of the Focusser / 7.6：
Persistence in Behavior / 7.7：
Behavior Memory / 7.7.1：
Inhibitory Gain and Fatigue / 7.7.2：
Persistence in Targeting / 7.7.3：
Behavior Routines / 7.8：
Primitive Behavior: Avoiding Potential Collisions / 7.8.1：
Primitive Behavior: Moving Target Pursuit / 7.8.2：
Artificial Fish Types / 7.9：
Predators / 7.9.1：
Prey / 7.9.2：
Pacifists / 7.9.3：
Analysis / 7.10：
Modeling the Marine Environment / 7.10.2：
Water Current / 8.1：
Seaweeds, Plankton and Air Bubbles / 8.2：
The Graphical User Interface / 9：
Initialization Panels / 9.1：
Manipulation Panels / 9.2：
Control Panels / 9.3：
Animation Results / 9.4：
"Go Fish!" / 10.1：
"The Undersea World of Jack Cousto" / 10.2：
Animation Short: Preying Behavior / 10.3：
Animation Short: Schooling Behavior / 10.4：
Animation Short: Mating Behavior / 10.5：
Conclusion and Future Work / 11：
Conclusion / 11.1：
Additional Impact in Animation and Artificial Life / 11.2：
Impact in Computer Vision and Robotics / 11.3：
Potential Applications in Ethology / 11.4：
Other Artificial Animals / 11.5：
Future Research Directions / 11.6：
Animation / 11.6.1：
Artificial Life / 11.6.2：
Epilogue / 12：
Deformable Contour Models / A：
Animating the Pectoral Flapping Motion / B：
Animating the Pectoral Oaring Motion / B.2：
Prior Action Selection Mechanisms / C：
Behavior Choice Network / C.1：
Free-Flow Hierarchy / C.2：
Color Images / D：
References
Index
Introduction / 1：
Motivation / 1.1：
Challenges / 1.2：
56.
図書
editors, J.L. Duggan [and] I.L. Morgan
57.
図書
editor, S. Q. Zheng
出版情報:
Anaheim, CA : IASTED/ACTA Press, c1999 2 v. (ix, 1079 p.) ; 28 cm
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
58.
図書
edited by Wolfgang Maass, Christopher M. Bishop
出版情報:
Cambridge, Mass. : MIT Press, c1999 xxix, 377 p. ; 26 cm
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Foreword
Neural Pulse Coding
Spike Timing
Population Codes
Hippocampal Place Field
Hardware Models
References
Preface
The Isaac Newton Institute
Overview of the Book
Acknowledgments
Contributors
Basic Concepts and Models / Part I：
Spiking Neurons / 1：
The Problem of Neural Coding / 1.1：
Motivation / 1.1.1：
Rate Codes / 1.1.2：
Rate as a Spike Count (Average over Time) / 1.1.2.1：
Rate as a Spike Density (Average over Several Runs) / 1.1.2.2：
Rate as Population Activity (Average over Several Neurons) / 1.1.2.3：
Candidate Pulse Codes / 1.1.3：
Time-to-First-Spike / 1.1.3.1：
Phase / 1.1.3.2：
Correlations and Synchrony / 1.1.3.3：
Stimulus Reconstruction and Reverse Correlation / 1.1.3.4：
Discussion: Spikes or Rates? / 1.1.4：
Neuron Models / 1.2：
Simple Spiking Neuron Model / 1.2.1：
First Steps towards Coding by Spikes / 1.2.2：
Threshold-Fire Models / 1.2.3：
Spike Response Model -- Further Details / 1.2.3.1：
Integrate-and-Fire Model / 1.2.3.2：
Models of Noise / 1.2.3.3：
Conductance-Based Models / 1.2.4：
Hodgkin-Huxley Model / 1.2.4.1：
Relation to the Spike Response Model / 1.2.4.2：
Compartmental Models / 1.2.4.3：
Rate Models / 1.2.5：
Conclusions / 1.3：
Computing with Spiking Neurons / 2：
Introduction / 2.1：
A Formal Computational Model for a Network of Spiking Neurons / 2.2：
McCulloch-Pitts Neurons versus Spiking Neurons / 2.3：
Computing with Temporal Patterns / 2.4：
Conincidence Detection / 2.4.1：
RBF-Units in the Temporal Domain / 2.4.2：
Computing a Weighted Sum in Temporal Coding / 2.4.3：
Universal Approximation of Continuous Functions with Spiking Neurons Remarks: / 2.4.4：
Other Computations with Temporal Patterns in Networks of Spiking Neurons / 2.4.5：
Computing with a Space-Rate Code / 2.5：
Computing with Firing Rates / 2.6：
Computing with Firing Rates and Temporal Correlations / 2.7：
Networks of Spiking Neurons for Storing and Retrieving Information / 2.8：
Computing on Spike Trains / 2.9：
Pulse-Based Computation in VLSI Neural Networks / 2.10：
Background / 3.1：
Pulsed Coding: A VLSI Perspective / 3.2：
Pulse Amplitude Modulation / 3.2.1：
Pulse Width Modulation / 3.2.2：
Pulse Frequency Modulation / 3.2.3：
Phase or Delay Modulation / 3.2.4：
Noise, Robustness, Accuracy and Speed / 3.2.5：
A MOSFET Introduction / 3.3：
Subthreshold Circuits for Neural Networks / 3.3.1：
Pulse Generation in VLSI / 3.4：
Pulse Intercommunication / 3.4.1：
Pulsed Arithmetic in VLSI / 3.5：
Addition of Pulse Stream Signals / 3.5.1：
Multiplication of Pulse Stream Signals / 3.5.2：
MOS Transconductance Multiplier / 3.5.3：
MOSFET Analog Multiplier / 3.5.4：
Learning in Pulsed Systems / 3.6：
Summary and Issues Raised / 3.7：
Encoding Information in Neuronal Activity / 4：
Synchronization and Oscillations / 4.1：
Temporal Binding / 4.3：
Phase Coding / 4.4：
Dynamic Range and Firing Rate Codes / 4.5：
Interspike Interval Variability / 4.6：
Synapses and Rate Coding / 4.7：
Summary and Implications / 4.8：
Implementations / Part II：
Building Silicon Nervous Systems with Dendritic Tree Neuromorphs / 5：
Why Spikes? / 5.1：
Dendritic Processing of Spikes / 5.1.2：
Tunability / 5.1.3：
Implementation in VLSI / 5.2：
Artificial Dendrites / 5.2.1：
Synapses / 5.2.2：
Dendritic Non-Linearities / 5.2.3：
Spike-Generating Soma / 5.2.4：
Excitability Control / 5.2.5：
Spike Distribution -- Virtual Wires / 5.2.6：
Neuromorphs in Action / 5.3：
Feedback to Threshold-Setting Synapses / 5.3.1：
Discrimination of Complex Spatio-Temporal Patterns / 5.3.2：
Processing of Temporally Encoded Information / 5.3.3：
A Pulse-Coded Communications Infrastructure for Neuromorphic Systems / 5.4：
Neuromorphic Computational Nodes / 6.1：
Neuromorphic aVLSI Neurons / 6.3：
Address Event Representation (AER) / 6.4：
Implementations of AER / 6.5：
Silicon Cortex / 6.6：
Basic Layout / 6.6.1：
Functional Tests of Silicon Cortex / 6.7：
An Example Neuronal Network / 6.7.1：
An Example of Sensory Input to SCX / 6.7.2：
Future Research on AER Neuromorphic Systems / 6.8：
Acknowledgements
Analog VLSI Pulsed Networks for Perceptive Processing / 7：
Analog Perceptive Nets Communication Requirements / 7.1：
Coding Information with Pulses / 7.2.1：
Multiplexing of the Signals Issued by Each Neuron / 7.2.2：
Non-Arbitered PFM Communication / 7.2.3：
Analysis of the NAPFM Communication Systems / 7.3：
Statistical Assumptions / 7.3.1：
Detection / 7.3.2：
Detection by Time-Windowing / 7.3.2.1：
Direct Interpulse Time Measurement / 7.3.2.2：
Performance / 7.3.3：
Data Dependency of System Performance / 7.3.3.1：
Discussion / 7.3.5：
Detection by Direct Interpulse Time Measurement / 7.3.5.1：
Address Coding / 7.4：
Silicon Retina Equipped with the NAPFM Communication System / 7.5：
Circuit Description / 7.5.1：
Noise Measurement Results / 7.5.2：
Projective Field Generation / 7.6：
Overview / 7.6.1：
Anisotropic Current Pulse Spreading in a Nonlinear Network / 7.6.2：
Analysis of the Spatial Response of the Nonlinear Network / 7.6.3：
Analysis of the Size and Shape of the Bubbles Generable by the Nonlinear Network / 7.6.4：
Description of the Integrated Circuit for Orientation Enhancement / 7.7：
System Measurement Results / 7.7.1：
Other Applications / 7.7.4：
Weighted Projective Field Generation / 7.7.4.1：
Complex Projective Field Generation / 7.7.4.2：
Display Interface / 7.8：
Conclusion / 7.9：
Preprocessing for Pulsed Neural VLSI Syste / 8：
A Sound Segmentation System / 8.1：
Signal Processing in Analog VLSI / 8.3：
Continuous Time Active Filters / 8.3.1：
Sampled Data Active Switched Capacitor (SC) Filters / 8.3.2：
Sampled Data Active Switched Current (SI) Filters / 8.3.3：
Palmo -- Pulse Based Signal Processing / 8.3.4：
Basic Palmo Concepts / 8.4.1：
The Palmo Signal Representation / 8.4.1.1：
The Analog Palmo Cell / 8.4.1.2：
A Palmo Signal Processing System / 8.4.1.3：
Sources of Harmonic Distortion in a Palmo System / 8.4.1.4：
A CMOS Analog Palmo Cell Implementation / 8.4.2：
The Analog Palmo Cell: Details of Circuit Operation / 8.4.2.1：
Interconnecting Analog Palmo Cells / 8.4.3：
Results from a Palmo VLSI Device / 8.4.4：
Digital Processing of Palmo Signals / 8.4.5：
CMOS Analog Palmo Cell: Performance / 8.4.6：
Further Work / 8.5：
Digital Simulation of Spiking Neural Networks / 8.7：
Implementation Issues of Pulse-Coded Neural Networks / 9.1：
Discrete-Time Simulation / 9.2.1：
Requisite Arithmetic Precision / 9.2.2：
Basic Procedures of Network Computation / 9.2.3：
Programming Environment / 9.3：
Concepts of Efficient Simulation / 9.4：
Mapping Neural Networks on Parallel Computers / 9.5：
Neuron-Parallelism / 9.5.1：
Synapse-Parallelism / 9.5.2：
Pattern-Parallelism / 9.5.3：
Partitioning of the Network / 9.5.4：
Performance Study / 9.6：
Single PE Workstations / 9.6.1：
Neurocomputer / 9.6.2：
Parallel Computers / 9.6.3：
Results of the Performance Study / 9.6.4：
Design and Analysis of Pulsed Neural Systems / 9.6.5：
Populations of Spiking Neurons / 10：
Model / 10.1：
Population Activity Equation / 10.3：
Integral Equation for the Dynamics / 10.3.1：
Normalization / 10.3.2：
Noise-Free Population Dynamics / 10.4：
Locking / 10.5：
Locking Condition / 10.5.1：
Graphical Interpretation / 10.5.2：
Transients / 10.6：
Incoherent Firing / 10.7：
Determination of the Activity / 10.7.1：
Stability of Asynchronous Firing / 10.7.2：
Collective Excitation Phenomena and Their Applications / 10.8：
Two Variable Formulation of IAF Neurons / 11.1：
Synchronization of Pulse Coupled Oscillators / 11.2：
Clustering via Temporal Segmentation / 11.3：
Limits on Temporal Segmentation / 11.4：
Image Analysis / 11.5：
Image Segmentation / 11.5.1：
Edge Detection / 11.5.2：
Solitary Waves / 11.6：
The Importance of Noise / 11.7：
Acknowledgment / 11.8：
Computing and Learning with Dynamic Synapses / 12：
Biological Data on Dynamic Synapses / 12.1：
Quantitative Models / 12.3：
On the Computational Role of Dynamic Synapses / 12.4：
Implications for Learning in Pulsed Neural Nets / 12.5：
Stochastic Bit-Stream Neural Networks / 12.6：
Basic Neural Modelling / 13.1：
Feedforward Networks and Learning / 13.3：
Probability Level Learning / 13.3.1：
Bit-Stream Level Learning / 13.3.2：
Generalization Analysis / 13.4：
Recurrent Networks / 13.5：
Applications to Graph Colouring / 13.6：
Hardware Implementation / 13.7：
The Stochastic Neuron / 13.7.1：
Calculating Output Derivatives / 13.7.2：
Generating Stochastic Bit-Streams / 13.7.3：
Hebbian Learning of Pulse Timing in the Barn Owl Auditory System / 13.7.4：
Hebbian Learning / 14.1：
Review of Standard Formulations / 14.2.1：
Spike-Based Learning / 14.2.2：
Example / 14.2.3：
Learning Window / 14.2.4：
Barn Owl Auditory System / 14.3：
The Localization Task / 14.3.1：
Auditory Localization Pathway / 14.3.2：
Phase Locking / 14.4：
Neuron Model / 14.4.1：
Phase Locking -- Schematic / 14.4.2：
Simulation Results / 14.4.3：
Delay Tuning by Hebbian Learning / 14.5：
Selection of Delays / 14.5.1：
Foreword
Neural Pulse Coding
Spike Timing
59.
図書
Joseph Shamir
出版情報:
Bellingham, WA : Spie, 1999 xv, 415 p. ; 27 cm
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Preface
Introduction / 1：
Review of electromagnetic wave propagation / 2：
Wave fronts / 2.1：
Phase velocity and the speed of ligh / 2.2：
Power and intensity / 2.3：
Reflection and transmission at a boundary / 2.4：
Stratified layers / 2.5：
Problems / 2.6：
Linear systems theory / 3：
Linear systems / 3.1：
Fourier transformation / 3.2：
Singular functions / 3.3：
Fourier transform theorems / 3.4：
Frequently used functions and their Fourier transforms / 3.5：
Linear system response / 3.6：
Wavefront transformations / 3.7：
Free-space propagation / 4.1：
The paraxial approximation / 4.1.1：
The free-space propagation operator / 4.1.2：
Operator relations / 4.2：
Discussion / 4.3：
Refraction in dielectric materials / 4.4：
Thin optical elements / 4.5：
The transparency / 4.5.1：
The thin dielectric slab / 4.5.2：
The thin prism / 4.5.3：
The thin lens / 4.5.4：
Gratings / 4.5.5：
Mirrors as optical elements / 4.5.6：
One-dimensional operator definitions / 4.5.7：
Cylindrical lens operators / 4.7：
Transformations with the C operator / 4.7.1：
The Gaussian beam and its transformations / 4.8：
Free-space propagation of Gaussian beams / 4.8.1：
Lens transformations of Gaussian beams / 4.8.2：
Operator algebra--discussion / 4.9：
Basic optical systems / 4.10：
Imaging with a thin lens / 5.1：
Fourier transformation with a thin lens / 5.2：
Some aspects of geometrical optics / 5.3：
Applications of single lens systems / 5.4：
The single lens image projector / 5.4.1：
The magnifying glass / 5.4.2：
Applications of a single Fourier transforming system / 5.4.3：
Two lenses in free space / 5.5：
Bonnet spheres and field flattening / 5.5.1：
Microscope and some of its characteristics / 5.5.2：
The double Fourier transforming system / 5.5.3：
The telescope / 5.5.4：
An invariance property of the two-lens system / 5.5.5：
Spatial filtering and optical correlation / 5.6：
The joint transform correlator JTC / 5.6.1：
The matched filter / 5.6.2：
Bandwidth consideration / 5.6.3：
Space-variant and space-invariant systems / 5.7：
Non-ideal optical systems / 5.8：
Optical systems of finite extent / 6.1：
Apertured imaging system / 6.1.1：
Apertured Fourier transforming system / 6.1.2：
Depth of focus / 6.1.3：
Real optical elements / 6.2：
Aberrations / 6.2.1：
Real lenses / 6.2.2：
Statistical aspects of light / 6.3：
Interference / 7.1：
Mutual coherence / 7.2：
Self coherence / 7.3：
Temporal coherence / 7.4：
The Michelson interferometer / 7.5：
Spatial coherence and spatial correlation / 7.6：
Propagation of the coherence function / 7.7：
Spatial coherence from incoherent sources / 7.8：
Speckle patterns / 7.9：
Correlation function model of speckle patterns / 7.9.1：
Rigid translation / 7.9.2：
Free space observation / 7.9.3：
Interference and interferometers / 7.9.4：
Interference fringes / 8.1：
Dynamic interference fringes / 8.2：
Interference of two plane waves / 8.2.1：
Interference between a plane wave and a spherical wave / 8.2.2：
Interferometry / 8.3：
Interferometers and energy conservation / 8.4：
Interferometric displacement measurement / 8.5：
Interferometric velocity measurement / 8.5.2：
Interferometric profile and phase analysis / 8.5.3：
Other double-beam interferometers / 8.6：
The Mach Zender interferometer / 8.6.1：
Ring interferometer / 8.6.2：
The Jamin interferometer / 8.6.3：
Beam splitters / 8.6.4：
The Kosters prism interferometer / 8.6.5：
Using corner cubes / 8.7：
Advanced interferometric procedures / 8.8：
Amplitude modulation interferometry / 8.8.1：
Phase shifting interferometry / 8.8.2：
Heterodyne interferometry / 8.8.3：
Multiwavelength interferometry / 8.8.4：
Coherence interferometer / 8.8.5：
The laser Doppler velocimeter / 8.9：
Multibeam interferometers / 8.10：
Elementary diffraction gratings / 8.10.1：
Generalized diffraction gratings / 8.10.2：
The grating spectroscope / 8.10.3：
The Fabry Perot interferometer / 8.10.4：
Self-referencing interferometers / 8.11：
Phase visualization by spatial filtering / 8.11.1：
Polarization / 8.12：
Polarization of plane waves / 9.1：
Superposition of polarized waves / 9.2：
Superposition of two plane polarized waves / 9.2.1：
Superposition of two circularly polarized waves / 9.2.2：
Propagation in an isotropic media / 9.3：
Maxwell's equations in anisotropic media / 9.3.1：
The index ellipsoid / 9.3.2：
Birefringence / 9.3.3：
Basic polarization components / 9.4：
The polarizer / 9.4.1：
The retardation plate / 9.4.2：
Optical isolator / 9.4.3：
Electro-optic modulation / 9.5：
The Jones matrix representation / 9.6：
Circular birefringence / 9.7：
Polarization aberrations / 9.8：
Spatial light modulation / 9.9：
Intensity response of a recording material / 10.1：
Spatial frequency response of recording materials / 10.2：
Diffractive optical elements / 10.3：
Electronic recording / 10.4：
Acousto-optic modulation / 10.5：
Two-dimensional spatial light modulators / 10.6：
Controllable birefringence / 10.6.1：
Deformable mirrors / 10.6.2：
Semiconductor modulators / 10.6.3：
Holography / 10.7：
The holographic process / 11.1：
Hologram recording with plane reference wave / 11.2：
Spherical wave recording magnification / 11.3：
Wavelength changes in holography / 11.4：
Phase conjugation / 11.5：
Classification of holograms: conditions and properties / 11.6：
On-axis and off-axis holography / 11.6.1：
Transmission and reflection holograms / 11.6.2：
Object wave configurations / 11.6.3：
Hologram recording conditions / 11.7：
Coherence and stability conditions / 11.7.1：
Recording medium consideration / 11.7.2：
Phase holograms / 11.8：
Thermoplastic films / 11.8.1：
Surface relief recording / 11.8.2：
Photopolymers / 11.8.3：
Photorefractive materials / 11.8.4：
Synthetic holograms / 11.9：
Holographic interferometry / 11.10：
Time average holographic interferometry / 11.11.1：
Real-time holographic interferometry / 11.11.2：
Double exposure holographic interferometry / 11.11.3：
Phase conjugate interferometry / 11.11.4：
Generalized treatment of the holographic process / 11.12：
Advanced operator algebra / 11.13：
Ray transfer matrix of optical systems / 12.1：
The canonical operator / 12.2：
Integral representation of canonical operators / 12.3：
Wave optics and geometrical ray matrices / 12.4：
Canonical operator relations / 12.5：
Gaussian beam transformations / 12.6：
Roots and powers of optical systems / 12.8：
Matrix calculus / 12.8.1：
Roots and powers of specific optical systems / 12.8.2：
Optical information processing / 12.9：
Electro-optic pattern recognition / 13.1：
DOE design as an optimization problem / 13.2：
Optimization algorithms an overview / 13.2.1：
Cost function in filter design / 13.2.2：
Transformations with cylindrical lenses / 13.3：
The variable focal length astigmatic system / 13.3.1：
Imaging and Fourier transformation with astigmatic systems / 13.3.2：
One-dimensional signal processing / 13.4：
The vector matrix multiplier / 13.4.1：
Optical interconnection network / 13.4.2：
Scale and coordinate transformation / 13.4.3：
The ambiguity function / 13.4.4：
Wavelet transform / 13.4.5：
Space-variant convolution / 13.4.6：
Convolution of 1D functions using the C operator / 13.4.7：
Matrix matrix multiplication / 13.5：
Summary of operator relations / 13.6：
Definition of basic operators / A.1：
Commutation rules among the basic operators / A.2：
Operations of the quadratic phase factor / A.2.1：
Operations by the linear phase factor / A.2.2：
Operations of the scaling operator / A.2.3：
Operations of the shift operator / A.2.4：
Operations by the FT operator / A.2.5：
Operations by the FPO / A.2.6：
Other useful relations / A.2.7：
Normalized operator relations / A.3：
Bibliography / B：
Problems and solutions / C：
Index / D：
Preface
Introduction / 1：
Review of electromagnetic wave propagation / 2：
60.
図書
Aldo de Luca, Stefano Varricchio
目次情報:
続きを見る
Preface
Combinatorics on Words / 1：
Preliminaries / 1.1：
Ininite words / 1.2：
Metric and topology / 1.3：
Periodicity and conjugacy / 1.4：
Lyndon words / 1.5：
Factorial languages and subword complexity / 1.6：
Unavoidable Regularities / 2：
Ramsey's theorem / 2.1：
Van der Waerden's theorem / 2.2：
Uniformly recurrent words / 2.3：
Shirshov's theorem / 2.4：
Bounded languages / 2.5：
Power-free words / 2.6：
Bi-ideal sequences / 2.7：
Canonical factorizations / 2.7.1：
Bi-ideal sequences and recurrence / 2.7.2：
Some extensions of the Shirshov theorem / 2.7.3：
Finiteness Conditions for Semigroups / 3：
Preliminaries on semigroups / 3.1：
Finitely generated semigroups / 3.2：
The Burnside problem / 3.3：
Permutation property / 3.4：
The weak permutability / 3.4.1：
The u;-permutability / 3.4.2：
Partial commutations / 3.5：
Chain conditions / 3.6：
The J-depth decomposition theorem / 3.6.1：
Minimal conditions on principal right ideals / 3.6.2：
Minimal conditions on principal bi-ideals / 3.6.3：
The McNaughton-Zalcstein and Straubing theorems / 3.6.4：
Iteration property / 3.7：
?-iteration property / 3.7.1：
Strong periodicity / 3.7.2：
Permutation and iteration property / 3.8：
Repetitivity / 3.9：
Repetitive morphisms and semigroups / 3.9.1：
Strongly repetitive morphisms / 3.9.2：
Uniformly repetitive semigroups / 3.9.3：
Finitely Recognizable Semigroups / 4：
The Myhill-Nerode theorem / 4.1：
Finitely recognizable semigroups / 4.2：
The factor semigroup / 4.3：
Rewriting systems / 4.4：
The word problem / 4.5：
On a conjecture of Brzozowski / 4.6：
Problems and results / 4.6.1：
On a conjecture of Brown / 4.7：
Regularity Conditions / 5：
Uniform conditions / 5.1：
Pumping properties / 5.2：
Permutative property / 5.3：
Well Quasi-orders and Regularity / 6：
Well quasi-orders / 6.1：
Higman's theorem / 6.2：
The generalized Myhill theorem / 6.3：
Quasi-orders and rewriting systems / 6.4：
A regularity condition for permutable languages / 6.5：
Almost-commutative languages / 6.6：
Copying systems / 6.7：
References
Index
Preface
Combinatorics on Words / 1：
Preliminaries / 1.1：
61.
図書
Marek Capiński and Ekkehard Kopp
目次情報:
続きを見る
Motivation and preliminaries / 1：
Notation and basic set theory / 1.1：
Sets and functions / 1.1.1：
Countable and uncountable sets in <$>\cal {R}<$> / 1.1.2：
Topological properties of sets in <$>\cal {R}<$> / 1.1.3：
The Riemann integral: scope and limitations / 1.2：
Choosing numbers at random / 1.3：
Measure / 2：
Null sets / 2.1：
Outer measure / 2.2：
Lebesgue measurable sets and Lebesgue measure / 2.3：
Basic properties of Lebesgue measure / 2.4：
Borel sets / 2.5：
Probability / 2.6：
Probability space / 2.6.1：
Events: conditioning and independence / 2.6.2：
Proofs of propositions / 2.7：
Measurable functions / 3：
The extended real line / 3.1：
Definition / 3.2：
Examples / 3.3：
Properties / 3.4：
Random variables / 3.5：
Sigma fields generated by random variables / 3.5.2：
Probability distributions / 3.5.3：
Independence of random variables / 3.5.4：
Integral / 3.6：
Definition of the integral / 4.1：
Monotone Convergence Theorems / 4.2：
Integrable functions / 4.3：
The Dominated Convergence Theorem / 4.4：
Relation to the Riemann integral / 4.5：
Approximation of measurable functions / 4.6：
Integration with respect to probability distributions / 4.7：
Absolutely continuous measures: examples of densities / 4.7.2：
Expectation of a random variable / 4.7.3：
Characteristic function / 4.7.4：
Spaces of integrable functions / 4.8：
The space L1 / 5.1：
The Hilbert space L2 / 5.2：
Properties of the L2 -norm / 5.2.1：
Inner product spaces / 5.2.2：
Orthogonality / 5.2.3：
The Lp spaces: completeness / 5.3：
Moments / 5.4：
Independence / 5.4.2：
Product measures / 5.5：
Multi-dimensional Lebesgue measure / 6.1：
Product σ-fields / 6.2：
Construction of the product measure / 6.3：
Fubini's Theorem / 6.4：
Joint distributions / 6.5：
Independence again / 6.5.2：
Conditional probability / 6.5.3：
Characteristic functions determine distributions / 6.5.4：
Limit theorems / 6.6：
Modes of convergence / 7.1：
Convergence in probability / 7.2：
Weak law of large numbers / 7.2.2：
Borel-Cantelli lemmas / 7.2.3：
Strong law of large numbers / 7.2.4：
Weak convergence / 7.2.5：
Central Limit Theorem / 7.2.6：
Solutions to exercises / 7.3：
Appendix / 9：
References
Index
Motivation and preliminaries / 1：
Notation and basic set theory / 1.1：
Sets and functions / 1.1.1：
62.
図書
IEEE International Symposium on Electromagnetic Compatibility ; IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society
出版情報:
Piscataway, NJ : IEEE, c1999 2 v. (xvi, 1050 p.) ; 28 cm
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
63.
図書
Yannis Tsividis
出版情報:
Boston : WCB/McGraw-Hill, c1999 xx, 620 p. ; 24 cm
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Semiconductors, Junctions, and Mosfet Overview / 1：
Introduction / 1.1：
Semiconductors / 1.2：
Conduction / 1.3：
Transit Time / 1.3.1：
Drift / 1.3.2：
Diffusion / 1.3.3：
Contact Potentials / 1.4：
The pn Junction / 1.5：
Overview of the MOS Transistor / 1.6：
Basic Structure / 1.6.1：
A Qualitative Description of MOS Transistor Operations / 1.6.2：
A Fluid Dynamical Analog / 1.6.3：
MOS Transistor Characteristics / 1.6.4：
A Brief Overview of this Book / 1.7：
The Two-Terminal MOS Structure / 2：
The Flat-Band Voltage / 2.1：
Potential Balance and Charge Balance / 2.3：
Effect of Gate-Substance Voltage on Surface Condition / 2.4：
Flat-Band Condition / 2.4.1：
Accumulation / 2.4.2：
Depletion and Inversion / 2.4.3：
General Analysis / 2.4.4：
Inversion / 2.5：
General Relations and Regions of Inversion / 2.5.1：
Strong Inversion / 2.5.2：
Weak Inversion / 2.5.3：
Moderate Inversion / 2.5.4：
Small-Signal Capacitance / 2.6：
Summary of Properties of the Regions of Inversion / 2.7：
The Three-Terminal MOS Structure / 3：
Contacting the Inversion Layer / 3.1：
The Body Effect / 3.3：
Regions of Inversion / 3.4：
Approximate Limits / 3.4.1：
A "VCB Control" Point of View / 3.4.2：
Fundamentals / 3.5.1：
"Pinchoff" Voltage / 3.5.2：
Expressions in Terms of the "Pinchoff" Voltage / 3.5.3：
The Four-Terminal MOS Transistor / 4：
Transistor Regions of Operation / 4.1：
General Charge Sheet Models / 4.3：
Simplified Charge Sheet Models / 4.3.1：
Model Based on Quasi-Fermi Potentials / 4.3.3：
Reasons of Inversion in Terms of Terminal Voltages / 4.4：
Complete Symmetric Strong-Inversion Model / 4.5：
Simplified Symmetric Strong-Inversion Model / 4.5.2：
Simplified, Source-Referenced, Strong-Inversion Model / 4.5.3：
Model Origin Summary / 4.5.4：
Interpolation Models / 4.6：
Source-Referenced vs. Body-Referenced Modeling / 4.9：
Effective Mobility / 4.10：
Temperature Effects / 4.11：
Breakdown / 4.12：
The p-Channel MOS Transistor / 4.13：
Enhancement-Mode and Depletion-Mode Transistors / 4.14：
Model Parameter Values, Model Accuracy, and Model Comparison References / 4.15：
MOS Transistors and Ion-Implanted Channels / 5：
Enhancement nMOS Transistors / 5.1：
Preliminaries / 5.2.1：
Charges and Threshold Voltages / 5.2.2：
Drain-to-Source Current Model for Strong Inversion / 5.2.3：
Simplified Model for Strong Inversion / 5.2.4：
Depletion nMOS Transistors / 5.2.5：
The Need for an n-Type Implant / 5.3.1：
Charges and Threshold Voltage / 5.3.2：
Transistor Operation5.4. Enhancement pMOS Transistors / 5.3.3：
Surface-Channel Enhancement-Mode pMOS / 5.4.1：
Buried-Channel Enhancement-Mode pMOS / 5.4.2：
Small-Dimension Effectsby D. Antoniadas, Massachuseets Institute of Technology / 6：
Channel Length Modulation / 6.1：
Barrier Lowering, Two-Dimensional Charge Sharing, and Threshold Voltage / 6.3：
Short-Channel Devices / 6.3.1：
Narrow-Channel Devices / 6.3.3：
Summary and Comments / 6.3.4：
Punchthrough / 6.4：
Carrier Velocity Syndrome / 6.5：
Hot Carrier Effects-Substrate Current, Gate Current, and Breakdown / 6.6：
Scaling / 6.7：
Effect of Surface and Drain Series Resistances / 6.8：
Effects Due to Thin Oxides and High Doping / 6.9：
The MOS Transistor in Dynamic Operation-Large-Signal Modeling / 7：
Quasi-Static Operation / 7.1：
Terminal Currents in Quasi-Static Operation / 7.3：
Evaluation of Charges in Quasi-Static Operation / 7.4：
General Charge Sheet Model / 7.4.1：
Depletion / 7.4.6：
Plots of Charges versus VGS / 7.4.7：
Uses of Charges in Evaluating Terminal Currents / 7.4.9：
Transit Time Under DC Conditions / 7.5：
Limitations of the Quasi-Static Model / 7.6：
Non-Quasi-Static Modeling / 7.7：
The Continuity Equation / 7.7.1：
Non-Quasi-Static Analysis / 7.7.3：
Small-Signal Modeling for Low and Medium Frequencies / 8：
A Low-Frequency Small-Signal Model for the Intrinsic Part / 8.1：
A Two-Path View / 8.2.1：
Semiconductors, Junctions, and Mosfet Overview / 1：
Introduction / 1.1：
Semiconductors / 1.2：
64.
図書
Mark Hovey
目次情報:
続きを見る
Preface
Model categories / Chapter 1.：
The definition of a model category / 1.1.：
The homotopy category / 1.2.：
Quillen functors and derived functors / 1.3.：
Quillen functors / 1.3.1.：
Derived functors and naturality / 1.3.2.：
Quillen equivalences / 1.3.3.：
2-categories and pseudo-2-functors / 1.4.：
Examples / Chapter 2.：
Cofibrantly generated model categories / 2.1.：
Ordinals, cardinals, and transfinite compositions / 2.1.1.：
Relative I-cell complexes and the small object argument / 2.1.2.：
The stable category of modules / 2.1.3.：
Chain complexes of modules over a ring / 2.3.：
Topological spaces / 2.4.：
Chain complexes of comodules over a Hopf algebra / 2.5.：
The category of B-comodules / 2.5.1.：
Weak equivalences / 2.5.2.：
The model structure / 2.5.3.：
Simplicial sets / Chapter 3.：
The model structure on simplicial sets / 3.1.：
Anodyne extensions / 3.3.：
Homotopy groups / 3.4.：
Minimal fibrations / 3.5.：
Fibrations and geometric realization / 3.6.：
Monoidal model categories / Chapter 4.：
Closed monoidal categories and closed modules / 4.1.：
Monoidal model categories and modules over them / 4.2.：
The homotopy category of a monoidal model category / 4.3.：
Framings / Chapter 5.：
Diagram categories / 5.1.：
Diagrams over Reedy categories and framings / 5.2.：
A lemma about bisimplicial sets / 5.3.：
Function complexes / 5.4.：
Associativity / 5.5.：
Naturality / 5.6.：
Framings on pointed model categories / 5.7.：
Pointed model categories / Chapter 6.：
The suspension and loop functors / 6.1.：
Cofiber and fiber sequences / 6.2.：
Properties of cofiber and fiber sequences / 6.3.：
Naturality of cofiber sequences / 6.4.：
Pre-triangulated categories / 6.5.：
Pointed monoidal model categories / 6.6.：
Stable model categories and triangulated categories / Chapter 7.：
Triangulated categories / 7.1.：
Stable homotopy categories / 7.2.：
Weak generators / 7.3.：
Finitely generated model categories / 7.4.：
Vistas / Chapter 8.：
Bibliography
Index
Preface
Model categories / Chapter 1.：
The definition of a model category / 1.1.：
65.
コンピュータファイル
by Carl Branden and John Tooze ; illustrated by Nigel Orme
出版情報:
New York : Garland, c1999 1 computer optical disc ; 12 cm
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
66.
ＥＢ
出版情報:
IEEE Electronic Library (IEL) Standards , IEEE, 1999
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
67.
ＥＢ
出版情報:
IEEE Electronic Library (IEL) Standards , IEEE, 1999
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
68.
ＥＢ
出版情報:
IEEE Electronic Library (IEL) Standards , IEEE, 1999
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
69.
ＥＢ
出版情報:
IEEE Electronic Library (IEL) Standards , IEEE, 1999
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
70.
図書
editor, H.P.J. Wijn ; contributors, J.G. Booth, Y. Nakai, Y. Tsunoda
目次情報:
続きを見る
Introduction
Data
19 substance families SbSI ...TAAP and miscellanea
Basic Concepts
Scope of the Compilation
Description of Data Tables
Evaluation, Selection and Smoothing of Data
Assignment of Uncertainties
Quantitative Effect of Impurity on Density of Liquids
Procedure for Selection and Smoothing of Density Values
Calculation Procedures / Case 1：
Least Squares Calculation
Selection of Data Based on Estimated Uncertainties
Count the Effective Number of Density Values in a Set
Testing a Set of Deviations between Observed and Calculated Density Values for a Random Distribution
Glossary of Symbols
Compound Nomenclature
Names of Compounds Used in the Tables
Order of Compounds in the Tables
References
Tabulated Data on Density - Alkylcycloalkanes (CnH2n)
Alkylcycloalkanes (CnH2n)
Cyclopropanes. Cyclobutanes. / Case 3 to 5：
Cyclopentanes - Cyclohexane.
Cyclopropanes. / Case 7：
Cyclobutanes
Cyclopentanes.
Cyclohexanes
Cycloheptane
Cyclopropanes / Case 8：
Cyclopentanes
Cycloheptanes - Cyclooctane
Cyclopropanes - Cyclobutanes / Case 9：
Cycloheptanes - Cyclononane
Cycloheptanes - Cyclodecane / Case 10：
Cycloheptanes / Case 11：
Cycloundecane
Cycloundodecane / Case 12：
Cyclotridecane / Case 13：
Cyclohutanes / Case 14：
Cyclotetradecane
Alkylcycloalkanes(CnH2n) / Case 15：
Tabulated Data on Density / Case 17 to 18：
Alkylcycloalkenes and Alkenylcycloalkanes (CnH2n-2)
Alkylcycloalkenes and Alkenylcycloalkanes(CnH2n-2) / Case 4 to 5：
3 and 4 Member Rings. 5-Member Rings. 6-Member Rings
7 and 8 Member Rings. Alkylcycloalkenes and Alkenylcycloalkanes (CnH2n-2)
3 and 4 Member Rings. 5-Member Rings. 6-Member Rings.
7 to 9 Member Rings. Alkylcycloalkenes and Alkenylcycloalkanes (CnH2n-2)
5-Member Rings. 6-Member Rings. 7 to 10 Member Rings
Tabulated Data on Density - Monocyclic Hydrocarbons (CnH2n-4) / Case 12 to 13：
Monocyclic Hydrocarbons (CnH2n-4)
5-Member Rings. 6-Member Rings. 7 to 10 Member Rings. Monocyclic Hydrocarbons (CnH2n-4) / Case 5 to 6：
5-Member Rings. 6-Member Rings. 8-Member Rings. Monocyclic Hydrocarbons(CnH2n-4)
5-Member Rings. 6-Member Rings. Monocyclic Hydrocarbons(CnH2n-4)
4 and 5 Member Rings. 6-Member Rings. 7 to 10 Member Rings
Monocyclic Hydrocarbons (CnH2n-4)C11 to C12. C11H18. 4 and 5 Member Rings.
6-Member Rings. 10-Member Rings
Monocyclic Hydrocarbons (CnH2n-4)C13 to C16.
Tabulated Data on Density - Monocyclic Hydrocarbons (CnH2n-6)
Monocyclic Hydrocarbons(CnH2n-6)C7 to C11.
Monocyclic Hydrocarbons (CnH2n-6)C12 to Cl5.
Tabulated Data on Density - Monocyclic Hydrocarbons (CnH2n-8)
Chemical Name
Index
Chemical Abstracts Service
Introduction
Data
19 substance families SbSI ...TAAP and miscellanea
71.
図書
東工大
Motoichi Ohtsu and Hirokazu Hori
目次情報:
続きを見る
Chapter 1. Introduction
1.1. Near-Field Optics and Photonics 1
1.1.1. Optical Processes and Electromagnetic Interactions 1
1.2. Ultra-High-Resolution Near-Field Optical Microscopy (NOM) 4
1.2.1. From Interference-to Interaction-Type Optical Microscopy 4
1.2.2. Development of Near-Field Optical Microscopy and Related Techniques 6
1.3. General Features of Optical Near-Field Problems 10
1.3.1. Optical Processes and the Scale of Interest 10
1.3.2. Effective Fields and Interacting Subsystems 12
1.3.3. Electromagnetic Interaction in a Dielectric System 15
1.3.4. Optical Near-Field Measurements 20
1.4. Theoretical Treatment of Optical Near-Field Problems 25
1.4.1. Near-Field Optics and Inhomogeneous Waves 25
1.4.2. Field-Theoretic Treatment of Optical Near-Field Problems 28
1.4.3. Explicit Treatment of Field-Matter Interaction 32
1.5. Remarks on Near-Field Optics and Outline of This Book 33
1.5.1. Near-Field Optics and Related Problems 33
1.5.2. Outline of This Book 34
1.6. References 35
Chapter 2. Principles of Near-Field Optical Microscopy
2.1. An Example of Near-Field Optical Microscopy 43
2.2. Construction of the NOM System 45
2.2.1. Building Blocks of the NOM System 45
2.2.2. Environmental Conditions 47
2.2.3. Functions of the Building Blocks 48
2.3. Theoretical Description of Near-Field Optical Microscopy 50
2.3.1. Basic Character of the NOM Process 50
2.3.3. Demonstration of Localization in the Near-Field Interaction 53
2.3.4. Representation of the Spatial Localization of an Electromagnetic Event 55
2.3.5. Model Description of a Local Electromagnetic Interaction 55
2.4. Near-Field Problems and the Tunneling Process 56
2.4.1. Bardeen's Description of Tunneling Current in STM 57
2.4.2. Comparison of the Theoretical Aspects of NOM and STM 58
2.5. References 61
Chapter 3. Instrumentation
3.1. Basic Systems of a Near-Field Optical Microscope 63
3.1.1. Modes of Operation 66
3.1.2. Position Control of the Probe 69
3.1.3. Mechanical Components 74
3.1.4. Noise Sources Internal to the NOM 75
3.1.5. Operation under Special Circumstances 78
3.2. Light Sources 82
3.2.1. Basic Properties of Lasers 82
3.2.2. Characteristics of CW Lasers 84
3.2.3. Additional Noise Properties of CW Lasers 88
3.2.4. Short-Pulse Generation 94
3.2.5. Nonlinear Optical Wavelength Conversion 97
3.3. Light Detection and Signal Amplification 98
3.3.1. Detector 98
3.3.2. Signal Detection and Amplification 103
3.4. References 111
Chapter 4. Fabrication of Probes
4.1. Sharpening of Fibers by Chemical Etching 113
4.1.1. A Basic Sharpened Fiber 114
4.1.2. A Sharpened Fiber with Reduced-Diameter Cladding 118
4.1.3. A Pencil-Shaped Fiber 119
4.1.4. A Flattened-Top Fiber 122
4.1.5. A Double-Tapered Fiber 127
4.2. Metal Coating and Fabrication of a Protruded Probe 130
4.2.1. Removal of Metallic Film by Selective Resin Coating 132
4.2.2. Removal of Metallic Film by Nanometric Photolithography 135
4.3. Other Noverl Probes 139
4.3.1. Functional Probes 139
4.3.2. Optically Trapped Probes 141
4.4. References 141
Chapter 5. Imaging Experiments
5.1. Basic Features of the Localized Evanescent Field 143
5.1.1. Size-Dependent Decay Length of the Field Intensity 143
5.1.2. Manifestation of the Short-Range Electromagnetic Interaction 146
5.1.3. High Discrimination Sensitivity of the Evanescent Field Intensity Normal to the Surface 149
5.2. Imaging Biological Samples 152
5.2.1. Imaging by the C-Mode 152
5.2.2. Imaging by the I-Mode 161
5.3. Spatial Power Spectral Analysis of the NOM Image 170
5.4. References 177
Chapter 6. Diagnostics and Spectroscopy of Photonic Devices and Materials
6.1. Diagnosing a Dielectric Optical Waveguide 179
6.2. Spatially Resolved Spectroscopy of Lateral p-n Junctions in Silicon-Doped Gallium Arsenide 184
6.2.1. Photoluminescence and Electroluminescence Spectroscopy 185
6.2.2. Photocurrent Measurement by Multiwavelength NOM 191
6.3. Photoluminescence Spectroscopy of a Semiconductor Quantum Dot 196
6.4. Imaging of Other Materials 201
6.4.1. Fluorescence Detection from Dye Molecules 201
6.4.2. Spectroscopy of Solid-State Materials 205
6.5. References 207
Chapter 7. Fabrication and Manipulation
7.1. Fabrication of Photonic Devices 209
7.1.1. Development of a High-Efficiency Probe 212
7.1.2. Development of a Highly Sensitive Storage Medium 212
7.1.3. Fast Scanning of the Probe 213
7.2. Manipulating Atoms 213
7.2.1. Zero-Dimensional Manipulation 214
7.2.2. One-Dimensional Manipulation 216
7.3. References 231
Chapter 8. Optical Near-Field Theory
8.1. Introduction 235
8.2. Electromagnetic Theory as the Basis of Treating Near-Field Problems 237
8.2.1. Microscopic Electromagnetic Interaction and Averaged Field 237
8.2.2. Optical Response of Macroscopic Matter 241
8.2.3. Optical Response of Small Objects and the Idea of System Susceptibility 244
8.2.4. Electromagnetic Boundary Value Problem 245
8.3. Optical Near-Field Theory as an Electromagnetic Scattering Problem 255
8.3.1. Self-Consistent Approach for Multiple Scattering Problems 255
8.3.2. Scattering Theory in the Near-Field Regime Based on Polarization Potential and Magnetic Current 260
8.4. Diffraction Theory in Near-Field Optics 275
8.4.1. Diffraction of Light from Subwavelength Aperture 275
8.4.2. Kirchhoff's Diffraction Integral and Far-Field Theory 276
8.4.3. Small-Aperture Diffraction and Equivalent Problem 277
8.4.4. Magnetic Current Distribution and Self-Consistency 278
8.4.5. Leviatan's "Exact" Solutions for the Aperture Problem 280
8.5. Institutive Model of Optical Near-Field Processes 281
8.5.1. Short-Range Quasistatic Nature of Optical Near-Field Processes 281
8.5.2. Intuitive Model Based on Yukawa-Type Screened Potential 282
8.5.3. Application of Virtual Photon Model for Diffraction from a Small Aperture 285
8.5.4. Virtual Photon Model of NOM 288
8.5.5. Meaning of the Screened Potential Model and Physical Meaning of the Virtual Photon 292
8.6. References 297
Chapter 9. Theoretical Description of Near-Field Optical Microscope
9.1. Electromagnetic Processes Involved in the Near-Field Optical Microscope 300
9.2. Representation of the Electromagnetic Field and the Interaction Propagator 302
9.2.1. Spherical Representation of Scalar Waves 302
9.2.2. Vector Nature of the Electromagnetic Field 307
9.3. States of Vector Fields and Their Representations 316
9.3.1. State of Vector Plane Waves 316
9.3.2. State of Vector Spherical Waves 318
9.3.3. State of Vector Cylindrical Waves 319
9.3.4. Spatial Fourier Representation of Electromagnetic Fields 319
9.3.5. Multipole Expansion of Vector Plane Waves 321
9.4. Angular Spectrum Representation of Electromagnetic Interactions 324
9.4.1. Angular Spectrum Representation of Scattering Problems 325
9.4.2. Meaning of the Angular Spectrum Representation 327
9.4.3. Angular Spectrum Representation of Scalar Multipole Field and Propagator 329
9.4.4. Angular Spectrum Representation of Vector Multipole Field and Propagator 332
9.4.5. Angular Spectrum Representation of Cylindrical Field and Propagator 340
9.4.6. Transformation between Spherical and Cylindrical Representations 341
9.4.7. Summary: Representations of the Electromagnetic Fields Transformations between Mode Functions 343
9.5. Near-Field Interaction of Dielectric Spheres Near a Planar Dielectric Surface 347
9.5.1. Sample-Probe Interaction at a Dielectric Surface 348
9.5.2. Mode Description of Evanescent Waves of Fresnel 351
9.5.3. Multipolar Representation of Evanescent Modes 352
9.5.4. Near-Field Interaction of Dielectric Spheres at a Planar Dielectric Surface 359
9.6. References 379
Index 381
Chapter 1. Introduction
1.1. Near-Field Optics and Photonics 1
1.1.1. Optical Processes and Electromagnetic Interactions 1
72.
図書
Bruce F. Webster
出版情報:
Upper Saddle River, N.J. : Prentice Hall PTR, c1999 xxvii, 544 p. ; 21 cm
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Y2K: the potential catastrophe that's just months away
Now is the time for you to understand the latest developments in the Year 2000 computer crisis-and what you must do to protect yourself and your family
Bruce F. Webster-co-chair of the Washington
DC Year 2000 Group, and one of the United States leading key Y2K experts-helps you evaluate the risks in every part of your life
More important, he identifies specific steps you can take right now to survive the millennium-no matter what
Why the Y2K problem is proving tougher to solve than anyone expected
How to "Y2K-proof" your home-and what to do when you can't
How to assess your employer's Y2K readiness-and what to do about it
A systematic plan for documenting and protecting your assets
What will happen after January 1, 2000
Learn which industries are in the deepest trouble, and which Y2K problems you shouldn't waste your time worrying about
Discover how to avoid many potential Y2K problems-and make realistic contingency plans for the rest
When it comes to the Year 2000, you have two choices
You can take your chances
Or you can get
The Y2K Survival
Guide and take control
Y2K: the potential catastrophe that's just months away
Now is the time for you to understand the latest developments in the Year 2000 computer crisis-and what you must do to protect yourself and your family
Bruce F. Webster-co-chair of the Washington
73.
図書
American Helicopter Society. Annual Forum ; American Helicopter Society
出版情報:
Alexandria, VA. : American Helicopter Society, c1999 2 v. ; 28 cm
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
74.
図書
editors, M. R. Johnson, G. J. Kearley, H. G. Büttner
75.
図書
Martine LaBerge, program chair
出版情報:
Minneapolis, MN : Society for Biomaterials, c1999 lxi, 626 p. ; 28 cm
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
76.
図書
organised by European Space Agency
出版情報:
Noordwijk, The Netherlands : ESA Publications Division, c1999 xii, 722 p. ; 30 cm
シリーズ名:
ESA SP ; 433
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
77.
図書
sponsored by ACM SIGSAC
出版情報:
New York : Association for Computing Machinery, c1999 vii, 147 p. ; 28 cm
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
78.
図書
editors, T. A. Sasaki ...[et al.]
79.
図書
[University of Oklahoma, School of Chemical Engineering and Materials Science] ; Roger G. Harrison, editor
出版情報:
[Norman, Okla.] : [University of Okrahoma], [1999] 124 p. ; 28 cm
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
80.
図書
volume editor, Philip C.B. Page
81.
ＥＢ
Drew Myers
出版情報:
Wiley Online Library - AutoHoldings Books , Weinheim : John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 1999
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Surfaces and Colloids: The Twilight Zone
Surfaces and Interfaces: General Concepts
Surface Activity and Surfactant Structures
Attractive Forces
Electrostatic Forces and the Electrical Double Layer
Capillarity
Solid Surfaces
Liquid-Fluid Interfaces
Adsorption
Colloids and Colloidal Stability
Emulsions
Foams
Aerosols
Polymers at Interfaces
Association Colloids: Micelles, Vesicles, and Membranes
Solubilization, Micellar Catalysis, and Microemulsions
Wetting and Spreading
Friction, Lubriation, and Wear
Adhesion
Bibliography
Index
Surfaces and Colloids: The Twilight Zone
Surfaces and Interfaces: General Concepts
Surface Activity and Surfactant Structures
82.
図書
volume editor, J. Roovers ; with contributions by B. Charleux ... [et al.]
83.
図書
Abinash C. Dubey ... [et al.], chairs/editors ; sponsored and published by SPIE--the International Society for Optical Engineering
84.
図書
Audrey Terras
目次情報:
続きを見る
Introduction
Cast of characters
Congruences and the quotient ring of the integers mod n / Part I：
The discrete Fourier transform on the finite circle / 1.2：
Graphs of Z/nZ, adjacency operators, eigenvalues / 1.3：
Four questions about Cayley graphs / 1.4：
Finite Euclidean graphs and three questions about their spectra / 1.5：
Random walks on Cayley graphs / 1.6：
Applications in geometry and analysis / 1.7：
The quadratic reciprocity law / 1.8：
The fast Fourier transform / 1.9：
The DFT on finite Abelian groups - finite tori / 1.10：
Error-correcting codes / 1.11：
The Poisson sum formula on a finite Abelian group / 1.12：
Some applications in chemistry and physics / 1.13：
The uncertainty principle / 1.14：
Fourier transform and representations of finite groups / Part II：
Induced representations / 2.2：
The finite ax + b group / 2.3：
Heisenberg group / 2.4：
Finite symmetric spaces - finite upper half planes Hq / 2.5：
Special functions on Hq - K-Bessel and spherical / 2.6：
The general linear group GL(2, Fq) / 2.7：
Selberg's trace formula and isospectral non-isomorphic graphs / 2.8：
The trace formula on finite upper half planes / 2.9：
The trace formula for a tree and Ihara's zeta function / 2.10：
Introduction
Cast of characters
Congruences and the quotient ring of the integers mod n / Part I：
85.
図書
Malte Henkel
目次情報:
続きを見る
Critical Phenomena: a Reminder / 1：
Phase Diagrams and Critical Exponents / 1.1：
Scale Invariance and Scaling Relations / 1.2：
Some Simple Spin Systems / 1.3：
Ising Model / 1.3.1：
Tricritical Ising Model / 1.3.2：
q-States Potts Model / 1.3.3：
Vector Potts Model / 1.3.4：
XY Model / 1.3.5：
Yang-Lee Edge Singularity / 1.3.6：
Percolation / 1.3.7：
Linear Polymers / 1.3.8：
Restricted Solid-On-Solid Models / 1.3.9：
Some Experimental Examples / 1.4：
Correspondence Between Statistical Systems and Field Theory / 1.5：
Correspondence of Physical Quantities / 1.6：
Free Energy Density / 1.6.1：
Correlation Functions / 1.6.2：
Correlation Lengths / 1.6.3：
Conformal Invariance / 2：
From Scale Invariance to Conformal Invariance / 2.1：
Conformal Transformations in d Dimensions / 2.2：
Conformal Transformations in Two Dimensions / 2.3：
Conformal Invariance in Two Dimensions / 2.4：
Correlation Functions of Quasi-primary Operators / 2.5：
The Energy-Momentum Tensor / 2.6：
Finite-Size Scaling / 3：
Statistical Systems in Finite Geometries / 3.1：
Finite-Size Scaling Hypothesis / 3.2：
Universality / 3.3：
Phenomenological Renormalization / 3.4：
Consequences of Conformal Invariance / 3.5：
Comparison with Experiments / 3.6：
Representation Theory of the Virasoro Algebra / 4：
Verma Module / 4.1：
Hilbert Space Structure / 4.2：
Null Vectors / 4.3：
Kac Formula and Unitarity / 4.4：
Minimal Characters / 4.5：
Correlators, Null Vectors and Operator Algebra / 5：
Null Vectors and Correlation Functions / 5.1：
Operator Algebra and Associativity / 5.2：
Analyticity and the Monodromy Problem / 5.3：
Riemann's Method / 5.4：
Ising Model Correlators / 6：
Spin-Density Four-Point Function / 6.1：
Energy-Density Four-Point Function / 6.2：
Mixed Four-Point Functions / 6.3：
Semi-Local Four-Point Functions / 6.4：
Coulomb Gas Realization / 7：
The Free Bosonic Scalar Field / 7.1：
Screened Coulomb Gas / 7.2：
Minimal Correlation Functions / 7.3：
Minimal Algebras and OPE Coefficients / 7.4：
The Hamiltonian Limit and Universality / 8：
Hamiltonian Limit in the Ising Model / 8.1：
Hubbard-Stratonovich Transformation / 8.2：
Hamiltonian Spectrum and Conformal Invariance / 8.3：
Temperley-Lieb Algebra / 8.5：
Laudau-Ginzburg Classification / 8.6：
Numerical Techniques / 9：
Simple Properties of Quantum Hamiltonians / 9.1：
Some Further Physical Quantities and their Critical Exponents / 9.2：
Translation Invariance / 9.3：
Diagonalization / 9.4：
Extrapolation / 9.5：
VBS Algorithm / 9.5.1：
BST Algorithm / 9.5.2：
The DMRG Algorithm / 9.6：
Conformal Invariance in the Ising Quantum Chain / 10：
Exact Diagonalization / 10.1：
General Remarks / 10.1.1：
Jordan-Wigner Transformation / 10.1.2：
Diagonalization of a Quadratic Form / 10.1.3：
Eigenvalue Spectrum and Normalization / 10.1.4：
Character Functions
Finite-Size Scaling Analysis / 10.2：
Ground State Energy / 10.3.1：
Operator Content / 10.3.2：
Finite-Size Corrections / 10.3.3：
Finite-Size Scaling Functions / 10.3.4：
The Spin I Quantum Chain / 10.3：
The Virasoro Generators / 10.4：
Recapitulation / 10.5：
Modular Invariance / 11：
The Modular Group / 11.1：
Implementation for Minimal Models / 11.2：
Modular Invariance at c =1 / 11.3：
Circle or Coulomb Models / 11.3.1：
Orbifold Models / 11.3.2：
Lattice Realizations / 11.4：
Further Developments and Applications / 12：
Three-States Potts Model / 12.1：
Supersymmetry and Superconformal Invariance / 12.2：
Ashkin Teller Model / 12.3：
Relation with the XXZ Quantum Chain / 12.4.1：
Global Symmetry and Boundary Conditions / 12.4.2：
Phase Diagram / 12.4.3：
Operator Content on the c =1 Line / 12.4.4：
XXZ Quantum Chain / 12.5：
Ising Correlation Functions on Cylinders / 12.7：
Alternative Realizations of the Conformal Algebra / 12.8：
Logarithmic Conformal Theories / 12.8.1：
Lattice Two-Point Functions / 12.8.2：
Polymers / 12.9：
Lattice Animals / 12.10.1：
A Sketch of Conformal Turbulence / 12.11：
Some Remarks on 3D Systems / 12.12：
Conformal Perturbation Theory / 13：
Correlation Functions in the Strip Geometry / 13.1：
General Remarks on Corrections to the Critical Behaviour / 13.2：
Tower of the Identity / 13.3：
Application to the Ising Model / 13.3.2：
Application to the Three-States Potts Model / 13.3.3：
Checking the Operator Content from Finite-Size Corrections / 13.3.4：
Ising Model: Thermal Perturbation / 13.4：
Ising Model: Magnetic Perturbation / 13.4.2：
Truncation Method / 13.5：
The Vicinity of the Critical Point / 14：
The c-Theorem / 14.1：
Application to Polymers / 14.1.1：
Conserved Currents Close to Criticality / 14.2：
Exact S-Matrix Approach / 14.3：
Phenomenological Consequences / 14.4：
Integrable Perturbations / 14.4.1：
Universal Critical Amplitude Ratios / 14.4.2：
Chiral Potts Model / 14.4.3：
Oriented Interacting Polymers / 14.4.4：
Non-integrable Perturbations / 14.4.5：
Asymptotic Finite-Size Scaling Functions / 14.5：
Surface Critical Phenomena / 15：
Systems with a Boundary / 15.1：
Conformal Invariance Close to a Free Surface / 15.2：
Finite-Size Scaling with Free Boundary Conditions / 15.3：
Surface Operator Content / 15.4：
Temperley-Lieb Algebra and Relation with the XXZ Chain / 15.4.1：
Ashkin-Teller Model / 15.4.4：
Profiles / 15.4.7：
Defect Lines
Aperiodically Modulated Systems / 15.6.1：
Persistent Currents in Small Rings / 15.6.2：
Strongly Anisotropic Scaling / 16：
Dynamical Scaling / 16.1：
Schrödinger Invariance / 16.2：
Towards Local Scale Invariance for General ? / 16.3：
Some Remarks on Reaction-Diffusion Processes / 16.4：
Anhang/Annexe
List of Tables
List of Figures
References
Index
Critical Phenomena: a Reminder / 1：
Phase Diagrams and Critical Exponents / 1.1：
Scale Invariance and Scaling Relations / 1.2：
86.
図書
Kenneth R. Meyer
目次情報:
続きを見る
Introduction / 1：
History / 1.1：
Global vs. Local Notation / 1.2：
Summary of Chapters / 1.3：
Further R eading / 1.4：
Equations of Celestial Mechanics / 2：
N-Body Problem / 2.1：
The Kepler Problem / 2.2：
R estricted Problem / 2.3：
Hill's Lunar Equations / 2.4：
Elliptic Problem / 2.5：
Problems / 2.6：
Hamiltonian Systems / 3：
Symplectic Coordinates / 3.1：
Generating Functions / 3.3：
R otating Coordinates / 3.4：
Jacobi Coordinates / 3.5：
Action-Angle and Polar Coordinates / 3.6：
Solution of the Kepler Problem / 3.7：
Spherical Coordinates / 3.8：
Symplectic Scaling / 3.9：
Central Configurations / 3.10：
Equilibrium Solutions / 4.1：
Equations for a Central Configuration / 4.2：
Relative Equilibrium / 4.3：
Lagrangian Solutions / 4.4：
Euler-Moulton Solutions / 4.5：
Central Configuration Coordinates / 4.6：
Symmetries,Integrals,and Reduction / 4.7：
Group Actions and Symmetries / 5.1：
Systems with Integrals / 5.2：
Noether's Theorem / 5.3：
Integrals / 5.4：
Symplectic R eduction / 5.5：
Reducing the N-Body Problem / 5.6：
Theory of Periodic Solutions / 5.7：
Equilibrium Points / 6.1：
Fixed Points / 6.2：
Periodic Differential Equations / 6.3：
Autonomous Systems / 6.4：
Systems with Symmetries / 6.5：
Hamiltonian Systems with Symmetries / 6.7：
Satellite Orbits / 6.8：
Main Problem for Satellite Problem / 7.1：
Continuation of Solutions / 7.2：
The Restricted Problem / 7.3：
Main Problem for the Three-Bodies / 8.1：
Continuation of Periodic Solutions / 8.2：
Bifurcations of Periodic Solutions / 8.3：
Main Problem for (N + l)-Bodies / 8.4：
R eduction / 8.5：
Lunar Orbits / 8.6：
Main Problem / 9.1：
Continuation / 9.2：
Comet Orbits / 9.3：
Jacobi Coordinates and Scaling / 10.1：
Kepler Problem / 10.2：
R educed Space / 10.3：
The Elliptic Problem / 10.5：
Apollonius Coordinates / 12.1：
Symmetries and R eduction / 12.2：
References / 12.5：
Index
Introduction / 1：
History / 1.1：
Global vs. Local Notation / 1.2：
87.
図書
R.M. Warner, Jr., B.L. Grung
出版情報:
New York : Oxford University Press, 1999 ix, 256 p. ; 24 cm
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Preface
Charts
Physical Constants
Properties of Silicon
Basic MOSFET Theory / 1：
Field-Effect Transistors / 1.1：
MOSFET Definitions / 1.2：
Rudimentary Analysis / 1.3：
Current-Voltage Equations / 1.4：
Universal Transfer Characteristics / 1.5：
Transconductance / 1.6：
Inverter Options / 1.7：
MOS-Capacitor Phenomena / 2：
Oxide-Silicon Boundary Conditions / 2.1：
Approximate Field and Potential Profiles / 2.2：
Accurate Band Diagram / 2.3：
Barrier-Height Difference / 2.4：
Interfacial Charge / 2.5：
Oxide Charge / 2.6：
Calculating Threshold Voltage / 2.7：
MOS-Capacitor Modeling / 3：
Exact-Analytic Surface Modeling / 3.1：
Comparing MOS and Junction Capacitances / 3.2：
Small-Signal Equivalent Circuits / 3.3：
Ideal Voltage-Dependent Capacitance / 3.4：
Real Voltage-Dependent Capacitance / 3.5：
Physics of MOS-Capacitance Crossover / 3.6：
Analysis of MOS-Capacitance Crossover / 3.7：
Improved MOSFET Theory / 4：
Channel-Junction Interactions / 4.1：
Ionic-Charge Model / 4.2：
Body Effect / 4.3：
Advanced Long-Channel Models / 4.4：
SPICE Models / 5：
Level-2 Parameters / 5.1：
Level-2 Model / 5.2：
Small-Signal Applications of Model / 5.3：
Large-Signal Applications of Model / 5.4：
Recent MOSFET Models / 5.5：
MOSFET-BJT Performance Comparisons / 6：
Simple-Theory Transconductance Comparison / 6.1：
Subthreshold Transconductance Theory / 6.2：
Calculating Maximum MOSFET gm/Iout / 6.3：
Transconductance versus Input Voltage / 6.4：
Physics of Subthreshold Transconductance / 6.5：
Summary
Appendixes A-G
Tables
References
Problems
Symbol Index
Subject Index
Preface
Charts
Physical Constants
88.
ＥＢ
Kenneth Ray Meyer
出版情報:
SpringerLink Books - AutoHoldings , Springer Berlin Heidelberg, 1999
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Introduction / 1：
History / 1.1：
Global vs. Local Notation / 1.2：
Summary of Chapters / 1.3：
Further R eading / 1.4：
Equations of Celestial Mechanics / 2：
N-Body Problem / 2.1：
The Kepler Problem / 2.2：
R estricted Problem / 2.3：
Hill's Lunar Equations / 2.4：
Elliptic Problem / 2.5：
Problems / 2.6：
Hamiltonian Systems / 3：
Symplectic Coordinates / 3.1：
Generating Functions / 3.3：
R otating Coordinates / 3.4：
Jacobi Coordinates / 3.5：
Action-Angle and Polar Coordinates / 3.6：
Solution of the Kepler Problem / 3.7：
Spherical Coordinates / 3.8：
Symplectic Scaling / 3.9：
Central Configurations / 3.10：
Equilibrium Solutions / 4.1：
Equations for a Central Configuration / 4.2：
Relative Equilibrium / 4.3：
Lagrangian Solutions / 4.4：
Euler-Moulton Solutions / 4.5：
Central Configuration Coordinates / 4.6：
Symmetries,Integrals,and Reduction / 4.7：
Group Actions and Symmetries / 5.1：
Systems with Integrals / 5.2：
Noether's Theorem / 5.3：
Integrals / 5.4：
Symplectic R eduction / 5.5：
Reducing the N-Body Problem / 5.6：
Theory of Periodic Solutions / 5.7：
Equilibrium Points / 6.1：
Fixed Points / 6.2：
Periodic Differential Equations / 6.3：
Autonomous Systems / 6.4：
Systems with Symmetries / 6.5：
Hamiltonian Systems with Symmetries / 6.7：
Satellite Orbits / 6.8：
Main Problem for Satellite Problem / 7.1：
Continuation of Solutions / 7.2：
The Restricted Problem / 7.3：
Main Problem for the Three-Bodies / 8.1：
Continuation of Periodic Solutions / 8.2：
Bifurcations of Periodic Solutions / 8.3：
Main Problem for (N + l)-Bodies / 8.4：
R eduction / 8.5：
Lunar Orbits / 8.6：
Main Problem / 9.1：
Continuation / 9.2：
Comet Orbits / 9.3：
Jacobi Coordinates and Scaling / 10.1：
Kepler Problem / 10.2：
R educed Space / 10.3：
The Elliptic Problem / 10.5：
Apollonius Coordinates / 12.1：
Symmetries and R eduction / 12.2：
References / 12.5：
Index
Introduction / 1：
History / 1.1：
Global vs. Local Notation / 1.2：
89.
図書
東工大
日本機械学会著
出版情報:
東京 : 日本機械学会 , [東京] : 丸善 (発売), 1999.2-2008.12 2冊 ; 31cm
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
第1章 材料力学
1.1 緒言 1
1.2 棒の断面に伝わっている荷重 1
1.2.1 平衡条件 1
1.2.2 棒の横断面に伝わっている力および偶力の種類 2
1.2.3 応力とひずみ 2
1.3 直線棒の応力と変形 3
1.3.1 引張力による応力と変形 3
1.3.2 曲げモーメントによる応力と変形 4
1.3.3 ねじりモーメントによる応力と変形 15
1.3.4 引張力、曲げモーメントおよびねじりモーメントによる応力と変形の統一的取扱い 18
1.4 細長い曲線棒の応力と変形 22
1.4.1 重ね合わせの原理による変形の求め方 22
1.4.2 カスティリアーノの定理による変形の求め方 24
1.5 太く短い曲線棒の引張りと曲げ 26
1.5.1 応力と変形 26
1.5.2 断面定数kの計算 28
1.6 細長い直線棒の圧縮による座屈 28
1.6.1 安定な釣合いと不安定な釣合い 28
1.6.2 ばねで支えられた剛体棒の座屈荷重 29
1.6.3 オイラーの座屈荷重 29
1.7 材料力学と弾性力学の関係 31
第2章 弾性力学
2.1 弾性学の基礎式 33
2.1.1 応力成分とひずみ成分 33
2.1.2 応力・ひずみ成分の座標変換 35
2.1.3 弾性基礎式 38
2.2 二次元弾性理論 42
2.2.1 二次元弾性基礎式 42
2.2.2 直角座標における平面応力理論 43
2.2.3 極座標における平面応力理論 48
2.2.4 半無限板に関する混合境界値問題 56
2.2.5 複素応力関数による平面応力問題 61
2.2.6 等角写像関数を用いた平面応力問題 69
2.3 一様断面棒のねじり 72
2.3.1 一様断面棒のねじり 72
2.3.2 薄肉断面棒のねじり 76
2.3.3 複素関数による解法(単連結領域) 78
2.4 一様断面ばりの曲げ 79
2.4.1 片持ちばりの曲げ 79
2.4.2 せん断中心 81
2.4.3 薄肉断面材の曲げ 82
2.5 平板の曲げ 84
2.5.1 たわみの基礎方程式(直角座標) 84
2.5.2 たわみの基礎方程式(極座標) 90
2.6 三次元弾性理論 91
2.6.1 三次元弾性基礎式と変位関数 91
2.6.2 軸対称ねじり 97
2.6.3 ねじりなし軸対称応力状態 100
2.6.4 半無限体に関する混合境界値問題 111
2.7 弾性接触論 114
2.7.1 ヘルツの弾性接触論 114
2.7.2 摩擦を考慮した弾性接触問題 118
2.8 熱応力 121
2.8.1 熱弾性基礎式 121
2.8.2 棒の定常熱応力 124
2.8.3 円板・中空円板の熱応力 124
2.8.4 厚板の熱応力 126
2.8.5 円柱および円筒の熱応力 127
2.8.6 球・中空球の熱応力 128
2.9 衝撃応力 130
2.9.1 棒の縦衝撃理論(一次元動弾性理論) 130
2.9.2 二次元動弾性理論と三次元動弾性理論 133
2.9.3 はりの曲げ衝撃 136
2.9.4 ヘルツの弾性接触論に基づく衝撃荷重の解析 137
2.10 付録 139
2.10.1 調和関数と重調和関数 139
2.10.2 フーリエ変換 141
2.10.3 アーベル変換 142
2.10.4 ヒルベルト問題 143
2.10.5 連立積分方程式 144
2.10.6 材料力学の歴史 146
第3章 塑性・クリープ力学
3.1 単軸応力下の塑性変形 149
3.1.1 引張応力-ひずみ曲線 149
3.1.2 真応力と真ひずみ 149
3.1.3 応力-ひずみ曲線の数式表示 151
3.1.4 バウシンガ効果 151
3.2 塑性構成式 151
3.2.1 初期降伏曲面 151
3.2.2 von Misesの降伏条件 152
3.2.3 Tresca の降伏条件 153
3.2.4 後続降伏条件 154
3.2.5 Druckerの仮説と最大塑性仕事の原理 160
3.2.6 関連流れ則 160
3.2.7 繰返し塑性 163
3.3 単軸応力下のクリープ変形 165
3.3.1 クリープ現象と機構 165
3.3.2 単軸クリープの数式化 167
3.3.3 線形単軸粘弾性モデル 169
3.4 クリープ構成式 172
3.4.1 クリープポテンシャルと流れ則 172
3.4.2 定常クリープの構成式 172
3.4.3 非定常クリープの構成式 174
3.4.4 応力反転時のクリープ則 176
3.4.5 異方性クリープの構成式 176
3.4.6 粘塑性構成式 177
3.4.7 クリープ破断の構成式 179
第4章 応力解析法
4.1 ひずみエネルギー 185
4.1.1 エネルギー原理 185
4.2 近似解法 189
4.2.1 リッツの方法とガラーキンの方法 189
4.2.2 塑性近似解法 191
4.3 数値解析法 198
4.3.1 有限要素法 198
4.3.2 境界要素法 208
4.3.3 体積力法 222
第1章 材料力学
1.1 緒言 1
1.2 棒の断面に伝わっている荷重 1
90.
図書
Keller Easterling
出版情報:
Cambridge, Mass. : MIT Press, 1999 209 p. ; 24 cm
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
目次情報:
続きを見る
Acknowledgments
Introduction
Terrestrial Networks / Part 1：
Subtraction Inversion Remote: The Appalachian Trail / 1.1：
Framework: Terra Incognita and Environment / 1.2：
Partition: Watershed and Wayside / 1.3：
Sites / 1.4：
Differential Highways / Part 2：
Redundancy and Interstice: Transcontinental and Intercity Networks / 2.1：
Switch: Terminal, Interchange, Vehicle / 2.2：
Parallel Networks: Roadsides / 2.3：
Subdivision Products / 2.4：
Function and Template: War-town Subdivision Science / 3.1：
Function: New Deal Demonstration Projects / 3.2：
Summation: Subdivision Merchandising / 3.3：
Afterword / 3.4：
Index
Acknowledgments
Introduction
Terrestrial Networks / Part 1：
91.
図書
organised by Microwave Engineering Europe
出版情報:
London : Microwave Engineering Europe, 1999 3 v. ; 30 cm
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
92.
図書
edited by Phillip A. Farrington ... [et al.]
出版情報:
New York : Association for Computing Machinery, c1999 2 vol. (xxxvi,1754 p.) ; 28 cm
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
93.
図書
principal sponsor, Natural Resources
出版情報:
Barton, ACT : Institution of Engineers, Australia, c1999 2 v. ; 30 cm
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
94.
図書
edited by Azzedine Boukerche and Jason Yi-Bing Lin ; sponsored by ACM SIGMOBILE in conjunction with MobiCom ; supported by University of North Texas, and Air Touch Inc.
出版情報:
New York, N.Y. : Association for Computing Machinery, c1999 ix, 107 p. ; 28 cm
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
95.
図書
Canadian Society for Civil Engineering ; CSCE Annual Conference
出版情報:
Montreal, Qc : Canadian Society for Civil Engineering, [1999] 4 v. ; 21 cm
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
96.
図書
[editors: P. Cox & M.F. Kessler]
出版情報:
Noordwijk, Netherlands : ESA Publications Division, ESTEC, c1999 2 v. (xvii, 1090 p.) ; 30 cm
シリーズ名:
ESA SP ; 427
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
97.
図書
American Chemical Society
出版情報:
Washington, D.C. : American Chemical Society, [1999] 2 v. ; 23 cm
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
98.
図書
American Chemical Society
出版情報:
Washington, D.C. : American Chemical Society, [1999] 2 v. ; 23 cm
子書誌情報:
loading…
所蔵情報:
loading…
99.
図書
Norman M. Wereley, chair/editor ; sponsored by SPIE--the International Society for Optical Engineering ; cosponsored by SEM-Society for Experimental Mechanics ... [et al.] ; cooperating organizations, Air Force Research Laboratory, The Ceramic Society of Japan, Intellignet Materials Forum(Japan)
100.
図書
chair/editor Will Conley ; sponsored and published by SPIE--the International Society for Optical Engineering
図書
ＥＢ
コンピュータファイル
図書
